Institute for Knowledge Management.http://ibmpnyx1.palisades.ihost.com/ikm/ikmhome.html
Markle Foundation.http://www.markle.org/index.stm
(from website) Emerging communications media and information technology create unprecedented opportunity to improve people's lives. The Markle Foundation works to realize this potential and promotes the development of communications industries that address public needs.
Recommendations.http://www.unesco.org/science/publication/eng_pub/elecpub.htm
The National Academies.http://www.nas.edu/
Various committees and boards include studies of Information Technology and children, education, intellectual property, commerce, economy, transportation, and society.
World Intellectual Propery Organization.http://www.wipo.org/
(from website) The World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) is an international organization dedicated to promoting the use and protection of works of the human spirit. These works - intellectual property - are expanding the bounds of science and technology and enriching the world of the arts. Through its work, WIPO plays an important role in enhancing the quality and enjoyment of life, as well as creating real wealth for nations.
Computer Professionals for Social Responsibility.http://www.cpsr.org/
(from website)CPSR is a public-interest alliance of computer scientists and others concerned about the impact of computer technology on society. We work to influence decisions regarding the development and use of computers because those decisions have far-reaching consequences and reflect our basic values and priorities. As technical experts, CPSR members provide the public and policymakers with realistic assessments of the power, promise, and limitations of computer technology. As concerned citizens, we direct public attention to critical choices concerning the applications of computing and how those choices affect society. Every project we undertake is based on five principles: ú We foster and support public discussion of, and public responsibility for decisions involving the use of computers in systems critical to society. ú We work to dispel popular myths about the infallibility of technological systems. ú We challenge the assumption that technology alone can solve political and social problems. ú We critically examine social and technical issues within the computer profession, both nationally and internationally. ú We encourage the use of information technology to improve the quality of life. CPSR is a democratically organized membership organization. Our accomplishments result from the active involvement of our members, supported by the CPSR staff and computer professionals across the country.
The Harvard Information Infrastructure Project (HIIP).http://www.ksg.harvard.edu/iip/
The 21st Century Project.http://www.utexas.edu/lbj/21cp/
(from website) The 21st Century Project is a nonprofit, nonpartisan research and education program on science and technology policy, with a particular emphasis on the Internet, information policy, telecommunications, and the social and political trends tied to emerging new technologies.
(1980). Scientific Journals in the United States: Their Production, Use, and Economics. D. W. King, D. D. McDonald and N. K. Roderer. Stroudsburg, PA, Hutchinson Ross Publishing Company
(1986). Linking the U.S. National Technical Information Service with academic and public libraries. C. R. McClure, P. Hernon and G. R. Purcell. Norwood, N.J, Ablex Pub. Corp
(1988). Information services on research in progress: an inventory in Latin America and the Caribbean. A. Araya, U N Educ Sci and Cultural Org.: 100
(1989). Information technology and the conduct of research: the user's view. P. o. I. T. a. t. C. o. R. (U.S.). Washington, D.C, National Academy Press
(1990). Cyberspace : 1st conference : Abstracts. Austin, University of Texas
(1990). Computer applications in psychiatry and psychology. D. Baskin, Brunner/Mazel, Inc, New York, NY, USA
(1991). Scholarly information centers in ARL libraries. --. A. o. R. L. S. a. P. E. C. A. o. R. L. O. o. M. Services, A. o. R. L. S. a. P. E. C. A. o. R. L. O. o. M. Services, A. o. R. L. S. a. P. E. C. A. o. R. L. O. o. M. Services and A. o. R. L. S. a. P. E. C. A. o. R. L. O. o. M. Services. Washington, D.C, Association of Research Libraries, Office of Management Services
(1991). Computer-integrated manufacturing : perspectives for international economic development and competitiveness. U. N. E. C. f. E. U. N. I. D. Organization and U. N. E. C. f. E. U. N. I. D. Organization. Geneva : Vienna :, United Nations, Economic Commission for Europe ; United Nations Industrial Development Organization,
(1991). The European electronics and information technology industry : state of play, issues at stake, and proposals for action. I. I. Commission of the European Communities.Directorate-General for Telecommunications, and Innovation. [Luxembourg] :, Commission of the European Communities,
(1991). Globalization of manufacturing, implications for U.S. competitiveness : hearing before the Subcommittee on Technology and Competitiveness of the Committee on Science, Space, and Technology, U.S. House of Representatives, One Hundred Second Congress, first session, October 3, 1991. S. U.S.Congress.House.Committee on Science, and Technology.Subcommittee on Technology and Competitiveness. Washington :, U.S. G.P.O. : For sale by the U.S. G.P.O., Supt. of Docs., Congressional Sales Off.,
(1992). Information gaps: myth or reality? B. M. Compaine. Cambridge, Mass. (200 Aiken, Cambridge 02138), Program on Information Resources Policy, Harvard University, Center for Information Policy Research
(1992). "User cultures the worldwide IT market. (information technology survey)." Computer Industry Report 27: 1(2)
(1992). Globalisation of industrial activities : four case studies : auto parts, chemicals, construction, and semiconductors. O. f. E. C.-o. a. Development. Paris : [Washington, D.C. :, Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development ; OECD Publications and Information Center, distributor],
(1992). Global financial integration: the end of geography. R. O'Brien, Pinter.: 120
(1993). Det ¤ufornuftige. Kbh., KVINFO
(1993). On organizational learning. C. Argyris, Blackwell Business/Blackwell Publishers, Oxford, England UK
(1993). Information technology and international competitiveness : the case of the construction services industry. U. N. C. o. T. a. Development. New York :, United Nations,
(1993). Turkey : informatics and economic modernization. W. Bank. Washington, D.C. :, World Bank,
(1993). Communication, technology and the development of people. B. Woods, Routledge.: 158
(1994). Cyberspace superhighways : access, ethics and control : 4th Annual conference on computers, freedom and privacy : Report, Pierian Press
(1994). Elektronisk vannskille. Oslo, Aschehoug
(1994). The global political economy of communication: hegemony, telecommunication and the information economy. E. A. Comor, Macmillan (London). St Martin's. Macmillan Publishers Ltd. St. Martin's Press, Inc.: 193
(1994). Wyoming statewide information management plan. W. D. o. A. a. I. C. T. Division, W. D. o. A. a. I. C. T. Division and W. D. o. A. a. I. C. T. Division. Cheyenne, Wyo, The Division
(1994). Umweltinformationssysteme in der oeffentlichen Verwaltung: Stand und Perspektiven der Entwicklung auf kommunaler und foederaler Ebene. A. Engel, Decker. R. v. Decker's Verlag, G. Schenk GmbH.: 184
(1994). "GPS/GIS applications for emergency response. (global positioning survey; geographical information systems)." Public Works 125: 96(1)
(1994). "Trading in a new world order: the impact of telecommunications and data services on international trade in services." George Washington Journal of International Law & Economics 28: 249-251
(1994). "The discrete charm of the multicultural multinational." Economist 332: 57-58
(1995). Beware Experts Carrying Stigmas. New Scientist: 54-55
Writer feels that the public should be involved in technological decision making in order to alleviate fears felt in cer tain areas. By the public helping in deciding what are reasonable risks and what are not, they will feel they have a say and a stake in the new technology.
(1995). Modern feminist thought. Sydney, N.S.W.?, ABC Radio
(1995). Information Technology Investment: A Governmentwide Overview. U. S. G. A. Office. Washington, DC, U.S. General Accounting Office. AIMD-95-208.http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/useftp.cgi?IPaddress=162.140.64.88&filename=ai95208.txt&directory=/diskb/wais/data/gao
(From the GAO Web site) Increasingly, federal agencies' ability to improve performance and cut costs depends on automated data processing systems that give managers critical financial and programmatic information needed to make good decisions, hold down costs, and improve service to the public. However, major federal investments in information technology have often yielded poor results--costing more than expected, falling behind schedule, and failing to meet mission needs. To shed light on whether information technology dollars are being spent, what costs and benefits are anticipated, and what risks must be managed, this report provides information on overall federal information technology obligations, as well as on program by GAO, the Office of Management and Budget, and the General Services Administration to identify information technology investments that are at risk and in need of corrective action.
(1995). Women and the United Nations reflections and new horizons. F. C. Steady and R. Toure, Schenkman. Schenkman Books, Inc.: 193
(1995). Report of the Council on Information Management on current statutes governing information policy in Virginia to the Governor and the General Assembly of Virginia. V. C. o. I. Management and V. C. o. I. Management. Richmond, Commonwealth of Virginia
(1995). "Bill Gates and the open road." Economist. 335: 30
(1995). "Territoire, societe et communication." Sciences de la Societe.: 3-19
(1995). "Information technologies and international security: research and decision-making issues." UNIDIR Newsletter/Lettre de l'UNIDIR.
(1995). The global information society. 2d rev. ed. xv. W. J. Martin, Ashgate. Ashgate Publishing Company Ltd.: 233
(1995). Information Technology: A Statistical Study of Acquisition Time. U. S. G. A. Office. Washington, DC, U.S. General Accounting Office. AIMD-95-65.http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/useftp.cgi?IPaddress=162.140.64.88&filename=ai95065.txt&directory=/diskb/wais/data/gao
(Summary from the GAO Website) The federal government spends upwards of $25 billion each year on information technology. Too often, however, this investment falls short in improving service, increasing efficiency, or lowering costs. This lack of success can be traced to several factors, including (1) ineffective management practices for proposing, selecting, and controlling technology investments; (2) not defining outcomes in terms of quality, delivery and cost; and (3) poorly managing the acquisition process. This report focuses on the third problem area. GAO discusses how various factors, such as procurement dollar, size, contract type, bid protests, and whether the acquisition went through the General Services Administration's approval process, affect the length of time to award a contract.
(1995). "The nation-state is dead. Long live the nation-state." Economist 337: 15-18
(1996). Cyberspace lawyer. Little Falls, NJ, Glasser Legalworks: v.http://ezproxy.lib.deakin.edu.au/login?url=http://www.lexisnexis.com.au/cui/uni-login/default.htm?login.asp?uni=deakin&source=lawrev;cyblaw
(1996). Cyberspace : electroculture, Antelope production for ITV
(1996). Beyond the book : theory, culture and the politics of cyberspace, OHC
(1996). Commerce in cyberspace, Conference Board
(1996). Disconnected: haves and have-nots in the information age. W. Wresch. New Brunswick, N.J, Rutgers University Press
(1996). TIPI: Telecommunications and Information Policy Institute.http://www.utexas.edu/research/tipi/
(1996). GMPCS the challenge for Africa. W. Tallah, AFCOM Internat. AFCOM International Inc.
(1996). British society since1945. A. Marwick, Penguin. Penguin Books Ltd.: 527
(1996). Information Technology: Best Practices Can Improve Performance and Produce Results. U. S. G. A. Office. Washington, DC, U.S. General Accounting Office. T-AIMD-96-46.http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/useftp.cgi?IPaddress=162.140.64.88&filename=ai96046t.txt&directory=/diskb/wais/data/gao
(From the GAO Web site) This testimony discusses how best practices applied by leading organizations can help improve information management technology in the federal government. GAO focuses on four key lessons learned from its ongoing evaluation of strategic information management issues in federal agencies. First, better data are needed on the government's information technology investments. Although federal information technology obligations now total at least $25 billion annually, what the government is getting in return for these expenditures is unclear. Second, information technology is characterized by high risk and high return. Real opportunities exist to boost organizational performance, but the risk of failure is ever present and must be vigorously managed to ensure success. Third, repeatable success requires sound management processes that are applied with relentless discipline. Sustainable and effective management practices are crucial to successful information technology projects. Fourth, the challenge is implementation. Most leading organizations have taken three to five years to fully integrate the practices into improved management processes. A consensus has emerged among federal government officials on what the problems are and what can be done to solve them. Now agency heads must implement more-effective information technology management processes and reinforce accountability to produce tangible results.
(1996). An introduction to international telecommunications law. C. H. Kennedy and M. V. Pastor, Artech. Artech House Inc.: 279
(1996). Reinventing democracy. P. Hirst and S. Khilnani, Blackwell Pub. Blackwell Publishers.: 180
(1996). Environmental life-cycle assessment. M. A. Curran, McGraw-Hill Bk Co. McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc.
(1996). Corporate strategy, public policy and new technologies: Philips and the European consumer electronics industry. X. Dai, Elsevier. Elsevier Science Publishers B.V.: 346
(1996). "Agile information technology and systems." Apparel Industry Magazine 57: 19
(1996). "Vocational fleets try on-board electronics." Fleet Owner(Truck.com Supplement): S2
(1996). "Profits of doom." Economist 340: S28
(1996). "Utility and university form manufacturing partnership." Iie Solutions 28: 12
(1996). "Technology and the 24-hour day." Harvard Business Review 74: 85
(1996). "The end of work?" Economist 340: S19-S23
(1996). "Paradox lost." Economist 340: S13-S16
(1996). "1990s: reengineering for the 21st century." Modern Materials Handling 51: 90-93
(1996). "Convenience & drug.(Ernst & Young's 15th Annual Survey of Retail Information Technology)." Chain Store Age Executive with Shopping Center Age. 72: 34(2)
(1996). "Revitalizing IT.(Ernst & Young's 15th Annual Survey of Retail Information Technology)." Chain Store Age Executive with Shopping Center Age. 72: 20(3)
(1996). "General merchandise; mass merchants; department stores.(Ernst & Young's 15th Annual Survey of Retail Information Technology)." Chain Store Age Executive with Shopping Center Age. 72: 36(2)
(1996). OECD Workshops on the Economics of Information Societies : workshop no. 1. O. f. E. C.-o. a. Development. Paris :, OECD,
(1996). OECD Workshops on the Economics of Information Societies : report on the Istanbul Workshop : Workshop No. 2, Istanbul, 14-15 December 1995. O. f. E. C.-o. a. Development. Paris :, OECD,
(1996). OECD Workshop on the Economics of the Information Society : workshop no. 4, Helsiki (Porvoo), June 6-7 1996. O. f. E. C.-o. a. Development. Paris :, Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development,
(1996). OECD Workshop on the Economics of the Information Society : workshop no. 3, Tokyo, 4-5 March 1996. O. f. E. C.-o. a. Development. Paris :, Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development,
(1996). "Information technology & the Internet. (includes related article on CUC International)(Ernst & Young's 15th Annual Survey of Retail Information Technology)." Chain Store Age Executive with Shopping Center Age. 72: 10(4)
(1996). The Red Herring guide to the digital universe : the inside look at technology business - from Silicon Valley to Hollywood. New York :, Warner Books,
(1996). OECD Workshop on Information Infrastructure and Territorial Development : [held at OECD on 7-8 November 1995]. C. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.Committee for Information, and Communications//=OECD Group on Urban Affairs and C. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.Committee for Information, and Communications//=OECD Group on Urban Affairs. Paris :, Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development,
(1996). "Supermarket; grocery.(Ernst & Young's 15th Annual Survey of Retail Information Technology)." Chain Store Age Executive with Shopping Center Age. 72: 44(2)
(1996). "Specialty other.(Ernst & Young's 15th Annual Survey of Retail Information Technology)." Chain Store Age Executive with Shopping Center Age. 72: 42(2)
(1996). "Restaurants.(Ernst & Young's 15th Annual Survey of Retail Information Technology)." Chain Store Age Executive with Shopping Center Age. 72: 38(2)
(1996). Adoption and use of farm information systems. M. T. Batte, Ohio State Univ Ohio Agric Research and Development Center. Ohio Agricultural Research and Development Center, Ohio State University: 106
(1996). "Retailers expand IT's role. (includes information on survey methodology) (Ernst & Young's 15th Annual Survey of Retail Information Technology)." Chain Store Age Executive with Shopping Center Age. 72: 4(4)
(1996). Technology and industrial performance : technology diffusion, productivity, employment and skills, international competitiveness. O. f. E. C.-o. a. Development. Paris :, Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development,
(1996). "A game of monopoly?" Economist 340: S35-S39; UK S37-S39
(1996). "An acknowledged trend." Economist 340: S43-S45; UK S43-S49
(1996). "Winners and losers." Economist 340: S24-S31; S24-S33
(1996). "Stop the world, i want to get off." Economist 340: S45-S46; UK S49-S50
(1996). "The china syndrome." Economist 340: S31-S35; UK S33-S37
(1996). "International i.t. managing IT across borders. (includes related article on use of existing technologies to gather data from foreign operations)(Ernst & Young's 15th Annual Survey of Retail Information Technology)." Chain Store Age Executive with Shopping Center Age. 72: 14(4)
(1996). Meeting the information challenge for development and self-sufficiency, Calcutta :, Indian Association of Special Libraries & Information Centres,
(1996). "The hitchhiker's guide to cybernomics." Economist 340: S3-S7
(1997). An ethical global information society : culture and democracy revisited : IFIP TC9 WG 9.2/9.5 International Conference on Culture and Democracy Revisited in the Global Information Society, 8-10 May 1997, Corfu, Greece. London ; New York, Chapman & Hall on behalf of the International Federation for Information Processing
(1997). Gomma - Il Buffo : a reply to Gomma's Rights in cyberspace. London, Box 15
(1997). The Power of Identity; The Information Age: Economy, Society, and Culture, Volume II. M. Castells. Malden, MA, Blackwell Publishers
(1997). Ou vont les autoroutes de l'information?. M. Guillaume, Descartes. Descartes & Cie.: 190
(1997). "'You Say You Want a Revolution?' Toward a Virtual Community on Aging." Generations 21(Fall): 63-68
(1997). The information technology enabled organization: a major social transformation in the U.S.A. T. R. Gulledge and R. A. Haszko, U N Educ Sci and Cultural Org. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization.
(1997). A Japanese perspective on the significance of the information revolution. S. Kumon, Internat Univ Japan Center Global Communications. Center for Global Communications, International University of Japan.
(1997). In Athena's camp preparing for conflict in the information age. J. Arquilla and D. Ronfeldt, Rand Corp. Rand Corporation.: 501+[3]
(1997). An international statistical survey of government employment and wages. S. Schiavo-Campo, Internat Bank Reconstruction and Development. International Bank for Reconstruction and Development.: 83
(1997). "Hunt the geek.(survey of Internet users indicates that they are not likely to transform commerce or politics)(Brief Article)." The Economist. 344: 81(1)
(1997). "EC sets the scene for 1998." Pharmaceutical Business News. 13: 1(2)
(1997). "Hunt the geek information technology. (survey of Internet users indicates that they are not likely to transform commerce or politics)(Brief Article)." The Economist. 345: 113(1)
(1997). Government employment and pay a global and regional perspective. S. Schiavo-Campo, Internat Bank Reconstruction and Development. International Bank for Reconstruction and Development.: 68
(1997). Technology, culture and competitiveness change and the world political economy. M. Talalay, Routledge. Routledge Ltd.: 256
(1997). "Where the grass is greener. (United Kingdom information technology industry 1997 salaries survey)(Salary Survey)(Industry Overview)." Computing.: 43(2)
(1997). "Electronic publishing for physics and astronomy." Astrophysics and Space Science 247(1-2): 1-250
(1997). "Pay scale for 1997. (DataMasters' Computer/Information Systems Industry Compensation survey) (Industry Trend or Event)(Brief Article)." PC Week. 14: 109(1)
(1997). "Moving on up? (United Kingdom information technology industry skill shortages)(Salary Survey)(Industry Overview)." Computing.: 48(2)
(1997). "Experienced IS hard to find. (a survey by the Information Technology Association of America on IS employment) (Industry Trend or Event)(Brief Article)." Computerworld. 31: 8(1)
(1997). "Show me the money ... (technology industry salary survey) (includes discussions with employees at the Natl Assn of Securities Dealers, CSX Technology and Siemens Business Communications) (Industry Trend or Event)." Communications News. 34: 14(5)
(1997). Electronic Commerce: Opportunities and Challenges for Government (The 'Sacher Report').http://www.oecd.org/dsti/sti/it/ec/news/top-e.htm
A group of high-level private-sector experts on electronic commerce, (senior executives of major enterprises that use electronic commerce), chaired by John Sacher, Executive Director of UK retailer Marks and Spencer, prepared a report on the framework conditions necessary for the favourable development of global electronic commerce and the action required by governments at national and international level. Their report 'Electronic Commerce: Opportunities and Challenges for Government' focuses on business-to-business electronic commerce. It was compiled after interviews with 100 companies and organisations, including government agencies, that use and offer networks. The strategic recommendations addressed to governments have as their goal to facilitate the development of electronic commerce and maximise its contribution to the creation of new businesses and jobs. It was released on 12 June 1997.
(1997). Electronic commerce : opportunities and challenges for government. T. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.Directorate for Science, and Industry//=Group of High-Level Private Sector Experts on Electronic Commerce and T. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.Directorate for Science, and Industry//=Group of High-Level Private Sector Experts on Electronic Commerce. Paris :, Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development,
(1997). Information Technology and Industrial Competitiveness How `IT' Shapes Competition. C. F. Kemerer.http://www.wkap.nl/book.htm/0-7923-8020-7
Information Technology (IT) - the field that links computer and communications equipment and software - is transforming the way modern business is done. Examples of factors leading these changes are: rapidly decreasing costs of computer hardware, government de-regulation, accelerating global competitiveness, an increasing management awareness, and the knowledge of how to employ Information Technology successfully. These have all led to the increase of IT's effects on existing markets, and, in the process, are creating entirely new markets. This book explores a variety of advances in IT by a group of researchers who are at the cutting edge of this research. Moreover, the book examines these innovative developments in terms of the Information Technology field and its effect on modern business. It is becoming increasingly apparent that IT is critical to success in today's competitive marketplace. As a result, this book examines a host of emerging effects at work in these developments and seeks to make sense out of these counter-acting, sometimes multiplicative, effects which can become obstacles for managers who wish to develop competitive applications of IT. These effects and the development of IT are grouped into four general categories in the book: Future Markets, Inter-Organizational Systems, Focused Applications, and Future Strategies
(1997). UNCITRAL model law on electronic commerce with guide to enactment, 1996. U. N. C. o. I. T. L. U. Nations and U. N. C. o. I. T. L. U. Nations. New York :, United Nations,
(1997). Awareness creation activities in electronic commerce for SMEs. E. C. D. F. E.-I. T. E. C. D.-G. f. I. D. E. C. D. F. E.-I. Technology), E. C. D. F. E.-I. T. E. C. D.-G. f. I. D. E. C. D. F. E.-I. Technology) and E. C. D. F. E.-I. T. E. C. D.-G. f. I. D. E. C. D. F. E.-I. Technology). Brussels :, European Commission, Directorate General III, Industry,
(1997). Electronic commerce. O. f. E. C.-o. a. Development. Paris :, Secretary-General of the OECD,
(1997). Creating businesses on the Internet [videorecording]. B. E. T. O. University of California
(1997). Measuring electronic commerce, Paris :, OECD,.http://www.oecd.org/dsti/sti/it/ec/prod/e_97-185.htm
The purpose of this report is to begin to outline the issues associated with measuring electronic commerce, propose an initial framework and begin to compare some of the disparate data on the subject so as to form a mosaic which gives a clearer quantitative picture of the current status and future direction of electronic commerce. From this position a better sense of the relative importance of the various policy issues can be obtained.
(1997). "Productivity: lost in cyberspace." Economist 344: 72;UK 106
(1997). "Peak performance technology: interview with charles garfield." Executive Excellence 14: 6
(1997). New social and economic approaches to a multimedia world : summary report and final agenda, Tokyo, 6-7 March 1996. T. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.Directorate for Science, and Industry//=New social and economic approaches to a multimedia world (1996 : Paris,France) and T. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.Directorate for Science, and Industry//=New social and economic approaches to a multimedia world (1996 : Paris,France). Paris :, OECD,
(1997). "General merchandise, mass merchants/department stores making advances in data warehousing and distribution.(Ernst & Young's 16th Annual Survey of Retail Information Technology)." Chain Store Age Executive with Shopping Center Age. 73: 32(2)
(1997). "Supermarket & grocery raising the bar for competitors that do not keep pace with IT investments.(Ernst & Young's 16th Annual Survey of Retail Information Technology)." Chain Store Age Executive with Shopping Center Age. 73: 40(2)
(1997). The information revolution and the future of telecommunications. P. S. World Bank Group.Finance, and Infrastructure Network. Washington, D.C. :, World Bank, Finance, Private Sector, and Infrastructure Network,
(1997). "Overall findings data capture, analysis herald new era for information technology. (includes related articles on survey demographics and methodology)(Ernst & Young's 16th Annual Survey of Retail Information Technology)." Chain Store Age Executive with Shopping Center Age. 73: 4(4)
(1997). "The 1997 Global IT Survey U.S. business spends again. (International Data Corp. information technologies survey)." Computer Industry Report. 32: 1(4)
(1997). "Specialty other increasing investments to better understand customers.(Ernst & Young's 16th Annual Survey of Retail Information Technology)." Chain Store Age Executive with Shopping Center Age. 73: 38(2)
(1997). "Specialty hardlines emphasizing inventory management and point-of-sale systems.(Ernst & Young's 16th Annual Survey of Retail Information Technology)." Chain Store Age Executive with Shopping Center Age. 73: 36(2)
(1997). "Survey shows managers' IT issues are similar worldwide.(1997 Critical Issues of Information Systems Management Survey)." AS/400 Systems Management. 25: 45(1)
(1997). "Home is where the page is. (World Wide Web sites)." Computer Industry Report. 32: 8(3)
(1997). Proceedings of International Conference on Information Infrastructure Development in Asia/Pacific, 16-18 September 1997, Tokyo, Japan. J. J. M. T. J. D. J. International Conference on Information Infrastructure Development in Asia/Pacific (1997 : Tokyo, J. J. M. T. J. D. J. International Conference on Information Infrastructure Development in Asia/Pacific (1997 : Tokyo and J. J. M. T. J. D. J. International Conference on Information Infrastructure Development in Asia/Pacific (1997 : Tokyo. [Tokyo] :, University of Library and Information Science,
(1997). "High-level access. (increase in demand for Internet connection)." Computer Industry Report. 32: 6(3)
(1998). "Taxation of internet trading: a survey of tax treatment in the United Kingdom, Ireland, Italy, Germany, Spain, the Netherlands and Switzerland." Tax Planning International Review 25: 1-22
Includes "United Kingdom," by Joseph Lurie, pp. 4-7, "Ireland," by Charles Haccius, pp. 7-10, "Italy," by Carlo Galli, pp. 11-14, "Germany," by Anthony Tulloch and Michael Rosenthal, pp. 15-16, "Spain," by Manuel Pavón and Carlos Gabarró, pp. 17-18, "The Netherlands," by Hans Keijzer, pp. 19-20, "Switzerland," by G. R. Lehner, pp. 21-22.
(1998). Cyberpsychology & behavior : the impact of the internet, multimedia and virtual reality on behavior and society. Larchmont, NY, Mary Ann Liebert Inc.: v.
Explores the impact of the Internet, Multi-Media and Virtual Reality on behavior and society.
(1998). Symposium : the internet and the sovereign state, Indiana University
(1998). "StudyIT Used To Get Edge.(London School of Economics survey) (Industry Trend or Event)." InformationWeek.: 100(1)
(1998). Blueprint to the Digital Economy: Wealth Creation in the Era of E-Business. D. Tapscott , D. Alex Lowy and D. Ticoll, McGraw-Hill: 384
(1998). "Study Tool.(Toshiba America Information Systems study show students who use notebook computers exhibit greater enthusiasm and participate more in school) (Industry Trend or Event)." Computer Reseller News.: 113(1)
(1998). The socio-economic impact of telework on developing countries. E. Dulamdary, U N Development Programme. United Nations Development Programme.
(1998). Center for Social Informatics.http://www-slis.lib.indiana.edu/CSI/
(1998). The Voting Integrity Project.http://www.voting-integrity.org/
(1998). "The Web's Next Wave of Fun." Time (November 9): 86
(1998). Cybersociology: Magazine for Social-Scientific Researchers of Cyberspace.http://www.cybersoc.com/magazine
(From the Cybersociology home page) Cybersociology Magazine is a new forum for the discussion of the social scientific study of cyberspace. Every few months, this e-zine will strive to publish at least two original articles dealing with cyberspace, the Internet, and online communities. Each issue will also contain book and site reviews. Although it is hoped that most contributions will come from post-graduate students, undergraduates send articles for consideration.
(1998). "A convergence of opinion." Government Executive 30(3): 12A-14A
(1998). Information Technology Challenges Facing the Commissioner. U. S. G. A. Office. Washington, DC, U.S. General Accounting Office. T-AIMD-98-109.http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/useftp.cgi?IPaddress=162.140.64.88&filename=ai98109t.txt&directory=/diskb/wais/data/gao
(From the GAO Web site) Pursuant to a congressional request, GAO discussed the information technology challenges facing the Social Security Administration and its recently appointed commissioner. GAO noted that: (1) SSA made significant early progress in assessing and renovating mission-critical mainframe systems--those necessary to prevent the disruption of benefits--and has been a leader among federal agencies; (2) yet as of GAO's report of last October indicated, three key risks remained, mainly stemming from the large degree to which SSA interfaces with other entities in the sharing of information; (3) one major risk concerned year 2000 compliance of the 54 state Disability Determination Services (DDS) that provide vital support to the agency in administering SSA's disability programs; (4) the second major risk concerned data exchanges, ensuring that information obtained from outside sources--such as other federal agencies, state agencies, and private businesses--was not corrupted by data being passed from systems that were not year 2000 compliant; (5) SSA exchanges data with thousands of such sources; (6) third, such risks were compounded by the lack of contingency plans to ensure business continuity in the event of systems failure; (7) the resources that SSA plans to invest in acquiring Intelligent Workstation/Local Area Network (IWS/LAN) are enormous; (8) over 7 years the agency plans to spend about $1 billion during phase I to replace its present computer terminals with intelligent workstations and local area networks; (9) as of March 1, SSA had completed installation of about 30,000 IWSs and 800 LANs, generally meeting or exceeding its phase I schedule; (10) GAO has not identified any significant problems in SSA's installation of IWS/LAN equipment at its field offices to date, and the agency has taken steps to minimize adverse impact on service to the public while installation takes place; (11) at the conclusion of GAO's review, however, SSA had not established targeted goals or a process or using performance measures to asses IWS/LAN's impact in agency productivity improvements; (12) SSA has recognized weaknesses in its own capability to develop software, and is improving its processes and methods; and (13) SSA plans many initiatives using the Internet to provide electronic service delivery to its clients.
(1998). The social and labour market dimension of the information society : people first--the next steps. I. R. European Commission.Directorate-General for Employment, and Social Affairs.Unit V/D.3. Luxembourg : Lanham, Md. :, Office for Official Publications of the European Commission ; Bernan Associates [distributor],
(1998). Information Technology Workers: Employment and Starting Salaries. U. S. G. A. Office. Washington, DC, U.S. General Accounting Office. HEHS-98-159R.http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/useftp.cgi?IPaddress=162.140.64.88&filename=he98159r.txt&directory=/diskb/wais/data/gao
(From the Web site) Pursuant to a congressional request, GAO provided information on recent trends in information technology (IT) employment and starting salaries for IT jobs, focusing on the: (1) unemployment rates for workers in IT occupations; (2) number of workers employed in IT industries and occupations; (3) number of degrees awarded in IT fields of study; and (4) starting salaries offered bachelor's degree candidates in IT jobs. GAO noted that: (1) unemployment rates for workers in IT occupations are well below those for all workers; (2) at 1.3 percent in 1997, the rate was less than one-third the rate for all workers; (3) employment in IT industries has grown steadily, as has employment of workers in IT occupations, which has nearly doubled in the last decade to about 1.9 million in 1997; (4) despite employment increases averaging 90,000 jobs a year in IT occupations, the number of degrees awarded in IT fields of study has remained fairly constant throughout the 1990s at about 48,000 annually--of which about 27,000 were bachelor's degrees; and (5) salary offers for bachelor's degree candidates in IT fields averaged about $37,500 in 1997--slightly higher than the salaries offered in 1989, after adjusting for inflation, and above the salaries offered in the early 1990s when starting salaries dipped to under $35,000.
(1998). Information Technology: Assessment of the Department of Commerce's Report on Workforce Demand and Supply. U. S. G. A. Office. Washington, DC, U.S. General Accounting Office. HEHS-98-106: 15.http://www.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/getdoc.cgi?dbname=gao&docid=f:he98106.txt
(From the Web site) Industry reports and newspaper articles have predicted severe shortages of information technology workers that could have a crippling effect on the growth of the economy. A Commerce Department report on the availability of information technology workers contends that a shortage of these workers exists in the United States. Although GAO did not do an independent assessment of this issue, it examined the methodology used by Commerce and found that it has serious analytical weaknesses that undermine the credibility of the report's conclusion. Additional information is needed to more accurately characterize the current and future labor market in the information technology field.
(1998). Use of information and communication technologies at work : working party on the information economy. C. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.Committee for Information, and Communications Policy//=Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.Directorate for Science,Technology,and Industry and C. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.Committee for Information, and Communications Policy//=Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.Directorate for Science,Technology,and Industry. Paris :, OECD,
(1998). "E-commerce gains ground with purchasing staff. (W.W. Grainger's survey reveals Internet's increasing appeal as purchasing tool)(PC Week Executive) (Internet/Web/Online Service Information)(Brief Article)." PC Week. 15: 69(1)
(1998). Electronic commerce initiatives of ESCAP : business facilitation needs. U. N. E. a. S. C. f. A. a. t. Pacific. New York :, United Nations,
(1998). Emerging issues in Internet law and electronic commerce : program handbook, March-April 1998. C. C. E. o. t. Bar. Berkeley, Calif. :, Continuing Education of the Bar, California,
(1998). Electronic commerce and Internet law & practice : 2nd annual recent developments program : program handbook. S. B. o. C. B. L. S. C. C. E. o. t. Bar and S. B. o. C. B. L. S. C. C. E. o. t. Bar. Berkeley, Calif. :, Continuing Education of the Bar,
(1998). France's experience with the Minitel : lessons for electronic commerce over the Internet. O. f. E. C.-o. a. D. W. P. o. t. I. Economy. Paris, OECD,
(1998). OECD Ministerial Conference "A Borderless World : Realising the Potential of Global Electronic Commerce" : Ottawa, 7-9 October 1998 : OECD action plan for electronic commerce, Paris :, Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
(1998). Defining the advanced technology challenges of the electronic commerce marketplace, March 9-10, 1998. N. I. o. S. a. T. U. S. A. T. Program. Gaithersburg, MD :, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Advanced Technology Program,
(1998). Electronic commerce for buyers and sellers : a strategic plan for electronic federal purchasing and payment. P. s. M. C. U. S. E. P. I. Committee. [Washington, D.C. :, The Council?] ; For sale by the Supt. of Docs., U.S. G.P.O.,
(1998). "Techno tools and the frustration factor." Cma Magazine 72: 34
(1998). "How to tell what you get for your money. (measuring impact of information technology investments on productivity)." The Financial Times.: 16(1)
(1998). "The computer as coordinator." Manufacturing Systems 16: 40
(1998). "Solving the it productivity paradox." Iron Age New Steel 14: 50-52
(1998). "Panic in the year 2000." Business Week: 154
(1998). "Assessing ROI on integration." Software Magazine 18: 90
(1998). "Fast food." Modern Materials Handling 53: S3-S46
(1998). "Follow the rainbow." Far Eastern Economic Review 161: 46-50
(1998). Harvard business review on knowledge management. Boston, MA :, Havard Business School Press,
(1998). A virtual new world? Strasbourg : b Council of Europe Pub. ; Croton-on-Hudson, NY : Sales agents, U.S. and Canada, Manhattan Pub.,
(1998). "Retailers lead in information technology." International Journal of Retail & Distribution Management. 26: 134(1)
(1999). "Debate: Review Symposium "Culture & History"." Historical Social Research/Historische Sozialforschung 3(89): 36
(1999). "Developments in the law : the law of cyberspace." Harvard Law Review V. 12, N. 7: 1574-1704
CONTENTS : Introduction -- Communities virtual and real : social and political dynamics of law in cyberspace -- The long arm of cyber-reach -- Internet regulation through architectural modification : the property rule structure of code solutions -- The domain name system : a case study of the significance of norms to internet governance -- Cyberspace regulation and the discourse of state sovereignty.
(1999). Communities in cyberspace. London ; New York, Routledge
(1999). Cybernauts awake! : ethical and spiritual implications of computers, informtion technology and the internet. London, Church House Publishing
(1999). Center for Research on Information Technology and Organizationsÿ (CRITO).http://www.crito.uci.edu/
(1999). Building learning communities in cyberspace: Effective strategies for the online classroom. R. M. Palloff and K. Pratt. San Francisco, Jossey-Bass
(Annotated by SRI International) Based on many years of experience in information systems and over five years of experience in online distance education, the authors share insights to help others create a virtual classroom environment that helps students excel both academically and collaboratively in a learning community. The authors guide readers through the steps of computer-mediated course design and implementation, offering proven strategies for: (1) engaging students with subject matter; (2) accounting for attendance and participation; (3) working with students who do not participate; (4) understanding the signs of when a student is in trouble; and (5) building online communities that accommodate personal interaction.
(1999). The 1998 Education Indicators. O. f. E. C.-o. a. Development. Paris, =Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.http://www.oecd.org/els/edu/EAG98/eag98_3.htm
The 1998 Education Indicators Education at a Glance - OECD Education Indicators 1998 Following a presentation of key comparisons and trends, the 36 indicators are displayed in six chapters: Chapter A presents indicators on the demographic, social and economic context in which education systems operate. Chapter B deals with the financial and human resources that countries invest in education, comparing: the resources that countries invest in education, relative to national wealth, the number of students and the size of the public purse; the ways in which education systems are financed and the sources from which the funds originate and the deployment of resources across different functional categories. Chapter C presents indicators on access to education, participation, progression and completion. Trends in enrolments in the various levels of education and types of educational institutions are shown to indicate how the supply and demand of educational resources have evolved in different countries. Chapter D presents a broad picture of the labour force participation of young people 15 to 29 years of age, both while in education and following the completion of initial education. Chapter E deals with the learning environment and the various ways in which school systems are organised. It shows data on teacher compensation, demographics of the teaching force, the statutory time that teachers are required to teach and students required to be in a classroom, subject emphasis in the curriculum, how decision-making authority is distributed across levels of government and the use of computers in schools. Finally, Chapter F presents indicators on the individual, social and labour market outcomes of education. One unique aspect of this year's edition is that, through the World Education Indicators programme (WEI), which OECD co-ordinates in co-operation with UNESCO, a wide range of non-Member countries have contributed to Education at a Glance, extending the coverage of some of the indicators to now almost two-thirds of the world population. The publication Education Policy Analysis , which complements Education at a Glance, takes up selected themes of key importance for governments and analyses the implications for educational policy: Chapter 1 in Education Policy Analysis provides information on country priorities for lifelong learning. Chapter 2 provides a review of research and country experiences that aim at identifying new roles for teachers. Chapter 3 provides information on the importance of different structures and pathways in education. Chapter 4 explains how private resources are being brought into tertiary education.
(1999). IT in Schools.http://www.crito.uci.edu/research/html/schools.html
This page, maintained by the the Center for Research on Information Technology and Organizations (CRITO) at the University of California, Irvine, describes a CRITO research project. The page contains CRITO publications and links to other sites.
(1999). Teaching, Learning and Computing: 1998 A National Survey of Schools and Teachers.http://www.crito.uci.edu/tlc/html/tlc_home.html
(From theWeb site) This site distributes research information from the national survey, Teaching, Learning, and Computing--1998, a study of teachers' use of computer technology, their pedagogies, and their school context. More than 4,000 teachers and related technology coordinators and school principals participated in the study. The study included schools and teachers from a national probability sample and also included purposive samples of schools and teachers because of their participation in major school reform programs or their unusually high amounts of computer technologies available. Findings will be released throughout 1999 and address questions such as... How prevalent are different uses of computers by teachers? How prevalent are different teaching philosohpies and instructional practices? What is the relationship between how a teacher uses computers and their basic instructional beliefs and practices? What factors in their personal background and teaching environment, such as the pattern of school expenditures on technology, social support for technology use, presence of school-wide reform efforts, and the teacher's own previous technology experiences and educational background, distinguish among teachers who use computer technologies differently? How much do teachers believe that their computer experiences are changing their teaching practice in other ways, such as the kinds of assignments they give and how they interact with their colleagues and students? For general information please contact the project coordinator at TLC@UCI.EDU The Teaching, Learning and Computing study is a research project of the Center for Research on Information Technology and Organizations (CRITO) at the University of California, Irvine. The study is funded by a grant from the National Science Foundation's Division of Education and Human Resources, with additional funding from the U.S. Department of Education's Office of Educational Research and Improvement. (NSF Grant #: REC-9600614).
(1999). The Distance and Education Training Council Online.http://www.detc.org/
(From the Web site) The Distance Education and Training Council (formerly the National Home tudy Council) is a non profit educational association located in Washington, D.C. DETC serves as a clearinghouse of information about the distance study/correspondence field and sponsors a nationally recognized accrediting agency called the Accrediting Commission of the Distance Education and Training Council. The DETC was founded in 1926 under the cooperative leadership of the Carnegie Corporation of New York and the National Better Business Bureau. The Council's goal is to promote sound educational standards and ethical business practices within the distance study field. The independent seven member Accrediting Commission of the DETC was established in 1955; shortly thereafter it gained the approval of the U.S. Department of Education as the "nationally recognized accrediting agency" under the terms of Public Law. The Accrediting Commission is also recognized by the Council for Higher Education Accreditation (CHEA). The procedures and standards have been continuously refined and improved over the past three decades.
(1999). Federal Resources for Educational Excellence - Home Page.http://www.ed.gov/free/
(From the Web page) Hundreds of education resources supported by agencies across the U.S. Federal government are now easier to find. Subjects include: Arts Educational technology Foreign languages Health and Safety Language arts Mathematics Physical education Science Social studies Vocational education
(1999). Internet.http://www.unn.ac.uk/corporate/Frames/home_main_a5.html
The university has an Internet research and teaching center.
(1999). Student Computer Use. N. C. f. E. S. (NCES). Washington, DC, National Center for Educational Statistics (NCES). NCES 1999-011: 3.http://nces.ed.gov/pubs99/1999011.pdf
(1999). Culture, Society and Advanced Information Technology. A. A. A. T. C. R. Association and A. A. A. T. C. R. Association, The Computing Research Association.http://www.cra.org/Policy/reports/aspects/
(Executive SUmmary frm the Web site) The National Information Infrastructure is the major technological development affecting broad segments of the American public at the end of the 20th century. Built upon convergent technological developments in telecommunications and computing and avidly promoted by industrial, government and academic interests, the NII is already changing the way Americans live, work, learn and consume. Recognizing the potential of these technological developments to transform society, on June 1-2, 1995, the American Anthropological Association and the Computing Research Association, under National Science Foundation sponsorship, convened the Workshop on Culture, Society and Advanced Information Technology. This workshop brought 33 social and computer scientists from government, industry and the academic community together (plus three attendees from NSF, two from AAA and one from CRA) to examine the dimensions of social impacts of the NII and to ask what useful, critical and researchable questions the NII raises for society. It is important to understand how social groups use, adapt and reinterpret technologies such as computing and digital telecommunications, often in ways not anticipated by those who design the systems or by those who create policies for their deployment and use. New ways of creating, storing and transmitting information are transforming institutions and cultural practices. A dialogue among information scientists, marketers and policy makers, on the one hand, and social scientists, on the other, will enhance the possibility that these new technologies will contribute to a better world. The workshop found that recent breakthroughs in the speed, communications capability and storage capacity of digital information devices would have far-reaching and unforeseen effects on families, communities, institutions and democratic processes. To understand the social consequences of these breakthrough technologies, government, academic and corporate researchers need to build on the solid foundation that exists in studies of sociotechnical systems, media studies and online communication; in the social science study of computing; and in the social sciences generally. To further this understanding, the workshop explored the implications of these new technologies for the education and careers of social scientists as well as for social science methods, funding, ethics and theory.
(1999). Directorate General XIII - Information Society: Telecommunications, Markets, Technologies - Innovation and Exploitation of Research.http://europa.eu.int/comm/dg13/index.htm
(1999). MIT Communications Forum Home Page.http://web.mit.edu/comm-forum/www/index.html
(1999). Joint Venture: Silicon Valley Network.http://www.jointventure.org/
(From the Web Site) Our Vision A sustainable community collaborating to compete globally. Our Mission To bring people together from business, government, education and the community to identify and to act on regional issues affecting economic vitality and quality of life. Our Network: Helps retain, expand and attract business to Silicon Valley Is sparking a renaissance of public education in Silicon Valley Supports entrepreneurs in their efforts to start new businesses Sponsors a unique partnership between the public and private sectors to streamline regulatory processes and reduce costs Promotes the transition of defense firms to commercial and dual-use opportunities Brings business and government together to address tax and fiscal policy issues important to the future of the Valley Stimulates the development of environmentally-beneficial industry Promotes local efforts to create a healthy community Is leading the creation of an electronic community in the Bay Area
(1999). Centre for International Research on Communication and Information Technologies.http://www.circit.rmit.edu.au/publics/index.html
(1999). Cyberspace Policy Institute.http://www.cpi.seas.gwu.edu/
(1999). Fisher Center for Management & Information Technology.http://www.haas.berkeley.edu/~citm/
(1999). Center for Telecommunications at Stanford.http://www-isl.stanford.edu/people/telecom/
(1999). National Centers of Academic Excellence in Information Assurance (CERIAS).http://www.cerias.purdue.edu/
(1999). AeRie - Applied Rural Telecommunications.http://bcn.boulder.co.us/aerie/
(1999). National Regulatory Research Institute.http://www.nrri.ohio-state.edu/
(1999). Online Banking, electronic commerce.http://www.bankinfo.com/ecomm/ecommerce.html
(1999). RAND Enterprise Analysis.http://www.rand.org/ea/info.html
(1999). Major Areas of RAND Research.http://www.rand.org/areas/biblio.html
(1999). Program on Information Resources Policy.http://www.pirp.harvard.edu/
(1999). Institute for Information Economy and New Media.http://www.dir.fh-sbg.ac.at/ienm/
The IENM is a research organisation for the public interest. Its ambition is to provide help in managing the transformations towards an information economy and knowledge based society. Our vision of and our work for the future of communication Once a vision of the future, the development of modern communication- and information technologies and of electronic networks is about to come true. Right now it is a major focus of political, economic and social projects. The convergence of computers and broadband networks facilitates new ways of communication and information exchange. Society, economy and politics will be reorganized around new information structures.
(1999). IATH home page.http://jefferson.village.virginia.edu/
(1999). Information Society Project Office.http://www.ispo.cec.be/
This site hosts the European Union's Information Society Project Office. Various publications and initiatives by the European Union are located here.
(1999). Georgia State University Electronic Commerce Partnership.http://gsulaw.gsu.edu/gsuecp/
This is the Georgia State University Electronic Court Filing Project.
(1999). Columbia Institute for Tele-Information (CITI).http://www.citi.columbia.edu/
(1999). Resource Center for Cyberculture Studies.http://otal.umd.edu/~rccs/
(1999). MIT Research Program on Communications Policy.http://rpcp.mit.edu/
(1999). Consortium for Research on Telecommunications Policy, U.C. Berkeley.http://haas.berkeley.edu/~imio/crtp/
.
(1999). Telecommunications Policy Research Conference.http://www.si.umich.edu/~prie/tprc/
(1999). CyPRG Mission for Government Internet Public Policy Research.http://www.cyprg.arizona.edu/Mission.htm
This site examines the openness of various governments to the public through the internet. The initial data set includes national agencies of the United States and European Union nations categorized by type and noted by exact URL and title. Since January 1996, we have included the fifty state governments of the United States and the state of Israel. In May 1996, they added the German state governments. In November 1996 Canada and its provinces, as well as Australia and its states were added. In the summer of 1997, CyPRG staff began the task of expanding the database to cover all nations with government web sites. In addition the process of coding the sites is complete --this provides comparative information across countries on levels of transparency (or data density), interactivity (or accountability) and ambitiousness (or earliness of emergence and comprehensiveness of web use goals).
(1999). The British government's Information Society Initiative (ISI).http://www.isi.gov.uk/
DTI's Information Society Initiative (ISI) aims to encourage businesses to take full advantage of the explosion of new ways to access, use and send information. It brings together a whole range of programmes in support of UK companies, particularly those who may be inexperienced in the use of new technologies. In fact, many of our activities focus specifically on the needs of smaller firms who feel they lack the right information to make informed decisions about adopting information and communication technologies in their business.
(1999). Virtual Institute of Information.http://www.vii.org/
The Virtual Institute of Information's mission is to research and exhibit telecommunications and mass media information while fostering the continued understanding of these fields and their implications for the future economic and social development of society.
(1999). Telecom Information Resources.http://china.si.umich.edu/telecom/
(1999). Program for Research on the Information Economy.http://www.si.umich.edu/~prie/
(1999). Microsoft Research.http://www.research.microsoft.com/
(1999). University of California E-conomy Project.http://e-conomy.berkeley.edu/
(1999). Hurwitz Group, Inc.http://www.hurwitz.com/
(1999). META Group, Inc.http://www.metagroup.com/
(1999). Aberdeen Group -- IT Consulting and Market Research.http://www.aberdeen.com/
(1999). International Data Corporation - Your Global IT Information Resource.http://www.idc.com/
(1999). "The National Office for the Information Economy."http://www.noie.gov.au/
NOIE is the Australian Government body responsible for developing strategies to address the key issues arising from the convergence of the information economy, information technology and telecommunications. NOIE operates from within the Department of Communications, Information Technology and the Arts. Our CEO, Dr Paul Twomey, reports to Senator the Hon Richard Alston, Minister for Communications, Information Technology and the Arts. As Australia's premier site on the Information Economy, our pages are full of useful information and links to content and initiatives about the fast-changing information society and what it means for you.
(1999). "Electronic Commerce Task Force."http://www.e-com.ic.gc.ca/english/index.htm
Canadian government task force on ecommerce
(1999). Technology 1998: Summary.http://www.people-press.org/tech98sum.htm
(1999). Science and Technology Policy Institute.http://www.rand.org/centers/stpi/
(1999). WAIS Document Retrieval.http://www.cptech.org/ecom/ustr-jan12-1999.html
Request for Comments Concerning Compliance With Telecommunications Trade Agreements and Market Opportunities for Electronic Commerce Pursuant to sections 1372 and 1377 of the Omnibus Trade and Competitiveness Act of 1988 (19 U.S.C. 3107), the Office of the United States Trade Representative (USTR) is reviewing, and requests comments on: the operation and effectiveness of the World Trade Organization (WTO) Basic Telecommunications Agreement, other WTO agreements affecting market opportunities for telecommunications products and services of the United States, the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA), and other telecommunications trade agreements with Japan, Korea, Mexico and Taiwan; technical assistance for compliance with telecommunications commitments; and issues affecting market opportunities for electronic commerce. The USTR will conclude the review on March 31, 1999.
(1999). Forrester Research.http://www.forrester.com/
(1999). Zona Research: Providing Information and Advice to the Internet Industry.http://www.zonaresearch.com/
(1999). NetRatings Home.http://www.netratings.com/
(1999). Center for the Management of Information Technology.http://www.commerce.virginia.edu/cmit/
(1999). Yankee Group.http://www.yankeegroup.com/
(1999). Dataquest Interactive Splash Page.http://gartner3.gartnerweb.com/dq/static/dq.html
(1999). Thomas - Legislative Information on the Inernet.http://thomas.loc.gov/
Thomas provides legislative information, including reports, pending bills, Public Laws, etc.
(1999). Ovum.http://www.ovum.com/
(1999). The Hermes Project.http://www-personal.umich.edu/~sgupta/hermes/
(1999). IBM Research Commerce.http://www.research.ibm.com/topics/smart/commerce/
(1999). IBM Institute for Advanced Commerce.http://www.ibm.com/iac/
The IBM Institute for Advanced Commerce is a forum for the examination of fundamental shifts in business and trade. National and international trade, business operations, and general society are all dramatically impacted by the emergence of electronic commerce. The Institute, through a series of conferences and university partnerships, will address market and business concerns with a goal of developing long-term replicable commerce solutions to meet corporate needs.
(1999). Electronic Commerce Innovation Centre.http://www.cf.ac.uk/uwcc/masts/ecic/
(1999). "Scientific Communication and Publishing in the Information Age." Information Development 15(3): 185-88
(1999). TIAP - Telecommunications Industries Analysis Project.http://www.tiap.org/
(1999). "It labor market goes global." Infoworld 21: 112
(1999). "Issue projects employment, occupation and industry to 2008." Montly Labor Review 122(11).http://stats.bls.gov/opub/mlr/1999/11/contents.htm#Articles
Journal on labor, productivity, employment, inflation, cost-of-living and related topics
(1999). OECD Telecommunications Database 1999. O. f. E. C. a. D. (OECD). Paris, France, OECD.http://www.oecd.org/dsti/sti/stat-ana/index.htm
(1999). IT in the Workplace.http://www.crito.uci.edu/research/html/workgroups.htm
This page, maintained by the the Center for Research on Information Technology and Organizations (CRITO) at the University of California, Irvine, describes a CRITO research project. The page contains CRITO publications and links to other sites.
(1999). The Supply of Information Technology Workers in the United States. P. Freeman and W. Aspray, Computing Research Association (CRA).http://www.cra.org/reports/wits/it_worker_shortage_book.pdf
(Extracted from the Executive Summary on the Web site) The purpose of this study is to improve understanding of the supply of and demand for information technology (IT) workers in the United States, and the surrounding contextual issues. In conducting this study, the authors received support from the National Science Foundation, collaboration from five other professional societies, and guidance from the Computing Research Association Board of Directors. There are four major contributions in this study: 1. Evaluation of data 2. Definition of `IT Worker' 3. Description of the Supply System 4. Analysis of shortage claims Of the many contextual issues that need to be considered to gain a full understanding of the supply and demand of IT workers, this report examines four: 5. Political context 6. Types of demand 7. Limitations on action 8. International considerations Other topics
(1999). The Industry Standard.http://www.thestandard.net
This online and print journal bills itself as the industry journal for the Internet.
(1999). Oracle Corporation - Oracle Electronic Commerce.http://www.oracle.com/ecommerce/ecom_isem_sched.html
Oracle has many different programs and documents on electronic commerce applications
(1999). NetRatings.http://www.netratings.com/
This is a branch of Nielsen that measures Net site hits.
(1999). HotWired!http://hotwired.com/
Important site for information on the Internet
(1999). ZDNet.com.http://www.zdintelligence.com/
ZD Market Intelligence a the leading source of fact-based information on computer and communications industry trends, product developments and buyer activity. The site is largely proprietary, but offers much information on the usage patterns for IT devices.
(1999). International Data Corporation.http://www.idc.com/
Website of the International Data Corporation. Most data is firewalled, but there are summaries of various reports on aspects of information technology.
(1999). Interactive Knowledge On-Line.http://www.iko.com.au/
This website provides information about how to begin an E-commerce business.
(1999). E-Commerce Times.http://www.ecommercetimes.com/news/articles/981203-3.shtml
Press articles on E-commerce. Useful for up-to-date news.
(1999). World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) Standing Committee on Information Technologies (SCIT).http://www.wipo.int/eng/main.htm
Contains material and links related to intellectual property issues and information technology.
(1999). GartnerGroup Interactive Home.http://gartner4.gartnerweb.com/public/static/home/home.html
Gartner Group website with much information on IT-related issues.
(1999). Center for Research in Electronic Commerce.http://crec.bus.utexas.edu/
The scope of the Center's research covers a broad range of activities which are characterized by the use of enabling digital technologies in networks, computers and software. Communications infrastructure, computer and other enabling technologies lay the foundation of the market. This foundation allows innovative digital processes (e.g. Intranets, virtual firms, online search and marketing, distribution and consumption) and products (e.g. digital currency, smart products and remote/real-time services) to enhance and replace physical processes and products. Governments and policies are also critical in determining the outcome of this new market economy. The Center's major research orientation reflects this market infrastructure and interconnection to each other through collaborative and multi-faceted research.
(1999). Matrix Information and Directory Services, Inc.http://www.mids.org/
Matrix IQ (MIQ), uses multiple beacons to collect multiple metrics from hundreds of thousands of destinations with near-realtime reporting intervals. MIDS created Matrix IQ in response to demand by both ISPs and companies for independent, third-party Internet monitoring. MIDS releases ratings.miq.net, which compares 30 large ISPs in terms of latency, packet loss and reachability from its Matrix IQ beacons.
(1999). Project 2000 Research Program on Marketing in Computer Mediated Environments.http://www2000.ogsm.vanderbilt.edu/
Center Description: (Extracted from the Project 2000 Home Page) Project 2000, directed by professors Donna Hoffman and Tom Novak, was founded in 1994 at the Owen Graduate School of Management, Vanderbilt University, to study the marketing implications of commercializing the World Wide Web. In the years since, this pioneering scholarly effort has emerged as one of the premiere research centers in the world for the study of Electronic Commerce. Project 2000 is a fiveyear sponsored research effort devoted to the scholarly and rigorous investigation of the marketing implications of commercializing hypermedia computermediated environments (CMEs) like the World Wide Web and other emerging electronic environments. Project 2000 research objectives are to enrich and stimulate the knowledge base on the role of marketing in new media environments, provide a principal point for the discussion and exchange of these ideas, and impact business practice in this emerging area. Publications lists available on the Project 2000 home page at http://www2000.ogsm.vanderbilt.edu/papers.html
(1999). Ecommerce @ MIT.http://ecommerce.mit.edu/
The MIT Program on Electronic Commerce and Marketing (PECM) conducts multi-disciplinary research and develops an integrated educational activity to address these issues. While the PECM is centered at Sloan, it involves close collaboration with researchers across the MIT campus at the Media Lab, Lab for Computer Science, World Wide Web Consortium, Center for Logistics and Supply Chain Management, and Internet Telephony Convergence Consortium.
(1999). The Economic and Social Impacts of Electronic Commerce: Preliminary Findings and Research Agenda.http://www.oecd.org/dsti/sti/it/ec/news/top-e.htm
Though only three years old, electronic commerce over the Internet has the potential to transform the marketplace. E-commerce will change the way business is conducted. Traditional intermediary functions will be replaced, new products and markets will be developed, and new relationships will be created between business and consumers. It will alter the way work is organised and open new channels of knowledge diffusion and human interactivity in the workplace. Workers will need to be more flexible as their functions and skills are redefined. The changes e-commerce will bring are far-reaching. They require new frameworks for doing business and a re-examination of government policies relating to commerce and skills. What is electronic commerce? What is the current state and likely future direction of e-commerce? What are the drivers and what are the inhibitors? What is its impact on costs, prices, and ultimately on economic efficiency? How is it affecting intermediaries? How do firms compete in the electronic environment? What market structure is likely to emerge? What is the impact on jobs? What types of skills will be needed? What major societal transformations will it entail? The full impact of e-commerce remains to be seen. This book begins to address these questions and provides a ground-breaking assessment of the economic and social impacts of electronic commerce and its effects on jobs by drawing on existing qualitative and quantitative evidence. This early analysis of an extremely dynamic activity identifies a number of areas where research is urgently needed and serves as the basis for an informed policy debate.
(1999). Electronic Commerce: Prices and Consumer Issues for Three Products: Books, Compact Discs, and Software.http://www.oecd.org/dsti/sti/it/ec/index.htm
This paper seeks to analyse claims that electronic commerce will lead to lower prices by looking at three of the business-to-consumer products most frequently purchased via electronic commerce. It is based on examination of large amounts of data collected in early 1997.
(1999). Dow Jones Internet Index.http://www.djindexes.com/jsp/index.jsp
(from website)Dow Jones Indexes develops, maintains and licenses market indexes for use as benchmarks and as the basis of investment products. Among its more than 3,000 indexes are the world's best known stock indicator, the Dow Jones Industrial Average, and the leading Pan-European indexes....
(1999). "Tag, you're it." Crossborder Monitor 7: 3
(1999). "Supporting Inspections with an Electronic Meeting System."http://rmm-java.stern.nyu.edu/jmis/articles/v14_n3_p165/index.html
(1999). "Collaborative Business Engineering with Animated Electronic Meetings."http://rmm-java.stern.nyu.edu/jmis/articles/v14_n3_p141/index.html
(1999). "Interorganizational Business Process Redesign: Merging Technological and Process Innovation."http://rmm-java.stern.nyu.edu/jmis/articles/v13_n2_p9/index.html
(1999). CSCW'98 Program: Papers.http://turing.acm.org/sigchi/cscw98/program/papers.html#ackerman
(1999). CNET News.com.http://www.news.com/
News.com provides information on various developments in the IT sector.
(1999). Payoffs from IT Investments.http://www.crito.uci.edu/research/html/payoffs.html
This page, maintained by the the Center for Research on Information Technology and Organizations (CRITO) at the University of California, Irvine, describes a CRITO research project. The page contains CRITO publications and links to other sites.
(1999).http://eldorado.stern.nyu.edu/~center/
The IS faculty conducts research on the application of computers and communication systems in organizations. The focus of much of this research is on the service sector and on the digital media and financial services industries in particular.
(1999). Information Storage Industry Center.http://www-irps.ucsd.edu/~sloan/
This center has a number of working papers on the data storage industry and hard disk drives.
(1999). Harvard business review on the business value of IT. Boston, MA :, Harvard Business School Press,
(1999). Computer Reseller News.http://crn.com/
This personal computer industry trade paper gives up-to-date information and also often has useful reports on various aspects of the industry.
(1999). An Atlas of Cyberspaces.http://www.cybergeography.org/atlas/atlas.html
This is an atlas of maps and graphic representations of the geographies of the new electronic territories of the Internet, the World-Wide Web and other emerging Cyberspaces. These maps of Cyberspaces - cybermaps - help us visualise and comprehend the new digital landscapes beyond our computer screen, in the wires of the global communications networks and vast online information resources. The cybermaps, like maps of the real-world, help us navigation the new information landscapes, as well being objects of aesthetic interest. They have been created by 'cyber-explorers' of many different disciplines, and from all corners of the world. Some of the maps you will see in the Atlas of Cyberspaces will appear familiar, using the cartographic conventions of real-world maps, however, many of the maps are much more abstract representations of electronic spaces, using new metrics and grids. The atlas comprises thirteen pages, covering different types of cybermaps.
(1999). United Nations Industrial Development Organization (UNIDO).http://www.unido.org/
Information about programs and links related to economic development.
(1999). Globalization of IT.http://www.crito.uci.edu/research/html/git.html
This page, maintained by the the Center for Research on Information Technology and Organizations (CRITO) at the University of California, Irvine, describes a CRITO research project. The page contains CRITO publications and links to other globalization sites
(1999). United Nations Developmente Programme (UNDP).http://www.undp.org/
Contains material and publications related to UNDP economic and human development programs.
(1999). U.S. Agency for International Development Development Links.http://www.info.usaid.gov/about/resources/
Contains links to other organizations involved in economic development.
(1999). Netizen Forum On Japan's Information & Communication Policy.http://ifrm.glocom.ac.jp/ipf/ntz.html
(2000). Canadian culture in perspective: a statistical overview = Culture canadienne en perspective: apereth; cu statistique. Ottawa, Statistics Canada: v.
(2000). "Educational Projects in Cyberspace." DISKURS 10(1): 44
(2000). "A message to America from America's communities." Health Forum J 43(1): suppl 2, p 1-20, 3 p.http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&dopt=Citation&list_uids=10747708
(2000). Information, place, and cyberspace : issues in accessibility. Berlin ; London, Springer
(2000). The international dimensions of cyberspace law. Paris
Aldershot, Unesco ;
Ashgate
(2000). "Recurring themes : "Internet"." International Law Forum Du Droit International V. 2, N. 3: 145-201
CONTENTS : Introduction / Katharina Boele-Woelki and Catherine Kessedjian -- Democracy and the internet : the EU in the avant-garde? / Deirdre M. Curtin -- Internet comme systeme social / Brigitte Stern and Berangere Taxil -- Cybersociety / Lorenz Muller -- Your space or mine? / Jeroen de Kreek -- Quelques arguments en faveur d'un renouveau normatif / Sylvette Guillemard -- Does the internet require new norms? / David Goddard -- Whose laws rule the internet? : a U.S. perspective on the law of jurisdiction in cyberspace / Thomas P. Vartanian.
(2000). Community Networks: Lessons From Blacksburg, Virginia, 2nd edition. A. M. Cohill and A. L.Kavanaugh. Boston, MA, Artech House
(2000). "PRIVACY Forum."http://www.vortex.com/privacy
(From the Web site) What is the PRIVACY Forum? The PRIVACY Forum, created in 1992 by Lauren Weinstein, includes a moderated e-mail digest (and archive of those digests and related documents) for the discussion and analysis of issues relating to privacy (both personal and collective) in the information age. Topics include telecommunications, information and database collection and sharing, and a wide range of other privacy issues, as pertains to the privacy concerns of individuals, groups, businesses, government, and society at large. The manners in which both the conventional and the controversial concerns of business and government interact with privacy considerations are also topics for digest discussions. There is no charge to receive the digest.
(2000). "Bridging the digital divide in education."
(Annotated by SRI International) The American Distance Education Consortium (ADEC) and Tachyon Inc. will bring advanced-Internet applications to rural and low-income American learning centers via satellite. "We are excited at the prospect of advancing the use of Internet technology in education and narrowing the gap between the education 'haves' and 'have nots'," said Janet Poley, president of ADEC and project leader.
(2000). "Children and Computer Technology." The Future of Children Journal 10(2).http://www.futureofchildren.org/pubs-info2825/pubs-info.htm?doc_id=69787
(from website)Children and Computer Technology: Analysis and Recommendations Margie K. Shields , Richard E. Behrman An analysis of the research on how computer use affects children's development, whether it increases or decreases the disparities between rich and poor, and whether it can be used effectively to enhance learning, including recommendations to improve children's access to and use of computers both at school and at home. full article Children and Computers: New Technologyfull article Who's Wired and Who's Not: Children's Access to and Use of Computer Technology Henry Jay Becker full article Changing How and What Children Learn in School with Computer-Based Technologies Jeremy M. Roschelle, Roy D. Pea, Christopher M. Hoadley, Douglas N. Gordin, Barbara M. Means full article Use of Computer Technology to Help Students with Special Needs Ted S. Hasselbring, Candyce H. Williams Glaser full article The Impact of Home Computer Use on Children's Activities and Development Kaveri Subrahmanyam, Robert E. Kraut, Patricia M. Greenfield, Elisheva F. Gross full article Children's Media Culture in the New Millennium: Mapping the Digital Landscape Kathryn C. Montgomery full article FIVE COMMENTARIES: Looking to the Future Milton Chen, Jane M. Healy, Mitchel J. Resnick, Laurie A. Lipper, Wendy Lazarus, Chris J. Dede full article Appendix A: Federal Programs to Increase Children's Access to Educational Technology
(2001). Parlez-vous texto : guide des nouveaux langages du réseau. Paris, Le Cherche Midi
(2001). "Web resource on culturally appropriate care." Public Health Rep 116(3): 272.http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&dopt=Citation&list_uids=12269230
(2001). Cyberspace : the world of digital architecture. Mulgrave, Vic., Images
(2001). "Reviewed Elsewhere." Biography 24(2): 502-542.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/biography/v024/24.2reviewed.html
(2001). "Recent Books of Interest." Modernism/modernity 8(2): 381-383.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/modernism-modernity/v008/8.2books_of_interest.html
(2001). Telecommuting Grows with New Economy. Wall Street Journal. Chicopee, MA: 1
(2001). Lessons from the cyberspace classroom : The realities of online teaching (Jossey-Bass Higher and Adult Education Series). R. M. Palloff. San Francisco, Jossey-Bass
(Annotated by SRI International) This guide written by Palloff and Pratt, experienced college instructors and experts in the field of developing online learning communities, offers practical advice about the online learning and teaching experience, everything from planning and conducting a course, interacting and supporting students, to choosing software and hardware. Intended for both teachers and administrators, the authors show that institutional support and instructor skill are key elements for success with online learning. Advocating for building learning communities, they show it takes special skill, practice, and structures --- not just technical `know-how.' Examples of distance education successes and failures are included .
(2001).http://www.law.berkeley.edu/institutes/bclt/events/antitrust/index.html
(from website)The intersection of antitrust law, intellectual property, and technology is back in the headlines as a result of numerous developments. Antitrust cases involving Microsoft, Intel, Visa and Mastercard have captured the public imagination. In this conference, we explore these difficult legal, economic and business problems in detail. Rather than focusing on the Microsoft case, we have sought to go "Beyond Microsoft" to focus on issues of enduring importance to technology firms and companies.
(2002). "FHWA To Assess Web-Based Public Information Campaign." The Urban Transportation Monitor 16(6)
(2002). "Missouri DOT Collates Web-Based Sources for ADA Compliance." The Urban Transportation Monitor 16(6)
(2002). "Oakland, CA: MTC's Web-Based Trip-Planning Servie Expands to Eight More Transit Operators Devices." The Urban Transportation Monitor 16(8)
(2002). "Texas DOT Provides Web-Based Access to List of Safety Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Devices." The Urban Transportation Monitor 16(8)
(2002). The image society : essays on visual culture. Rotterdam, NAi Publishers
"The term 'visual culture' crops up everywhere. But what does it mean? Could we say there is a deluge of images? Does this threaten other cultural assets, such as the word? What do we stand to lose, and what do we stand to gain? The Netherlands Foto Institut (NFI) invited six writers and academics to write essays on these issues in order to stimulate discussion about images and visual culture. The result is a bundle of essays representing a broad range of opinions and ideas about today's image society, on photography, film, video, the internet and television, and on the changes stemming from the digitization of these media. The Image Society is a guide for everyone who has an interest in the world of the image."--BOOK JACKET.
(2002). L'empire des médias. Paris, Le monde diplomatique
(2002). Navig@tions [navigations] le guide internet du programme des classes préparatoires aux grandes écoles de management. Paris
Le Havre, Espace Etudes Editions
ESC
(2002). Raum - Wissen - Macht. Frankfurt am Main, Suhrkamp
(2003). "Daily E-Mail Service Alerts Motorists to Afternoon Traffic Delays." The Urban Transportation Monitor 17(8)
(2003). "e-Transit: Electronic Business Strategies for Public Transportation, Volume 3: Using the Internet for Transit Training and Certification." The Urban Transportation Monitor 17(5)
(2003). "FHWA Unveils New Website to Help State, Local Agencies Manage Traffic Congestion." The Urban Transportation Monitor 17(2)
(2003). "New Website Detailing Ground Transportation To/From Major Airports Set Up." The Urban Transportation Monitor 17(5)
(2003). "New WisDOT Website Provides Easy Access to Research Reports." The Urban Transportation Monitor 17(2)
(2003). "Web-enabled applications of GIS-T applied to date, by type of agency." The Urban Transportation Monitor 17(4)
(2004). "Translation web site aids broad patient population." Healthcare Benchmarks Qual Improv 11(1): 9-11.http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&dopt=Citation&list_uids=14708488
Consumer health information is available in more than 30 languages. Using family members as interpreters raises issues of quality and ethics. Administrative forms the first phase; education will follow.
A, N., K. KL, et al. (1994). "Management Policy for Greater Computer Benefits - Friendly Software, Computer Literacy, or Formal Training." Social Science Computer Review 12(3): 383-404
A, N., K. KL, et al. (1995). "Police Use of Computers." Journal of Criminal Justice 23(3): 259-275
A.Brady, N. and M. E.Bergstein. (1978). Hospital Information Systems -- A Management Perspective., NTIS: 15p
The management perspective of use and development of hospital information systems is examined. Aspects considered include trends in hospital management, value of a systems approach, hospital systems, impact of hospital systems, the management process related to the health care information system, development of a health services data system, and management of future trends. Trends emerging in hospital information requirements identify the greater complexity and accountability of hospital information generated. The task of compiling, manipulating, and furnishing medical data as needed is considered a prime candidate for systems analysis and management. Prospects for favorable hospital information systems impact on health care and research are in areas of improved patient care, cost containment, and management and medical control. The process of management of an information systems installation consists of planning, organization, staffing, monitoring/evaluating, and directing/controlling. These steps incorporate feedback and adjustment as needed at every organizational level. A procedure for development of such a system is suggested by the description of an installation at Norwalk Hospital, Conn., in which the development effort was undertaken by committees comprised of various organizational and medical staff members. Key issues in system implementation were identified. With the growing complexity of hospital systems evident, computerized information systems approaches are concluded to be necessary for efficient management and control.
A.Corrado and C.M.Firestone. (1997). Elections in Cyberspace: Toward a New Era in American Politics., NTIS. ISBN 0-89843-202-2: 104p
The proliferation of candidate Web pages and other politically oriented Internet sites during the 1996 campaign foreshadows the potential impact that new communications and information technologies will have on the American political process in the future. Will they enhance the democratic spirit of America or further exacerbate the sense of alienation within the electorate. This book describes the new political uses of technology and addresses the adequacy of current election laws and regulations in coping with campaigns and elections in cyberspace.
A.Gonzalez, L. and R. Remak. (1972). Selecting Urban Renewal Projects in Small Cities. Volume II. Description and Demonstration of Analytical Techniques., NTIS. GE72TMP-31(II)
Volume 2 of a two volume report on urban renewal presents detailed descriptions of techniques for surveying blight conditions and community needs and analyzing the probable impacts on the community of proposed renewal projects. This technical guide is intended for use by renewal and other development specialists.
A.Lindkvist and E.Lindqvist. (1997). Utvaerdering av Transportinformatikens Effekter i Europa (Evaluation of the Effects of Transport Informatics in Europe). NTIS. KFB-1997:1, ISBN-91-88868-23-0: 66p
An inventory has been made concerning impacts from transport telematics in Europe aimed at a rough judgment of produced results. The development within the field of transport informatics has gone through an intense accentuation during the last decade. From a concentration upon the technical possibilities for stand-alone functions the development has not been emphasized on the construction of systems in technical areas considered ready for implementation. Field trials have been carried through on a broader scale. These have been evaluated in various extent, but hardly ever according to common patterns. Reports from trials, which in some cases indicate measured or simulated effects, have gradually been put forward. The results in different projects are not always unanimous and sometimes even contradictory. This makes it difficult to make general conclusions without information and underlying factors. The issue to point out what transport informatic applicatons are the most reliable to concentrate on is important for decision-makers and road authorities. In spite of the great resources assigned to judgement and evaluation and the great interest for obtained results the basis required for strategic considerations is still defective. This complicates the attempts to decide the aim and direction for politics within the area of informatics. This emphasizes the importance of additional efforts aimed at evaluation activities with users. Out conclusion is that, despite the shortages noticed, there are areas for measures which should be attracted to consider in the investment planning without negative socioeconomic benefit.
Abate, T. (1997). "Publishing Scientific Journals on-Line." Bioscience 47: 175-179
Abeles, M. (2003). "Anthropolis. Revue d'anticipation culturelle." Journal des anthropologues 92/93: 295-7
Abelson, P. (1990). "Mechanisms for evaluating scientific information and the role of peer review. (Evaluation of Scientific Information Peer Review and the Impact of New Information Technology)." Journal of the American Society for Information Science 41: 216(7)
Abramson, B. D. (2001). "Media policy after regulation?" International journal of cultural studies 4(3): 301-26
Accreditation., C. f. H. E. (1999). Distance learning in higher education: Update number two. Washington, DC. Council for Higher Education Accreditation
(Annotated by SRI International) Prepared by the Institute for Higher Education Policy, this is an ongoing study on distance learning in higher education. The study looks at the expanding universe of distance learning, noting that institutions offering distance education courses will grow from about 60% in 1998 to 85% in 2002. It also reports that (1) 33 states have created or joined a virtual institution, and (2) "issues" in distance learning include equity gap, digital divide, lack of teacher training, and battle over encryption. Also noted are the demise of California Virtual University and the formation of a for-profit university by Harcourt Brace textbook publisher.
Accreditation., C. o. H. E. (1999). Distance learning in higher education: CHEA update number two.http://www.chea.org/Commentary/distance-learning-2.cfm
(Annotated by SRI International) This update reviews several current issues in distance learning, including the expanding universe of students, new media, virtual universities, and recent policy developments. The update builds upon the report published in April, 1998, entitled "Assuring Quality in Distance Learning: A Preliminary Review," prepared for the Council for Higher Education Accreditation (CHEA). These updates are published approximately once every six months.
Accreditation., C. o. H. E. (2000). Distance learning in higher education: CHEA update number three.http:// www.chea.org/Commentary/distance-learning-3.cfm
(Annotated by SRI International) This third update reviews issues in distance learning, including recent surveys abou;the expanding use of technology in higher education, virtual universities, and recent policy developments. The update build upon the report published in April, 1998, entitled Assuring Quality in Distance Learning: A Preliminary Review, prepared for the Council for Higher Education Accreditation (CHEA).
Accreditation.(n.d.), C. f. H. E. (2000).
(Annotated by SRI International) The Council for Higher Education Accreditation reports that in 1997-98, almost 44% of all institutions of higher education (IHEs) offered distance-based courses, an increase of one-third since 1994-95; they enrolled 1.36 million students. Tuition for distance education courses is the same as for on-campus courses. The report also notes that partnerships between two or more IHEs or between IHEs and businesses or non-profit organizations have expanded. Policy issues cited in the study include: works made for hire; contractual transfers (as a faculty member transfers institutions); joint works (owned by the faculty member and the university); security and privacy.
Acemoglu, D. (1998). "Why do new technologies complement skills? Directed technical change and wage inequality." Quarterly Journal of Economics 113: 1055-1089
Acemoglu, D. and F. Zilibotti (1999). Productivity differences. N. B. o. E. Research. Cambridge, MA :, National Bureau of Economic Research,
Acker, S. R. (1999). Space, Collaboration, and the Credible City: Academic work in the virtual university.http://www.ascusc.org/jcmc/vol1/issue1/acker/ACKTEXT.HTM
Collaboration, greatly facilitated by advanced telecommunication networks, has become a dominant mode of conducting academic work. However, when collaborators meet in both physical and 'electronic' spaces there are a number of unexamined costs that go with the efficiency and inclusiveness made possible by easy telecommunication-based exchanges. This article asks collaborators to be sensitive to the role that physical space plays in creative human endeavors, and to consider the impact on work accomplished in merged electronic and physical work environments. A history of city space and university space are presented within Richard Sennett's notion of exposure: a delicate balance of fear and stimulation associated with community. The concluding section of this article considers how to build the collaborative university so that the pleasures of physical space are preserved, and the efficiencies of reaching across distances with telecommunications can be leveraged. The article's coda presents a case study, and efforts are made to use hypermedia's attributes to improve the collaboration between author and reader.
Ackerman, L. V. and A. Simonaitis (1997). "Rsna Electronic Journal: Beyond Paper Images: Radiology on the Web." The Journal of Electronic Publishing 3(1).http://www.press.umich.edu/jep.
Ackerman, M. S. and C. Halverson (1999). Considering an Organization's Memory.http://turing.acm.org/sigchi/cscw98/program/papers.html#awareness
The term organizational memory is due for an overhaul. Memory appears to be everywhere in organizations; yet, the term has been limited to a few uses. In this paper we examine what memory in an organization really is. Based on an ethnographic study of a telephone hotline group, this paper presents a micro-level analysis of a hotline call, the work activity surrounding the call, and the memory used in the work activity. We do this analysis from the viewpoint of distributed cognition theory, finding it fruitful for an understanding of an organization's memory.
(ACM), A. f. C. M. (1998). ACM SIGCAS: Special Interest Group on Computers and Society.http://www.acm.org/sigcas/
Adam, A. (2002). "Cyberstalking and Internet pornography: Gender and the gaze." Ethics and Information Technology 4: 133-142
Adam, L. (1999). "Connectivity and Access for Scientific Communication and Publishing in Africa." FID Review 1(2-3): 133-44
Adam, N., B. Awerbuch, et al. (1997). "Globalizing Business, Education, CultureThrough the Internet." Communications of the Acm 40(2): 115-121
THE WORLD BECAME A SMALLER PLACE IN THE 20TH CENTURY. TRANSportation
Adam, N., B. Awerbuch, et al. (1997). "Globalizing business, education, culture through the internet.(The next 50 years: our hopes, our visions, our plans)." Communications of the ACM 40(2): 115 (7 pages)
Adam, N. R. (1998). Electronic commerce : technical, business, and legal issues. I. C. L. C. f. A. Studies. Upper Saddle River, NJ :, Prentice Hall,
Adamic, L. A. (1999). "The Small World Web."
Abstract. I show that the World Wide Web is a small world, in the
Adamic, L. A. (2001). "Network Dynamics: The World Wide Web."
Abstract: Can the regularities on the internet be understood by drawing on methods of statistical physics? Adamic shows that a stochastic theory can explain the power-law distributions in website sizes, traffic, and links. He also shows that the Web is a "small world": to reach one site from any other takes an average of only 4 hops, while most related sites cluster together.
Adamic, L. A. and E. Adar (2001). "Friends and Neighbors on the Web."
The internet is a rich and large repository of information about individuals. The links and text on a user's homepage to the mailing lists the user subscribes to are reflections of social interactions a user has in the real world. It this article techniques are devised to mine this information in order to predict relationships between individuals. It demonstrates that some pieces of information are better indicators of social connections than others. The high quality information provides a glimpse into the social life of two communities and has potential applications in automatically inferring real-world connections and discovering and labeling communities.
Adams, C. (1996). The 1996 Internet Counterrevolution: Power, Information, and the Mass Media.http://www.iif.hu/inet_96/e3/e3_1.htm
This paper explores the manner in which the Internet is becoming more commercialized as mass media providers make major investments into marketing their online presence while producing sophisticated home pages within the World Wide Web and commercial online services such as CompuServe and America Online. In a sense, we can speak of online audiences now being channeled through the online chaos to various sites through such services as Pathfinder and Yahoo. Furthermore, the earlier freedoms and no-holds-barred character of online discussion forums and Usenet can no longer be taken for granted. Many are monitored by interested parties or sponsored by agencies that should be expected to have a vested interest in the dialogue's content.
Adams, M. (1997). "Technology revolution at the massachusetts department of revenue." Inform vol.11,(no.6): 40-2
Adams, M. S., J. Oye, et al. (2003). "Sexuality of older adults and the Internet: From sex education to cybersex." Sexual and Relationship Therapy 18: 405-415
Adams, P. (1998). "Network Topologies and Virtual Place." Annals of the Association of American Geographers 88(1): 88-106
The use of terms such as "cyberspace," "electronic frontier," and "information superhighway" implies a project for geographers: the attempt to incorporate such innovative views of place within an ontological framework sensitive to geographical concerns. Combinatorial theory and structuration theory provide a basis for this incorporation. Just as places are dialectically related to social processes, so too are communication media. Similar factors related to the patterning of communication flows pertain in both cases. In particular, geographers can identify similar patterns of nodes (communicators) and links (communication paths) in places and in communication media. These patterns, or topologies, provide a set of opportunities and constraints for social interaction. When topologies in computer networks replicate the topologies in familiar places, certain elements of social structuration are shared, as well. This sharing, in turn, lends validity to claims about "virtual place" that can be quantitatively described, through combinatorial methods, to indicate the level of specialization in the topological form that has been replicated, and hence the significance of the replication. In light of such similarities, the political and social implications of computer networking are explored.
Adams, S. J. D. (1997). "Danger: internet taxes ahead." Taxes --the Tax Magazine 75: 495-509
Addresses the complexities of tax compliance for business in cyberspace.
Aderman, M. A. (2000). University extension program quality: Program directors and faculty perceptions of quality when considering the factors of reduced funding, competition, and distance education technology., (Doctoral Dissertation, University of Northern Colorado, 2000). Dissertation Abstracts International-A, 61/08
(Annotated by SRI International) This mixed-method dissertation study examines the perceptions of university extension program directors and faculty via questionnaires and interviews. Reduced funding, external competition, and distance education technology were factors that potentially influenced program quality. Conclusions were: (1) University extension programs should continue because of their contributions to the community and society, with special attention directed to upholding program quality. (2) Despite universities changing their funding methods from state-funded to alternative methods, program directors did not perceive a substantial change in program quality. (3) Program directors and faculty perceive a need to market their programs aggressively to maintain enrollment and program quality. (4) Program directors did not perceive distance education technology to influence program quality. (5) Faculty, far more than program directors, perceived a lack of internal recognition for their participation in extension, resulting in reduced effort and negatively impacted program quality. (6) Although program directors and faculty tended to agree about the level of extension program quality and issues that threaten program quality, faculty were more skeptical than program directors that their universities were dealing with these threats to program quality.
Administration, N. T. a. I. (2002). A Nation Online: How Americans Are Expanding Their Use of the Internet. Washington, DC, National Telecommunications and Information Administration
Administration, N. T. I. (2000). Advanced Telecommunications in Rural America: The Challenge of Bringing Broadband Service to All Americans. Washington, D.C., NTIA.www.ntia.doc.gov
Administration, U. S. G. S. (1999). IT Policy On-Ramp.http://www.itpolicy.gsa.gov/
(From the Web site) Our Mission is to promote the strategic management and effective use of Federal information technology through the collaborative development and execution of Governmentwide programs and functions.
Adonri, O. E. and E. Gittman (1998). Effect of Computer Assisted Instruction on Students' Achievement in Global Studies
This study examined effectiveness of computer-assisted instruction (CAI) in a high school global studies course. Subjects in the study were tenth graders in a public high school in Brooklyn, New York. The investigators selected and assigned 70 students to experimental and control groups using random selection and assignment techniques. The experimental group of 35 students received CAI in a computer laboratory for 40 minutes a day for two days per week for six weeks. The CAI software used in the study was a computer-controlled videodisc program entitled Communism and the Cold War. The control group of 35 students received traditional instruction. A pre-test confirmed the equivalence of the two groups. At the end of the experimental period, the groups completed a post-test on global studies. Analysis showed that students who were taught with CAI achieved significantly higher scores than did students taught with traditional methods. In addition, an attitude survey showed an increase in interest in the subject for students who were taught with CAI.
Affara, F. A. (2000). "Correspondence from abroad: when tradition maims." Am J Nurs 100(8): 52-7, 59-60, 62.http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&dopt=Citation&list_uids=10949572
Agar, M. (1983). "Microcomputers as field tools." Computers and the Humanities 17: 19
"In this article, Agar attempts to argue what one needs in a computer for using it "in the field" for qualitative analysis. Clearly, this one's painfully dated. Agar argues that in order to do this, social scientists "also have to be programmers" and that in order to be able to code data and retrieve it by categories, they need a minimum RAM of 48K. (My Commodore 64 in junior high would have fit the bill, I suppose.) Nonetheless, Agar makes a convincing case for how the computer improves the efficiency of the ethnographer without interfering with "ethnographic rapport," and strongly suggests that researchers should take computers with them into the field rather than bringing back reams of hand-written notes to computer labs back home, since "data elimination" can be done right away." --Steve Mizrach, CONTENT ANALYSIS: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY
Agarwal, R. and J. Prasad (1997). "The role of innovation characteristics and perceived voluntariness in the acceptance of information technologies." Decision Sciences vol.28,(no.3): 557-81
Agarwal, R. and J. Prasad (1999). "A Conceptual and Operational Definition of Personal Innovativeness in the Domain of Information Technology." Information Systems Review 9(2): 204-301.http://www.informs.org/Pubs/ABSTRACTS/Inf9_2.html
The acceptance of new information technologies by their intended users persists as an important issue for researchers and practitioners of information systems. Several models have been developed in the literature to facilitate understanding of the process by which new information technologies are adopted. This paper proposes a new construct that further illuminates the relationships explicit in the technology acceptance models and describes an operational measure for this construct that possesses desirable psychometric properties. The construct, personal innovativeness in the domain of information technology, is hypothesized to exhibit moderating effects on the antecedents as well as the consequences of individual perceptions about a new information technology. The construct was developed and validated in the context of the innovation represented by the World-Wide Web. Implications for theory and practice are discussed.
Agazzi, E. (1998). "PROCEEDINGS OF A MEETING OF THE INTERNATIONAL ACADEMY OF THE PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE, KARLSRUHE, GERMANY, MAY 1997: Introduction." Techné: Journal of the Society for Philosophy and Technology 4(1).http://scholar.lib.vt.edu/ejournals/SPT/v4_n1html/AGASSINT.html
In this sense, technology seems to have become the total fate of humankind. Is it a good fate or a bad fate? That is a question that is gaining ever more prominence, especially as all of us, because of overpopulation problems on a planetary scale, become quite literally dependent on improvements in technology—which then requires the controlling of its rampant proliferation or acceleration.
Agee, W. K., P. H. Ault, et al. (1997). Introduction to mass communications. New York, Longman
The twelfth edition of Introduction to Mass Communications accomplishes two goals essential for a mass communications textbook on the threshold of the twenty-first century. It plunges into the stimulating, still uncertain electronic realm of cyberspace. At the same time, it also examines traditional mass media with the depth and perception associated with previous editions. This text is user-friendly and replete with up-to-the-minute insights into contemporary mass communications practice. In a scholarly manner, Agee and Ault describe the historical evolution that has brought today's methods and ethical principles into being. The following features are new to this edition: mass media tie-ins with the Internet discuss opportunities and problems involved in media use of the Internet; far-reaching effects of the Telecommunications Reform Act of 1996 are covered in an extended box and noted in many chapters; the media's role in the O. J.
Simpson murder case provides revealing insights into the relationship between the media and the public; and Media Questions to Think About encourage student thinking and critical analysis of concepts.
Agger, B. (2000). "REVIEW: Andrew Herman's and Thomas Swiss' The World Wide Web and Contemporary Cultural Theory: Magic, Metaphor, Power." Enculturation 3(1).http://enculturation.gmu.edu/3_1/agger/
Agger, B. (2001). "Are Authors Authored? Cultural Politics and Literary Agency in the Era of the Internet." Democracy and Nature 7(1): 183
Agnew, A., P. Forrester, et al. (1997). "Deskilling and reskilling within the labour process: the case of computer integrated manufacturing." International Journal of Production Economics V52(N3): 317-324
Agosti, M., F. Crestani, et al. (1998). Electronic Publishing, Storage, Dissemination and Retrieval of a Scientific Journal Through the Web.http://www.computer.org/proceedings/adl/8464/84640137abs.htmPublishing systems
Agre, P. (1996). "The Durango Imperatives." The Information Society 18(5): 311-331
Research on the Internet's role in politics has struggled to transcend technological determinism -- the assumption, often inadvertent, that the technology simply imprints its own logic on social relationships. An alternative approach traces the ways, often numerous, in which an institution's participants appropriate the technology in the service of goals, strategies, and relationships that the institution has already organized. This amplification model can be applied in analyzing the Internet's role in politics. After critically surveying a list of widely held views on the matter, this paper illustrates how the amplification model might be applied to concrete problems. These include the development of social networks and ways that technology is used to bind people together into a polity.
Agre, P. (1999). Books on the Social Aspects of Computing, 1996-1997.http://dlis.gseis.ucla.edu/people/pagre/recent-books.html
(From the Web Page) This is a bibliography of books on the social, cultural, political, educational, economic, business, literary, legal, and religious aspects of networking and computing that were published in English in 1996 and 1997. It does not include mainly technical books, works of fiction, or directories of online resources. Nor have I included the paperback editions of books that were published before 1996.
Agre, P. (2000). The Literature on Institutions
Agre, P. E. (1994). "Surveillance and Capture: Two Models of Privacy." The Information Society 10(2): 101-128.
Two models of privacy issues are contrasted: the surveillance model and the capture model. The surveillance model uses visual metaphors (such as Big Brother is watching) and derives from historical experiences of secret police surveillance. The lesser known capture model employs linguistic metaphors and has its roots in the practices of applied computing through which human activities are systematically reorganized to allow computers to track them in real time.
Agre, P. E. (1994). "Understanding the Digital Individual." The Information Society 10(2): 73-76
This special issue of The Information Society explores the emergent phenomenon of the digital individual. The digital individual is the form of social identity that individuals acquire as their activities become influenced by - and often mediated through - digital representations of themselves. The articles in the special issue describe numerous aspects of the digital individual, from its construction within organizations to its construction in relation to individual others, and from the potential for new forms of social domination to the potential for new forms of social action. This introduction describes the articles and outlines the various themes that draw them together.
Agre, P. E. (2002). "Real-Time Politics: The Internet and the Political Process." The Information Society 18(5): 311
Agres, C., D. Egberg, et al. (1998). "Transformation to Virtual Societies: Forces and Issues." The Information Society 14: 71-82
Agres, C., M. Igbaria, et al. (1996). "The Virtual Society: Forces and Issues." The Information Society 14(2)
This paper presents a conceptual research framework for investigating virtual societies. As this subject area is relatively new to the research world, this paper presents a framework for studying virtual societies. To date, much of the relevant research has been in the area of telecommuting or teleworking. But, the changes to peoples' lives that may be a result of the movement to virtual societies encompass far more than alterations to the way we perform work in the future. The framework portrays the driving forces and the issues related to the study of this ensuing societal form. A review of the driving forces and issues of the virtual society stimulated the development of the research framework. It identifies technology as the enabler that is paving the way for society to be transformed to virtual communities, but does not dwell solely on the technology. Our endeavors focus on identifying the critical forces and issues within a global context in order to provide a foundation for future research.
Ahn, I. C. (1999). Relationship of personality types and learners' performance in computer-mediated distance education., (Doctoral dissertation, Purdue University, 1999)
(Annotated by SRI International) This mixed mode (quantitative and qualitative) dissertation study examined the relationship between learners' personality types and their performance in computer-mediated distance education. These learners were purposely selected to specifically confirm or disconfirm Atman's (1988) claim that ENTJ types have advantages in distance education. Findings indicate: Perceiving types participated less frequently in online discussions and tended to use more words in their postings; judging types tended to use fewer words in their postings; sensing types tended to be more satisfied with computer-mediated distance education; and feeling types tended to perceive that they had gained more knowledge. Atman's claim that ENTJ types have advantages in distance education was confirmed for participation frequency, level of satisfaction, and level of small group collaboration variables but not for grade, average number of words used in email posting, perceived knowledge gained, and level of leadership influence.
Ahuja, V. (1997). Secure commerce on the Internet. Boston :, AP Professional,
Aiba, T. (1999). "Implementation of search engine for 'Indian and Buddhist Studies Treatise Database (INBUDS)'." Oriental culture 79: 163-85
Aikens, G. S. (1996). History of the Minnesota Electronic Democracy Project.http://www.iif.hu/inet_96/e9/e9_1.htm
In the early 1990s Al Gore, then a Senator from Tennessee, fashioned the metaphor of an 'information superhighway.' This innovation was a derivative of the National Superhighway initiative championed in the Senate a generation ago by Gore's father. The belief in the potential of computers and an information superhighway was carried by Gore further into the mainstream media as a part of the Clinton-Gore literature in the 1992 presidential campaign. At that time the concept of an 'electronic town hall' was also brought into the mainstream media by the Independent candidate for president, H. Ross Perot. The rhetoric about the beginning of an information age was given immediacy by traditional media institutions because the Clinton-Gore and Perot campaigns began to bypass traditional media institutions during the 1992 campaign. Increasingly they reached the public through radio call-ins, satellite television, cable television, C-Span, talks shows, and the like. As a result, in 1993 there was a rapid increase in stories about new technology, computers, and the media business. There was also concern about convergence in the forms of media such as print, audio, and video through computer networks, etc. There was also a new sense of urgency in these stories. The interest in these issues was, once again, furthered by the new administration when it launched a National Information Infrastructure initiative and then a Global Information Infrastructure initiative, as well as calling for a re-write of the 1934 Communications Act.
Aimo, H., R. Kalakota, et al. (1999). Distributed Decision Support Systems for Real Time Supply Chain Management using Agent Technologies.http://yama.bus.utexas.edu/ejou/articles/art_1.html
Ainley, R. (1998). New frontiers of space, bodies, and gender. London ; New York, Routledge
Akdeniz, Y. (1999). "Sex on the net: The dilemma of policing cyberspace."
A handbook examines aspects of the cyberporn debates in the U.S., the U.K. and Europe. Topics include civil rights, accessibility of pornographic material; filtering and rating systems to protect children; child pornography over the Internet; and global policing initiatives. Case studies demonstrate the failures and successes of Internet policing and government attempts to restrict explicit content. The logistics and ethics of policing cyberspace are discussed.
Akdeniz, Y., C. Walker, et al. (2000). "The Internet, law and society."
This textbook contains both unpublished and previously published papers examining the Internet within the settings of law, politics, and society. The interactions of these three groups are analyzed to determine the implications for law and society. Internet activity is discussed as it occurs in the shadow of law where a range of regulatory responses and governance strategies exist. The main topics are: the Internet, law, and society; governance and the Internet; legal institutions and professions and the Internet; and legal controversies in cyberspace.
Alatis, J. E. (1995). Linguistics and the education of language teachers : ethnolinguistic, psycholinguistic, and sociolinguistic aspects. Washington, D.C., Georgetown University Press
Alava, S. (2000). Cyberespace et formations ouvertes : vers une mutation des pratiques de formation? Bruxelles, De Boeck Université
Alavi, M. and P. G. W. Keen (1989). "Business teams in an information age." The Information Society 6(4)
Albarda, E. D. (1998). Caught in the Web : the tax and legal implications of electronic commerce. Deventer :, FED,
AlBataineh, A. S. (2002). "The Arab League Educational, Cultural and Scientific Organization: New Roles for a Changing World." Journal of Social Affairs 19(75): 310
Albero, M. (2002). "Adolescents and Internet. Myths and Realities of the Information Society." Zer: Revista de Estudios de Comunicacion/Komunikazio ikasketen aldizkaria 13: 177
Albert-Doucet, S. (2001). Research: Smart Community Development Preliminary Findings. Nova Scotia, Planned Approach Inc.http://www.plannedapproach.com/survey.htm [accessed June 20, 2002]
Alberts, D. and D. S. Papp (1998). The Information Age: An Anthology on Its Impact and Consequences.http://www.ndu.edu/inss/books/anthology1/index.html
Albrecht, K. (2003). The power of minds at work organizational intelligence in action. New York, Amacom.http://silk.library.umass.edu:2048/login?url=http://www.books24x7.com/marc.asp?isbn=0814407374
Albrecht, M. and J. W. Cortada (1998). "Optimizing investments in information technology." National Productivity Review 17: 53-60
Alcock, P., A. Erskine, et al. (2003). The student's companion to social policy. Malden, MA, Blackwell Pub.
Al-Deek, H., S. Ishak, et al. (1993). The potential impact of advanced traveler information systems (ATIS) on accident rates in an urban transportation network
Alderman, D. H. and D. G. S. Alderman (2001). "Kudzu: A Tale of Two Vines." Southern Cultures 7(3): 49-64.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/southern_cultures/v007/7.3alderman.html
Alderman, J. (2001). Sonic boom : Napster, MP3, and the new pioneers of music. Cambridge, MA, Perseus Pub.
"The Advent of the Internet has caused wrenching headaches for the music industry, but it has also unleashed unprecedented worldwide distribution of music and unparalleled communication between fans and musicians. In Sonic Boom, musician and industry insider John Alderman details this head-on collision between commerce and progress, and shows how it will forever alter the cultural landscape."--BOOK JACKET.
Aldred, L. (2000). "Plastic Shamans and Astroturf Sun Dances: New Age Commercialization of Native American Spirituality." The American Indian Quarterly 24(3): 329-352.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/american_indian_quarterly/v024/24.3aldred.html
Aldrige, A. (1998). "Reproducing the Value of Professional Expertise in Post-Traditional Culture: Financial Advice and the Creation of the Client." Cultural Values 2(4): 445
Alexander, A. and J. Hanson (2001). Taking sides. Clashing views on controversial issues in mass media and society. Guilford, Conn., McGraw-Hill/Dushkin
Alexander, D. (1995). "Philosophy in Cyberspace: A Guide to Philosophy-Related Resources on the Internet."
Alexander, J. O. (2001). "Alliance Building in the Information and Online Database Industry." portal: Libraries and the Academy 1(4): 481-507.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/portal_libraries_and_the_academy/v001/1.4alexander.html
Alexander, S. (1998). "Managing it turnover." Infoworld 20: 85-86
Alexander, S. (1999). "Labor market will evolve, but shortage may remain." Infoworld 21: 112
Alexander, S. (1999). "Origins of a shortfall." Infoworld 21: 93-94
Alfred, M. V. (2002). Learning and sociocultural contexts : implications for adults, community, and workplace education. San Francisco, Jossey-Bass
Al-Harthi, H. K. (2003). "Student-Faculty Power/Knowledge Relations: The Implications of the Internet in Mathematics Education and Social Studies Education Programs in Sultan Qaboos University." Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences 64(1): 104
Alic, J., S. Herzenberg, et al. (1998). Technology and Industrial Performance in the Service Sector: Final Comparative Assessment. Washington, DC, US Department of Commerce Technology Administration
Allen, A.-R. (2001). "Book Review: Changing Literacies." Mind, Culture, and Activity 8(1): 111-114.http://www.leaonline.com/loi/mca
Allen, C. (1996). "What's Wrong with the `Golden Rule'? Conundrums of Conducting Ethical Research in Cyberspace." The Information Society 12(2): 175-187
Three key values for ethical cyberspace research practices are evident in recent discussions:
Allen, C. (1997). "Editing SIGNS at the Borders." The Yale Journal of Criticism 10(2): 463-466.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/yale_journal_of_criticism/v010/10.2allen.html
Allen, C., D. Kania, et al. (1998). Internet world guide to one-to-one Web marketing. New York :, Wiley Computer Pub.,
Allen, C. L. (1996). "Virtual Identities: The Social Construction of Cybered Selves (Internet, Electronic Mail, Multiple User Dimension, Object Oriented, Hypercontextuality, Multiple Personae)." 433
This theoretical and empirical project explores emerging practices of self-presentation and communication in a type of Internet system called a '$/rm/underline[MOO]$' (Multiple User Dimension, Object Oriented). MOO interactions are text-based and keyed to spatial simulations and persistent virtual objects. Seven dimensions for conceptualizing identity from psychology, sociology, philosophy and literary studies provided initial theoretical frameworks. Theories about the social construction of identity were emphasized. Theoretical extensions included defining four 'virtual parameters'--ways that MOOs differ from offline contexts in ways significant for the creation and use of virtual identities. 'Experiential fields' were defined as specific complexes of social and material response where participants could experiment with a range of 'imaginative identity resources.' Beginning with contemporary theory and practice in anthropology and rhetoric, the methodology was keyed to the distinctive challenges of cyberspace research and the topical goals of this study. Methods included 'ethnographies of the particular' and rhetorical analyses of 'identity texts' crafted by participants. Assessing the challenges of Internet research, including researcher and reader positionality, led to the figure of the 'ethnographer-as-tour-guide.' Detailed longitudinal studies of four participants are presented. Ethnographies focus on motives for and uses of identity texts, sense-making about virtual identities in MOO communication, negotiations of MOO experiences with offline lives, and the 'theories of self' used by participants. Particular attention was paid to the 'experiential fields' that participants constructed and used. Virtual parameters often contributed to the sense that MOOs were 'liminal' experiential fields where everyday values and practices were suspended. Negotiating borders between liminal and everyday activities was often experienced as deeply problematic by participants. Virtual identities were seen to be dynamically shaped by the social responses encountered in MOOs ('virtual surplus') that often offered participants surprising perspectives on themselves. In conclusion, MOOs facilitate novel modes of self-presentation, including the development of multiple personae comprising diverse 'imaginative identity resources' gleaned from personal experience, literature, history and media sources. Equally important, MOOs offer participants 'hypercontextuality'--an amplified ability to create and select social and material contexts for identity experimentation.
Allen, J. C., B. Johnson, et al. (1998). "Telecommunications & rural business." Economic Development Review 15: 53-59
Allen, J. C., B. B. Johnson, et al. (1993). "Rural economic development using information age technology: some directions for practitioners." Economic Development Review 11: 30-33
Allen, J. P. (1993). "Review of "Microcomputers in African development: critical perspectives."" The Information Society 9(3)
Allen, J. P. (1994). "Mutual Control in the Newly Integrated Work Environments." The Information Society 10(2): 129-138
A model of mutual control is presented, derived from studies of detailed information sharing in manufacturing, that describes the likely changes in organizations due to the increased availability of electronic information about behavior. According to the model, increasing pressures for tighter monitoring and control come from a mutual access to, and dependence on, shared electronic information that can be linked to the behavior of identifiable individuals and groups. That the demands for greater monitoring and control come from all directions in organizations, not just upper management, is a finding that contrasts sharply with the traditional view of electronic surveillance and its concern with regulating managerial excess. The mutual control model shows how current systems design ideals, uncritically followed, contribute to the widespread demand for monitoring and tighter control within organizations.
Allen, L. (1997). "A technology survey. (information technology and the banking industry)(Column)." Mortgage Banking. 58: 181(2)
Allen, L. E. (1997). "Becoming priority one." Mortgage Banking 57: 97,104
Allen, M. R. (2003). "This Is Not a Hypertext, But...: A Set of Lexias on Textuality." Ctheory
Allen, T. and J. Seaton (1999). The media of conflict : war reporting and representations of ethnic violence. London ; New York
New York, Zed Books ;
Distributed exclusively in the USA by St. Martin's Press
"This book examines the role of the media in inciting conflicts within nations, as well as the adverse impacts of news reporting on international perceptions - and on policymaking. But it also reveals how valuable informed journalism can be. Above all, it highlights the dangers of basing analysis on vague assertions about deep human motivation, or on mythologies of the past and the present promoted by the protagonists themselves."--BOOK JACKET.
Allenby, B. and D. Richards (1999). "Applying the Triple Bottom Line: Telework and the Environment." Environmental Quality Management: 3-10
Allwood, C. M. and D. Hakken (n.d.). Deconstructing “use”: Problems of diverseness ib discourses on “Users” and “Usability” in information system development and reconstructing a viable use discourse. Draft MS; for submission to AI & Society.
Allwood, C. M. and T. Kalen (1993). "User-competence and otheraspects when introducing a patent administrative system: a case study." Interacting with Computers 5: 167-191
Almeda, M. B. (1998). "University of California Extension Online: From Concept to Reality." Journal of Asynchronous Learning Networks 2(2).http://www.aln.org/alnweb/journal/vol2_issue2/almeda.htm
(Annotated by SRI International) This descriptive paper examines the pedagogical features and issues concerning University of California Extension's online program, which provides certificate programs and course sequences designed for adult learners. Asynchronicity, flexibility, and interactivity are indicated as distinctive features of the program. The author also discusses issues related to marketing, instructional design, support services, and training, and reports early evaluation data.
Alonso, A. and I. Arzoz (2002). La nueva ciudad de Dios : un juego cibercultural sobre el tecno-hermetismo. Madrid, Edicones Siruela
Alp, N., B. Alp, et al. (1997). "The influence of decision makers for new technology acquisition." Computers & Industrial Engineering vol.33,(no.1-2): 3-5
Al-Shehri, A. and J. J. Jones (1995). "National Information Infrastructure: Myths, Metaphors And Realities."http://www.brint.com/papers/nii/
In recent years the subject of the National Information Infrastructure (NII) has been receiving greater attention in both scholarly and trade publications. The issue is expected to have significant implications for the use of electronic communication in education, business, industry and government. Interestingly, the origins of NII were in the sector of higher education. Despite the significantly broader applications of the NII that have been legislated over the last few years, there is scarcity of research that has attempted to integratively review the key issues and principles that underlie the concept of the NII, the primary stakeholders participating in its implementation, the current status of these issues and the future implications for education, business, industry and government. By providing an integrative perspective of the issues discussed above, such research is expected to inform the study of electronic communication and information exchange. This article based on an exhaustive review of the printed and on-line literature on the NII is expected to fulfill this objective.
Alsheimer, R. (1999). "Apocalypse now? Eschatologisches im Internet und anderswo." Schweizerisches Archiv fur Volkskunde 95(1): 47-59
Apocalypse.
Alstyne, M. V. and E. Brynjolfsson (1997). "Electronic Communities: Global Village or Cyberbalkans?"
Information technology can help link geographically separated people and facilitate search for interesting or compatible resources. These attributes have the potential to bridge gaps. But they also have the potential to fragment communities by leading people to spend more time on special interests while screening out less preferred contact. This paper introduces precise measures of "balkanization" then develops a model of individual knowledge profiles and community affiliation to examine how improved access, search, and screening might fragment interaction. As IT capabilities continue to improve, policy choices we make could put us on more or less attractive paths. You can download the article in pdf format.
al-Taei, M. K., Y. Pan, et al. (2000). "An Internet-based telediagnosis system for Chinese medicine." J Telemed Telecare 6 Suppl 1: S63-5.http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&dopt=Citation&list_uids=10793975
The Internet is becoming an increasingly popular medium for communication and is being used more and more for telemedicine. Telediagnosis is one of the most developed components of telemedicine. We have designed and partly implemented a telediagnostic system, using the Internet as the means of communication, to enhance access to specialists and health providers in Chinese medicine.
Alter, A. E. (1997). "Know-how pays off." Computerworld 31: 72
Alterman, J. B. (2000). "Counting nodes and counting noses: understanding new media in the Middle East." Middle East journal 54(3): 355-61
Altman, E. and A. Pratt (1996). "Information technology The Impact of Emerging Technologies on Reference Service and Bibliographic Instruction edited by Gary M. Pitkin." Journal of Academic Librarianship 22(2): 157
Altschuler, S. (2002). Verdens navle. [Kbh.], Gyldendal
Originaludgave: 2001
Tidligere: 1. udgave. 2002
Amato Mangiameli, A. C. (2000). Diritto e cyberspace : appunti di informatica giuridica e filosofia del diritto. Torino, G. Giappichelli
Ambler, M. (1999). "Editor's Essay: Educating the Native Student at Distance." Tribal College 10(3): 6-9
(Annotated by SRI International) This conceptual paper previews issues concerning distance education and states that tribal colleges are committed to increasing access to education. The author offers several cautions against proceeding rashly into new technology, but also denotes the danger in delaying technology implementation suggesting that the colleges that adapt and provide access to distance learning will be the only ones to survive in the future.
America, I. T. A. o. (2001). When Can You Start? Building Better Information Technology Skills and Careers.http://www.itaa.org/workforce/studies/01execsumm.htm Executive Summary Only
(from website)When Can You Start? a new ITAA workforce study, finds that with an estimated 900,000 jobs to be filled, demand for IT workers persists-but what a difference a year makes.
American Association of Artificial, I. (1999). Intelligent agents in cyberspace, AAAI Press
American Bar Association, C. o. L. o. C. i. C. (2000). Achieving legal and business order in cyberspace : a report on global jursidiction issues created by the internet. [Chicago], [American Bar Association]
American Council of Learned Societies. and P. Bailey (1986). Music hall the business of pleasure. Milton Keynes, England ; Philadelphia, PA, Open University Press.http://name.umdl.umich.edu/HEB00972
American Justice Inst., S., Calif. (1971). Santa Clara Criminal Justice Pilot Program., NTIS. 70-023-A
The report covers the first 18 months of a five-year pilot city program designed to plan, test, and implement new methods of reducing crime and improving the criminal justice system in Santa Clara County and the city of San Jose, California. Efforts were made to develop baseline data against which the impact of future programs could be assessed. These data include: (a) a county-wide victimization survey conducted to assess the extent of crime by measures independent of police reporting systems; (b) an offense report system which permits analysis of crime by geographic area; and (c) criminal justice information control which tracks the processing of offenders from booking through disposition. A number of pilot research projects to reduce crime and improve various components of the criminal justice system are described.
American Law Institute-American Bar Association Committee on Continuing Professional Education. (1999). Litigating trademark, trade dress, and unfair competition cases : ALI-ABA course of study materials. Philadelphia, PA, American Law Institute-American Bar Association Committee on Continuing Professional Education
American Society for Information Science. Mid-Year Meeting (1996 : San Diego Calif.), G. Whitney, et al. (1996). The digital revolution : ASIS Mid-Year 1996 : proceedings of the ASIS Mid-Year Meeting, San Diego, California, May 18-22, 1996. Medford, N.J. ;, Published for the American Society for Information Science by Information Today Inc.
American Society of Internal Medicine, S. F., Calif. (1976). Assessing Physician Performance in Ambulatory Care., NTIS: 294p
The proceedings of a 1976 conference on physician performance in the delivery of ambulatory care are presented. The topic addressed by the conference was selected because of its relevance to the Health Manpower Bill, S-3239, which would establish a training position certification process and develop standards for licensure of physicians, examinations for licensing, procedures for licensing, procedures for relicensing, and standards for continuing education programs. The conference papers address the following aspects of physician performance and quality ambulatory care: public accountability and quality protection in ambulatory care, perspectives on the evaluation of physician competence, measurement of knowledge versus performance, assessing the performance of physicians in ambulatory care by licensing physicians, viewpoints of the American Society of Internal Medicine and the American Board of Medical Specialties on evaluating physician performance, research on physician performance by the American Society of Internal Medicine, computer-assisted review of ambulatory services, testing clinical competence by computer, comparative study of independent practice and prepaid group practice, the role of feedback in quality assurance, application of a computer-based ambulatory medical information system, national ambulatory medical care survey and potential uses of survey data, systems approach to data acquisition and display in an ambulatory care setting, and a survey of selected ambulatory care quality assurance programs. Open discussions of the topics are also reported.
Amerika, M. (2001). How To Be An Internet Artist, Alt-X Press.http://www.altx.com/ebooks/htbaia.html
How To Be An Internet Artist is the latest collection of new media writings from Mark Amerika, one of the most-celebrated digital artists of our time. This eclectic mix of pseudo-autobiographical fictions explores many of the themes generated in Amerika's internationally-exhibited net art, including hypertextual consciousness, cyborg-narrators, reality hacking, and creating on-the-fly stories via an ongoing practice of surf-sample-manipulate.
Rhizomatically spreading his meme-virus into the ever expanding discourse network, Amerika's fictional rants trace the early history of Internet art as only he can know it. With most in-the-know art critics, curators and web mavens generally agreeing that the genesis of Internet art is inextricably linked to the conceptual work flow of Amerika's cultural production, this ebook slyly relocates Benjamin's "lost aura" and puts the dot back into net.art.
Amerika, M. (2004). "Expanding the Concept of Writing: Notes on Net Art, Digital Narrative and Viral Ethics." Leonardo 37(1): 9-13.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/leonardo/v037/37.1amerika.pdf
Amiran, E. (1997). "Electronic Time and the Serials Revolution." The Yale Journal of Criticism 10(2): 445-454.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/yale_journal_of_criticism/v010/10.2amiran.html
Amnesty International. (2003). Socialist Republic of Viet Nam freedom of expression under threat in cyberspace. London, International Secretariat
Amon, T. (1999). "VRML: A New Tool in Biomedical Education." Educational Technology & Society 2(1).http://ifets.ieee.org/periodical/vol_1_99/tamon_short_article.html
(Annotated by SRI International) This theoretical paper introduces VRML (Virtual Reality Modeling Language) which represents a fully interactive multimedia learning environment in the virtual 3D space. The author explains how we can use VRML to create the structures and functions of biological systems for educational purposes. Many of the creations can be observed on the web page http://verbena.fe.uni-lj.si/~tomaz/VRML/.
Anagnost, A. (2000). "Scenes of Misrecognition: Maternal Citizenship in the Age of Transnational Adoption." positions: east asia cultures critique 8(2): 389-421.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/positions/v008/8.2anagnost.html
Analysis., C. N. B. f. E. P. (2000). Publishers Caught in the Web: Strategies, Performance and Public Policy, Working Paper No. 119.
Anand, N., D. L. Hoffman, et al. (1998). "Interpretive Stance in Inchoate Industries: Preliminary Evidence: From the World Wide Web Publishing Iindustry."
Emerging (or 'inchoate') industries differ significantly from mature industries. Inchoate industries are characterized by few producers, underdeveloped markets, unclear technologies, and uncertain regulatory forces. Traditional, linear-adaptive approaches to business strategy derived from the study of mature industries, such as Miles and Snow (1978) and Porter (1980), are not applicable to inchoate industries. In this paper, we argue that an interpretive approach to studying organizing and strategy-making - specifically Daft and Weick's model of organizations as interpretive systems (1984) - is better suited to the context of industry emergence. Daft and Weick's typology of interpretive stances distinguishes the manner in which managers attempt to make sense of equivocal and uncertain environments, and hence is independent of an industry's maturity level. This study is the first attempt to operationalize the Daft and Weick typology. Propositions and preliminary evidence presented here are based on a cross-case cluster analysis of eight organizations in the Web publishing industry.
Anchan, J. P. (1998). Global education across cyberspace : role of the Internet in educating for global awareness. Ann Arbor, Mich., UMI Dissertation Services: 308
Anders, G. (2001). Ballmer's Big Moves. Boston, Fastcompany: 142 ff
Anders, P. (1999). Envisioning cyberspace : designing 3D electronic spaces. New York, McGraw-Hill
Anders, P. (2001). "Anthropic Cyberspace: Defining Electronic Space from First Principles." Leonardo 34(5): 409-416.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/leonardo/v034/34.5anders.pdf
Andersen, K. V., N. Bjørn-Andersen, et al. (2003). "Governance Initiatives Creating a Demand-Driven E-Commerce Approach: The Case of Denmark." The Information Society 19(1)
The Danish e-commerce strategy is a highly ambitious effort to become the world's leading IT nation. Instead of a production-led approach aimed at stimulating domestic hardware and software production, Denmark has pursued a demand-oriented approach focused on promoting the widespread adoption of e-commerce in the Danish society. The Danish government has developed a number of e-commerce initiatives via public-private sector partnerships--an approach we refer to as "governance." So far, it appears that Denmark has been successful in promoting business-to-business (B2B) e-commerce, with a number of Danish companies being global leaders in the use of B2B applications. On the other hand, Denmark has had less success in achieving widespread use of business-to-consumer (B2C) e-commerce. This paper analyzes the Danish national environment for e-commerce, discusses four sets of governance initiatives aimed at the development of e-commerce, and analyzes the reasons for its success in B2B and relative failure in B2C adoption.
Andersen, K. V. and J. N. Danziger (1995). "Information technology and the political world the impacts of it on capabilities, interactions, orientations and values." International Journal of Public Administration 18: 1693(32)
Andersen, K. V. and K. L. Kraemer (1994). "Information technology and transitions in the public service: A comparison of Scandanavia and the United States." Scandinavian Journal of Information Systems 6(1): 3-24
Anderson, A. F. (1997). "Application of high-performance computing to the management of social science and demographic data." Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers Vol 29(1): 86-98
Anderson, B. (2000). "Interview: Speaking personally with janet k. poley." American Journal of Distance Education 14(3): 75-81
(Annotated by SRI International) Dr. Janet Poley, president and chief executive officer of ADEC (a national distance education consortium of state universities and land-grant institutions), is interviewed by Bill Anderson, a senior lecturer at Massey University in New Zealand and a doctoral candidate in the Adult Education program at The Pennsylvania State University. Selected keys points Poley makes include these: The so-called Digital Divide is real. It is to everyone's advantage to have the `will' to open up affordable learning; we will increasingly have the tools and potential for doing so around the globe. An area of high interest to Poley is the cultural difference that is encountered within a global distance education environment. She also suggests issues like gender, intellectual property, public and private sector competition, and cooperation need to be further investigated.
Anderson, D. C. and National Institute of Justice (U.S.) (1996). In New York City, a "community court" and a new legal culture. Washington, DC, U.S. Dept. of Justice Office of Justice Programs National Institute of Justice.http://www.ncjrs.org/txtfiles/commcrt.txt
The recently initiated Midtown Community Court,
whose jurisdiction sprawls across more than 350
blocks of Manhattan, contains everything it needs
inside one building: a courtroom, a social services
center, a community service program, and innovative
computer support.
Anderson, D. S. (1999). Mathematics and Distance Education on the Internet: An Investigation Based on Transactional Distance Education Theory., (Doctoral dissertation, Columbia University, 1999). Dissertation Abstracts International A-60/05
(Annotated by SRI International) Applying Michael G. Moore's concept of transactional distance education as its theoretical basis, this dissertation survey study (a questionnaire for students and one for teachers) examined the student-teacher relationship in mathematics distance-learning programs. Five U.S. NetMath programs and a course at the U.K. Open University were studied. The survey was divided into sections designed to investigate the impact on mathematics distance education of Moore's three principal variables dialogue, structure, and learner autonomy and their interrelationships. A majority of both students and faculty reported that their dialogues were meaningful. Most respondents defined meaningful dialogue simply as effective communications that answered specific student questions, usually related to homework problems. The type of Socratic dialogue often cited by educators as the key to teaching critical-thinking skills was not mentioned by the respondents. Students and faculty also reported that the Internet-based courses facilitated learner autonomy. For some students, the level of autonomy was clearly uncomfortable, with a few citing loneliness and a desire for more instructor communication. Findings indicate that most students and all teachers who responded to the survey believe their Internet-based calculus courses are as good as classes taught on campus or even better.
Anderson, J. (1996). "On the Social Order of Cyberspace: Knowledge Workers and New Creoles." Social Science Computer Review 14(1)
Anderson, J. and C. Aydin (1997). "Evaluating the Impact of Health Care Information Systems." International Journal of Technology Assessment in Health Care 13(2): 380-393
Anderson, J. W. (1995). 'Cybarities,’ Knowledge workers & new creoles on the information superhighway. Paper presented to the AAA/CRA workshop on Culture, Society, and Advanced Information Technology, Washington, D.C.
Anderson, J. W. (1996). Middle East Diasporas on the Internet.http://www.iif.hu/inet_96/e8/e8_2.htm
Let me confess up front to being an Internet. I'm enthusiastic about how the Internet facilitates my tasks and the information it puts on my desk. As a journal editor, I have promoted its potentials to bring information more readily to hand in international area studies. As an anthropologist, I see it as an extension not only of research but for research into the connections of communication and community in our time. It's been a boon as my university, my profession and colleagues come more and more online, from e-mail to mailing lists to new ways to access remote file archives with Gopher and World Wide Web. With amendments, that probably describes most members of this Society. At the same time, I am also struck by how sociologically impoverished are understandings of the Internet. Always pro or con, they typically project from parochial, even individual experiences (Rheingold 1993, Negroponte 1995, Rifkin 1995, Stoll 1995). While conveying enthusiasm--indeed, strong emotions, negative as well as positive--popular and even academic descriptions lack not only objectivity; they lack perspective independent of involvement with the phenomenon (e.g., McLuhan 1967, Escobar 1994). This is particularly true of tendencies to universalize from a limited base of experience that tends to take its own frames for granted as portable and to project that portability onto the Internet.
Anderson, J. W. (2000). "Producers and Middle East internet technology: getting beyond 'impacts'." Middle East journal 54(3): 419-31
Anderson, K. (n.d.). Internet use among college students: An exploratory study.http://www.rpi.edu/~anderk4/research.html
Thirteen hundred college students from eight academic institutions were surveyed in classrooms about their Internet use for the purpose of identifying how their Internet use has affected their social or academic lives. Approximately 10 percent of Internet-using students met criteria that are parallel to those of other forms of dependence. Most dependents are males and are found in the hard science academic majors. Some ideas for dealing with this growing problem are suggested.
Anderson, R. E. B., Edward E. Jr. (1990). Computer Applications in the Social Sciences. Philadelphia, Temple University Press
This book is certainly valuable in its own right, discussing everything from computer literacy for the social sciences to using "expert system" artificial intelligence and creating computer models of complex social institutions. However, anthropologists interested in doing content analysis will particularly appreciate Chapter 13, "Analyzing Text," which discusses content analysis, qualitative research methods, and comprehension of "natural languages" (i.e. the ones that people, rather than computers, speak.) It has an excellent discussion of some of the computer text dictionaries and software packages available, though it really doesn't help rank them according to their relative merits and flaws. --Steve Mizrach, CONTENT ANALYSIS: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY
Anderson, R. H., T. K. Bikson, et al. (1995). Santa Monica, California, RAND Corporation. MR-650-MF: 267.http://www.rand.org/publications/MR/MR650/
(From the RAND home page) E-mail has swept the communications and information world, providing near-instantaneous global information and data exchange. However, this revolution primarily benefits an information elite: those with access to and knowledge about computers and e-mail. The diverging trends in access based on income and education are placing significant groups of current and next-generation U.S. citizens at a serious disadvantage in relevant job-related skills and in access to social programs and information. Information haves may leave the have-nots further behind, unless concerted efforts are made to provide all citizens with access to the technology. This report gives serious consideration to closing the access gap. The study details the benefits--on the personal as well as national and global level--of e-mail access. It recommends support of a U.S. policy of universal access and addresses the technical and economic aspects of putting such a policy into operation.
Anderson, T. C. (2000). "The body and communities in cyberspace: A Mmarcellian analysis." Ethics and Information Technology 2(3): 153-158.http://dx.doi.org/10.1023/A:1010001504963
Anderson, T. D. and D. R. Garrison (1998). Learning in a Networked World: New roles and Responsibilities. Distance Learners in Higher Education: Institutional Responses for Quality Outcomes. C. C. Gibson. Madison, WI, Atwood Publishing: 97-112
(Annotated by SRI International) Garrison, 1997, cited in Anderson and Garrison (1998), says that collaborative, constructivist approaches will replace mass-produced, self-instructional packages of the industrial era and that computer-mediated communication will induce that evolution.
Anderson, V. D. and American Council of Learned Societies. (1991). New England's generation the great migration and the formation of society and culture in the seventeenth century. Cambridge [England] ; New York, Cambridge University Press.http://name.umdl.umich.edu/HEB01330
Andrews, W. (1998). "Who's Liable: Host, Moderator, or Member?" Internet World 4(30; Sept. 21): 8
Ang, P. H. and C. M. Loh (1996). Internet Development in Asia.http://www.iif.hu/inet_96/h1/h1_1.htm
Strong economic growth, affluence, and the need for information suggest that the Internet should grow explosively in Asia. This paper is an attempt to determine if that is true and to uncover the patterns of Internet development in Asia. It begins by putting Asia in the Internet context. Internet development has only begun to take off in 1995. Before that, by some measures, Internet growth lagged behind even Africa. Next, the paper sketches the development of the Internet in several Asian countries. It then concludes with some themes from the sketches. In general, Asian users have a more purposeful attitude toward the Internet than their Western counterparts. This attitude is reflected by the more deliberate approach of both governments and users. Governments want to use the Internet the way they use traditional media--as a form of control for national development, however that may be defined. Net access in Asia therefore tends to be more centralized, dominated by educational and government or government-related institutions. Users want to use the Internet for commerce; where there is a commercial push, Internet growth is strongest. Both government and users share a common interest in trying to reduce foreign domination of the Internet. The path adopted by China suggests that it may be trying to develop a giant domestic Intra-net. Many countries have also declared that they are looking into regulatory issues. The paper notes that there are many barriers to the Internet in Asia. There is poor advanced infrastructure. There are high telecommunications costs, due in part to monopoly telecommunications entities. Penetration of PCs is low. English, the dominant language on the Internet, is the second language in most Asian countries. The paper concludes that despite these barriers, the Internet will grow at a much more rapid rate in Asia. Many of the barriers will be overcome in due course. Governments are also pushing schools and businesses to get on the Internet.
Ang, S. and D. Straub (1998). "Production and Transaction Economies and IS Outsourcing: A Study of the US Banking Industry." Mis Quarterly 22(4): 535-50
Angel, K. (2002). Inside Yahoo! : reinvention and the road ahead. New York, John Wiley & Sons.http://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/wiley023/2002280481.html
"As both an Internet pioneer and an Internet survivor, Yahoo! is one of the most recognizable brands inside and outside the online world. From its extensive content and e-commerce offerings to its innovative marketing tactics and strategic partnerships, Yahoo! has continuously proven itself a master of reinvention and sustainability in the fast-paced Internet world." "Inside Yahoo!: Reinvention and the Road Ahead takes you on a journey through the thoughts, motivations, struggles, and triumphs that have brought Yahoo! to where it is today. Revealing stories of brilliant deals and missed opportunities, the race for innovation, and the constant focus on survival, this book offers an inside look at the company and its corporate culture."--BOOK JACKET.
Angrosino, M. V. (2001). Doing Cultural Anthropology: Projects for Ethnographic Data Collection. Prospect Heights, IL, Waveland
Ankowitsch, A. (2000). Alles Bonanza! : ein Album der 70er Jahre in der BRD, zusammengetragen von Surfern im Internet : www.alles-bonanza.de. Wien, Böhlau
Ansary, M. T. (2002). West of Kabul, East of New York : an Afghan American story. New York, Farrar Straus and Giroux
"The day after Islamic terrorists destroyed the World Trade Center, Tamim Ansary of San Francisco sent an anguished e-mail to twenty friends, discussing the attack from his perspective as an Afghan American. That message, spreading via the Internet, reached and touched millions of people around the world." "Now Ansary gives us West of Kabul, East of New York, an account of a life lived in two very different cultures, Islamic Afghanistan and the secular West."--BOOK JACKET.
Anson, W. (1995). "Intermedia '95." Postmodern Culture 5(3).http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/postmodern_culture/v005/5.3r_anson.html
Anthes, G. H. (1994). "High-tech execs, IS shops cheer GOP takeover, plans." Computerworld 28(47): Cover, 12
Antonelli, C. (1996). "The network of networks: localized technological change in telecommunications and productivity growth." Information Economics and Policy vol.8,(no.4): 317-35
Antonelli, C. (1997). "A regulatory regime for innovation in the communications industries." Telecommunications Policy vol.21,(no.1): 35-45
Antonelli, C. (1998). "Localized technological change, new information technology and the knowledge-based economy: the european evidence." Journal of Evolutionary Economics V8(N2): 177-198
Anuff, J. and A. M. Cox (1997). Suck : worst-case scenarios in media, culture, advertising, and the Internet. San Francisco, CA, Wired
"Suck: Worst Case Scenarios in Media, Culture, Advertising, and the Internet presents thirty-two of the most provocative and seriously funny rants, essays, and parodies culled from the gleefully abusive, longest-running daily column on the web: Suck."--BOOK JACKET.
Aoki, K. (1994). Virtual Communities in Japan. Presented at the Pacific Telecommunications Council 1994 Conference
Aoyama, Y. (1996). From fortress Japan to global networks : locational specificity of globalization for the Japanese electronics industry in the 1990's
Apgar, M. (1998). "The Alternative Workplace: Changing Where and How People Work." Harvard Business Review 76(3): 121
(annotated by SRI International)The author identifies key features of successful structure for remote work and impacts on employees and managers, based on individual companies' experience. Consequently, the article can only offer ideas for empirical inquiry. The key elements include: compensation systems that reward for results rather than observed effort; nonhierarchical "open" and technologically-advanced organizations make the transition to new management-emploer relations easier; clear links among staff, functions and time; and employee comfort with self-directed schedule and working alone. The impacts on management and employees include: (1) loss of employee benefits and perqs (eg, health club) when work is moved to smaller satellite centers. (2) Employees gain time from eliminating commuting. (3) Employees gain flexibility in how to allocate their time. (4) Sales workers can all work mobilely, according to the experience of IBM. (5) Segmenting the workforce into office bound, travel-driven and independent enables management is necessary to create effective arrangements for their performing their work from a distance. (6) Managers and employees must agree on performance objectives and ways to assess progress and performance. (7) Mechanisms to maintain peer relationships and to link remote workers with onsite co-workers are necessary for both employee and manager satisfaction. (8) IBM estimated that mobility programs reduced real estate costs by $1 billion and halved the combined ratio of occupancy and telecomms/IT costs to revenues from 8.2% to 4.2% (1992-5). AT&T calculated annual savings between 1998 and 2002 hence of $202 million from increasing use of shared workspace and virtual working which then reduced significantly the total headcount and space requirements.
Appelby, G. A. (2001). "Interviewing working-class gay men over the Internet." Journal of Gay & Lesbian Social Services: Issues in Practice, Policy & Research(12): 133-151
Applegate, P. d. and R. a. Zawacki (1997). "A balanced approach to it transformation." Information Systems Management vol.14,(no.3): 16-22
Applied Research Center. and Center for Third World Organizing. (1998). Colorlines : race, action, culture. Oakland, CA, Applied Research Center and the Center for Third World Organizing
(APQC), A. P. a. Q. C. (2001). The Customer-Centric Contact Center: A New Model. Houston, Texas, APQC.http://www.apqc.org/pubs/dispPub.cfm?ProductID=1252
(from website) The result of a consortium learning forum conducted by APQC and Response Design Corporation, this Best-Practice Report focuses on best-practice contact centers that put customers first. The study team that conducted the benchmarking effort researched corporate culture and environment; employee training, staffing, and incentives; levels of customer service; incorporating customer feedback; interdepartmental relationships; measurement and the bottom line; and tools and technology.
Apte, U. (1990). "Global outsourcing of information systems and processing services." The Information Society 7(4): 287-303
Arabsheibani, G. and A. M. Reza (2000). School of Management and Business, University of Wales, Aberystwyth.http://www.aber.ac.uk/smba/docs/public/research/reps2000/rp2000-4.pdf
Archibugi, D. and J. Michie (1997). "Technological globalisation or national systems of innovation?" Futures 29: 121-137
Archibugi, D. and J. Michie (1997). Technology, globalisation and economic performance. Cambridge [England] ; New York :, Cambridge University Press,
Ardevol, E. (2002). "Teaching Anthropology Virtually: Learning Communities at Work." Anthropology in action 9(2): 32-42
Argyle, K. and R. Shields (1996). Is there a body in the net? Cultures of Internet: virtual spaces, real histories, living bodies. London, Sage: 58-69
Aristarkhova, I. (2002). "Hospitality-Chora-Matrix-Cyberspace."
What is the relationship between matrix and chora, between body within body, between body and space? This relation is established in the paper through home, home as a space of hospitality, a space that unconditionally welcomes--at least, in the Western philosophical tradition. Derrida points out that etymologically the term "hospitality" is related to the notion of "hostility" since the root of the former, hospes is allied to an earlier root of the latter, hostis, which interestingly meant both "stranger" and "enemy." Thus, hospitality, as in hostilis, stranger/enemy + potes, "(having) power," came eventually to mean the power the host had over the stranger/enemy.
Arjoon, R. (1999). "(In)Efficient Market Models: the Reality Behind Economic Models in the Publishing Industry." Learned Publishing 12(2): 127-133
Arkansas State Dept.of Social and Rehabilitative Services, L. R. Y. S. P. (1975). Comprehensive Long Range Master Plan for the Prevention, Treatment, and Control of Juvenile Delinquency in Arkansas: A Systems Approach to Youth Services., NTIS: 304p
The youth services system for the prevention, amelioration, treatment, and control of juvenile delinquency in Arkansas is documented. The youth services system is structurally defined in terms of four major subsystems, three components of each subsystem, and elements with formal activities or functions that are designed to have a direct impact upon the delinquent, the potential delinquent, and youth at risk in Arkansas. The subsystems are categorized as prevention, enforcement / judicial, placement, and reintegration. Residential, community services, and/or statutory aspects are the three components of each subsystem. Data in the general areas of programming or resource information, youth profile information, and system impact information are provided to characterize the youth services system in Arkansas. Each of the four subsystems is detailed. The organization of the judicial system in the State is described. The results of a 1974 survey of community-based youth services programming are presented. The organization of services for juvenile delinquents in Arkansas is outlined, and State agencies are identified. Essential components of a comprehensive youth services system are noted as the integration of services, adaptability, scope, multigovernment participation, joint and complimentary funding, evaluation, technical assistance, advanced technology, and youth involvement. An appendix contains additional information on the approach used in documenting the youth services system in Arkansas and the surveys conducted and youth-related statutes, laws, and opinions.
Arkush, A. (2003). "Rethinking Zion and Modernity." Jewish Social Studies 9(1): 143-163.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/jewish_social_studies/v009/9.1arkush.html
Arlidge, J. (2002). The dirty secret that drives new technology: it's porn, The Observer.http://observer.guardian.co.uk/focus/story/0,6903,661094,00.html
The mobile communications revolution is being led by the booming sex industry, writes John Arlidge
Armitage, J. and J. Roberts (2001). Living with cyberspace : technology & society in the 21st century. New York & London, Continuum
Armitage, J., J. Roberts, et al. (1999). Exploring cyber society : social, political, economic and cultural issues : proceedings of the Conference 5th - 7th July 1999. Newcastle, School of Social, Political and economic Sciences, University of Northumbria at Newcastle
Arms, W. Y. (1999). "Preservation of Scientific Serials: Three Current Examples." Journal of Electronic Publishing 5(2).http://www.press.umich.edu/jep.
Arms, W. Y. (1999). "Scholarly Communication, Digital Libraries, and D-Lib Magazine."http://www.dlib.org.
Armstrong, S., M. Chen, et al. (2002). Edutopia : success stories for learning in the digital age. San Francisco, Jossey-Bass
Armstrong, W.-W. (1994). "Cyberspace and the Relationship between Place and Being."
This article is a "Heideggerian" analysis of and an investigation into the nature of Cyberspace and its relationship to the spatiality peculiar to Dasein. The investigation seeks to attain an understanding of the suitability- or lack there-of Cyberspace for dwelling therein by Dasein. The examination of Dasein's spatiality takes place through a discussion of "entfernen", dwelling, and the work of Art, whereby the verdict of unsuitability is reached. In other words, there is something essential to the kind of being Dasein has that is lost in any migration into Cyberspace.
Armstrong-Stassen, M., M. Landstrom, et al. (1997). "Students' Reactions to Videoconferencing." The Information Society 14(2): 153-164
This study examined how students who had no prior experience with videoconferencing would react to the use of videoconferencing as an instructional medium. Students enrolled in seven different courses completed a questionnaire at the beginning of the semester and again at the end of the semester. Students at the origination and remote sites did not differ in their reactions towards videoconferencing but there was a significant difference for gender. Women reacted less favorably to videoconferencing. Compared to the beginning of the semester, students reported significantly less positive attitudes toward taking a course through videoconferencing at the end of the semester. There were no significant differences in students' attitudes toward videoconferencing across courses at the beginning of the semester but there were significant differences across the courses at the end of the semester. The results suggest the need for better preparation for both students and instructors.
Arnbak, J. C. (1987). "Many Voices, One Structure: The Challenge of Telematics." The Information Society 5(2): 153-164
Arnett, G. O. and R. D.Zielstorff. (1977). Data Systems Can Enhance or Hinder Medical, Nursing Activities., NTIS: 4p
The impact of automated hospitalwide information systems on the functioning of physicians and nurses is investigated. It is felt that one rule must dominate the introduction of a hospitalwide information system: professionals must participate in its design. Technical aspects of information and changes in interpersonal relations and in the organizational structure of the hospital, that result from the introduction of information systems, are detailed. Four generic forms of automated hospitalwide information systems are identified: (1) a transactional system primarily concerned with financial management; (2) an ancillary support system aimed at improving information-related activities of individual service units; (3) a communication system focused on the transmission of data among various personnel in different support units of a hospital without concern for the meaning or significance of data; and (4) a medical information system which, for the most part, is theoretical in application because of a lack of operational models. In computer-based systems, information must be entered by preformatted checklists or cards, special function keyboards, or sophisticated terminals. Professional interaction in the use of computerized technology design and implementation is discussed.
Arnetz, B. B. (1997). "Technical stress: Psychophysiological aspects of working with modern information technology." Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment & Health Vol 23(Suppl 3): 97-103
Arnetz, B. B. and C. Wiholm (1997). "Technological stress: Psychophysiological symptoms in modern offices." Journal of Psychosomatic Research Vol 43(1): 35-42
Arnold, S. E. (1993). Investing in an information infrastructure : an overview of Japan's network services. Calne, England :, Infonortics Ltd.,
Arnold, S. E. (1999). "The Scholarly Hothouse: Electronic Stm Journals." Database 22(1): 27-30
Arquilla, J. (1999). "Can Information Warfare Ever Be Just?" Ethics and Information Technology 1(3): 203-212, 1388-1957
The information revolution has fostered the rise of new ways of waging war, generally by means of cyberspace-based attacks on the infrastructures upon which modern societies increasingly depend. This new way of war is primarily disruptive, rather than destructive; and its low "barriers to entry" make it possible for individuals and groups (not just nation-states) easily to acquire very serious war-making capabilities. The "less lethal" appearance of information warfare and the possibility of "cloaking" the attacker's true identity put serious pressure on traditional just war doctrines that call for adherence to the principles of "right purpose", "duly constituted authority", and "last resort". Age-old strictures about noncombatant immunity are also attenuated by the varied means of attack enabled by advanced information technologies. Therefore, the nations and societies leading the information revolution have a primary ethical obligation to constrain the circumstances under which information warfare may be used--principally by means of a pledge of "no first use" of such means against noncombatants.
Arthur, C. (1989). "Some Remarks on Information and Religion." The Information Society 6(1-2): 021-027
Arthur, C. (1993). "Zen and the Art of Ignoring Information." The Information Society 9(1): 051-060
An exploration is made of the tensions that exist between information and religion. Attention is drawn to the concern which is sometimes voiced that the saving transformation that religion purports to offer may be indefinitely postponed by a preoccupation with information. To counteract this possibility, religions act as information-limiting devices by focusing the individual's attention on a level of concern consonant with the fundamental changes which they seek to bring about. Paradoxically, both the nature of the questions asked at this level and the experiences that underlie the authority of the answers that religions give make it difficult to set limits on the amount of information that might be considered religiously relevant. The important role of silence in religious traditions calls for the reintroduction of silence into communication to counter "information pollution." Such demands fail to take account of the fact that it is precisely those areas of religion where silence occurs that are most productive of new information.
Arvan, L., J. C. Ory, et al. (1998). "The SCALE efficiency projects." Journal of Asynchronous Learning Networks 2(2)
(Annotated by SRI International) This paper documents a one-shot exploratory case study with large undergraduate classes and the use of web-based technology. According to the author, "Another common feature was the reliance to some degree on automatic, Web-based grading software. Yetthere were substantial differences across these projects." This paper reports nine "Efficiency Projects" that were specifically aimed at using ALN to achieve higher student/faculty ratios, without sacrificing instructional quality. The results of the projects indicate that 'embracing a sensible pedagogic approach to encourage students to communicate with others about their learning can produce real efficiency gains in courses without sacrificing the quality of instruction.'
Arvenpaa, S. L., K. Knoll, et al. (1998). "Is Anybody Out There? Antecedents of Trust in Global Virtual Teams." Journal of Management Information Systems 14(4): 29-64.http://rmm-java.stern.nyu.edu/jmis/articles/v14_n4_p29/index.html
A global virtual team is an example of a boundaryless network organization form where a temporary team is assembled on an as-needed basis for the duration of a task and staffed by members from different countries. In such teams, coordination is accomplished via trust and shared communication systems. The focus of the reported study was to explore the antecedents of trust in a global virtual-team setting. Seventy-five teams, consisting of four to six members residing in different countries, interacted and worked together for eight weeks. The two-week trust-building exercises did have a significant effect on the team members' perceptions of the other members' ability, integrity, and benevolence. In the early phases of teamwork, team trust was predicted strongest by perceptions of other team members' integrity, and weakest by perceptions of their benevolence. The effect of other members' perceived ability on trust decreased over time. The members' own propensity to trust had a significant, though unchanging, effect on trust. A qualitative analysis of six teams' electronic mail messages explored strategies that were used by the three highest trust teams, but were used infrequently or not at all by the three lowest trust teams. The strategies suggest the presence of 'swift' trust. The paper advances a research model for explaining trust in global virtual teams.
Asbrand, D. (1998). "It metrics for success." Informationweek: 1A-11A
Ashion, P., E. Casoli, et al. (1999). "Inequality and Economic Growth: The Perspectives of The New Growth Theories." The Journal of Economic Literature XXXVII(4): 1615-1660
Asnawi, A. and Naval Postgraduate School (U.S.) (1999). Intranet Implementation in a Context of Web Technology Discovery. United States, Naval postgraduate school monterey ca
This thesis presents a model of intranet implementation for a military facility within the context of an organization that is in the process of discovering Web technology and the browser as a central communication application. It surveys the genesis and evolution of intranet technology, examines the interface between emerging technology and organizational culture, specifies software and hardware components, and offers recommendations on intranet security and the requirements for successful information technology implementation. Intranet pages built with Microsoft Front Page 98 and a connection from back-end to front-end constructed with ColdFusion Application Server 3.1 are presented.
Asociación de Agregados Culturales en Colombia. and Convenio Andrés Bello (Organization) (2003). Propuestas literarias en el marco de las nuevas tecnologías de la información : ponencias presentadas al II Encuentro de Nuevos Narradores de América Latina y España : noviembre 15 al 22 de 2001. Bogotá, Convenio Andrés Bello
Associates, D. S. (1996). The Impact of IT on Organisations.http://www.skyrme.com/insights/5itorg.htm
Associates, E.-M. (1998). Global Internet Statistics (by Language).http://www.euromktg.com/globstats/
(From the Global Internet Statistics Home Page) Here are the latest estimated figures of the number of each language population on the Internet (native speakers): those who have access to the Internet on a worldwide scale (that is, who have email access) or to the Web. We classify by languages instead of by countries, since people speaking the same language form their own online community no matter what country they happen to live in.
Association for Computing Machinery. Special Interest Group on University and College Computing Services. (1993). Proceedings : User Services Conference XXI, the Pan Pacific Hotel, San Diego, California, November 7-10, 1993 : toward new horizons. New York, Association for Computing Machinery
Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication. Mass Communications and Society Division. (1998). Mass communication & society. Mahwah, NJ, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.http://www.leaonline.com/loi/mcs
Association littéraire et artistique, i. (1997). Copyright in cyberspace : copyright and the global information, Amsterdam, Otto Cramwinckel
Association, N. E. (2000). A Survey of Traditional and Distance Learning Higher Education Members.http://www.nea.org/he/abouthe/dlstudy.pdf
Association of American Law Schools. Meeting (2002 : New Orleans La.), J. E. Moliterno, et al. (2002). Section on Legal Writing, Reasoning & Research. Millersville, MD, Recorded Resources Corp.
Association., S. I. I. (2000). Washington, DC., Software & Information Industry Association.
(Annotated by SRI International) Trends reported revolve around these themes: (1) definition of software publishing is changing; (2) information is the fossil fuel powering the digital economy; (3) electronic commerce has lowered the barriers to entry and increased competition in business; (4) business on the Internet has produced rapid and radical change; and (5) technology has revolutionized the process and business of learning.
Atkin, D. (1995). "Audio information services and the electronic media environment." The Information Society 11(1)
Recent developments in technology have transformed the telephone from an exclusively interpersonal medium into an interactive electronic mass medium. The diffusion of innovations framework was applied to examine whether adoption of audiotext and 1-900 services is related to use of functionally similar entertainment media. Findings suggest that adoption of audio information services was more powerfully explained by media use patterns than demographics.
Atkins, H. (1999). "The Isi Web of Science -- Links and Electronic Journals."http://www.dlib.org.
Atkinson Peter, M. and D. Martin (2000). GIS and geocomputation : [GISRUK '99, held at the University of Southampton on 14-16 April 1999]. London, Taylor & Francis
Attewell, P. and J. Battle (1999). "Home Computers and School Performance." The Information Society 15(1): 1-10
This paper assesses the effects of home computers on school performance, and examines inequalities in educational payoff among those children who have home computers.
Attewell, P. and J. Rule (1985). "Computing and organizations: What we know and what we don’t." Communications of the Acm 27: 1184-1192
Atton, C. (2001). "The Mundane and its Reproduction in Alternative Media." Journal of Mundane Behavior 2(1): http //www.mundanebehavior.org/issues/v2n1/atton.htm
Alternative media may be characterised by the degree to which they are de-professionalised, de-institutionalised and de-capitalised. Using these characteristics as a starting point, the presence of the mundane in the production of alternative media is explored. Common features that are suggestive of a mundane approach include: the incorporation of media production into the routines of everyday life; the site of production in a domestic setting; and the depiction of everyday activities in the content of the media itself. Examples are provided from fanzines, perzines and new social movement media. The personal home page is presented as an exemplar of these ‘mundane media’ that draws on the resources of capitalism in both its communication form and its content. It is argued that, whilst the home page might lack the infractory dimension found in the popular production explored by John Fiske, its analysis offers insights into the development of identity and sociality through popular production by the ‘silent majority.’
Auger, P. and J. M. Gallaugher (1997). "Factors Affecting the Adoption of an Internet-based Sales Presence for Small Business." The Information Society 13(1): 55-74
Aupers, S. (2002). "'Everything Is Connected': Toward a Sociology of Paranoia and Conspiracy Theories." Sociologische Gids 49(3): 313
Auslander, P.-. (2002). "Live from Cyberspace: or, I was sitting at my computer this guy appeared he thought I was a bot." PAJ: A Journal of Performance and Art 24(1): 16-21.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/performing_arts_journal/v024/24.1auslander.html
Aust, R., B. Newberry, et al. (1996). Internet Strategies for Empowering Indigenous Communities in Teaching and Learning.http://www.iif.hu/inet_96/h4/h4_4.htm
The Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) supports 187 schools serving 46,600 students in 23 states. Most of the BIA schools are located in remote areas that are further isolated by their limited access to information technologies. Census Bureau statistics rank most BIA school communities as severely economically impoverished. Despite these geographic and economic limitations, the communities are striving to reform their schools while maintaining their rich cultural heritage. The Laguna Department of Education coordinates the Four Directions project in conjunctions with its partners: the BIA's Office of Indian Education Programs (OIEP), Intel, Microsoft, Southwestern Indian Polytechnic Institute and the Universities of Kansas, New Mexico, and Texas. The eight pilot learning communities include Ahfachkee (Florida), Dilcon (Arizona), Fond du Lac School (Minnisota), Indian Island (Maine), Laguna (New Mexico), Nah Tah Wahsh (Michigan), Quileute (Washington), and Takini (South Dakota). Each of these communities is currently being supported with equipment, technical support, and direct Internet connectivity. Over the next five years, the initial sites will be expanded to 24 sites involved in outreach to impact the 187 BIA schools located in 23 states and on 63 reservations. Partners from business, industry, post-secondary education, museums and libraries will join the networking in creating a virtual network of Native American schools and communities. When teaching and learning strategies have been imposed from outside the Native American communities, they have generally been unsuccessful in enriching the culture or the local economy. This paper describes goals and strategies associated with the Four Directions initiative, which is one of 19 Technology Learning Challenge projects recently supported by the U.S. Department of Education. The focus is on systemic strategies which use the Internet to build learning capacity and empower the students and community with advanced information technologies. These strategies include: Improving collaboration among the schools and communities through the use of electronic mail, teleconferencing, and other collaboration software; Developing easy-to-use tools for community publishing on the Internet; Developing a common structure for indexing educational resources according to thematic cycles and emerging national standards for American Indians education; and Encouraging life-long learning by extending Internet access in the schools' communities.
Austermann, P. (1996). "How computers change the sales process." Industrial Distribution 85: T8-T12+
Austin, G. A. (2000). Community college distance education programs: A multiple-case study focusing on the factors involved in developing and implementing a quality distance education program., (Doctoral Dissertation, Eastern Michigan University, 2000). Dissertation Abstracts International-A, 59/02
(Annotated by SRI International) This qualitative multiple-case study investigated factors that facilitated the development and implementation of distance education programs in three community colleges in separate parts of the U.S. and involved site observations, document collection, and taped interviews (8 faculty participants and 3 administrators). Dissertation findings indicate that faculty innovators and team-players play a key and indispensable role in the change process; that faculty communication and collaboration are essential components of development; and that the financial stability of the colleges, flexibility of the organization, and openness to change are critical to the successful implementation of new programs.
Australia. Dept. of Foreign Affairs and Trade. (2001). From sheep's back to cyberspace : trade and regional Australia in changing times. Canberra, Dept. of Foreign Affairs and Trade
Australian Society of Archivists. Conference (1998 : Fremantle W.A.) (1999). Place, interface and cyberspace : archives at the edge : proceedings of the Australian Society of Archivists Conference, Fremantle, 6-8 August 1998. Canberra, Australian Society of Archivists
Autor, D. (2001). "Wiring the Labor Market." Journal of Economic Perspectives.http://papers.ssrn.com/paper.taf?abstract_id=245684
Workers and jobs are naturally heterogenous and the quality of their interaction when paired is difficult to forecast. The Internet promises to open new channels for worker-firm communications. What are the consequences of this opening? The article discusses three labor market features that may be altered. The recruiting process that matches workers and firms may change. Labor services - actual work performed by employees - may increasingly be delivered over the Internet. The demand for labor may become much less dependent on local labor market conditions. Theory predicts these developments will produce social benefits. The author contends that the gains are not likely to be uniform and realizing them will generate novel problems. These include: (1) the lower costs and efficiencies of job search on the Internet may create better hires and may increase turnover. (2) telecommuting tends to be a complement to face-to-face interactions at a worksite, so increases in IT-mediated work done at home will likely signal a rise in total works hours and loss of leisure time. (3) Firms are increasingly using the Internet to subdivide work into component parts and ship subtasks electronically to more advantageous labor supplies, further fueling the rise in services outsourcing. This will increase the market advantage in the supply of specialized skills and will tend to equalize wages globally for similar skills, placing downward pressure on wages of workers with relatively abundant skills. This may also exacerbate wage inequalities within same-skill groups according to workers' levels of talent, potentially creating market segments of "superstars". One of the most significant impacts of the Internet on labor markets may be the formation of new institutions and intermediaries to address resulting problems, such as managing distant workers or documenting independent contractor quality and reputation.
Autor, D. H. (2001). "Wiring the Labor Market." The Journal of Economic Perspectives 15(1): 25-40
Autor, D. H., L. F. Katz, et al. (1998). "Computing inequality: have computers changed the labor market?" Quarterly Journal of Economics 113: 1169-1213
Autor, D. H., F. Levy, et al. (2000). Cambridge, MA., National Bureau of Economic Research
Axel, B. K. (2002). "The Diasporic Imaginary." Public Culture 14(2): 411-428.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/public_culture/v014/14.2axel.html
Axelrod, T. (1996). Working together against teen suicide. New York, Rosen Pub. Group
Explains why some teenagers consider suicide and presents several ways young people might help prevent this course of action, including peer counseling, staffing telephone hotlines, and using cyberspace to connect with suicidal teenagers.
Axford, B. and R. Huggins (1996). "Media without Boundaries: Fear and Loathing on the Road to Eurotrash or Transformation in the European Cultural Economy?" Innovation 9(2): 175
Axford, B. and R. Huggins (2001). New media and politics. London ; Thousand Oaks, Calif., SAGE.http://firstsearch.oclc.org/WebZ/DCARead?standardNoType=1&standardNo=0761961992:srcdbname=worldcat:fromExternal=true&sessionid=0
Axiom Press. (2002). CultureGrams. Orem, UT, Axiom Press: v.
Consists of a number of cultural reports from Afghanistan to Zimbabwe.
Aylward, A. D. (1996). Intelligent transportation systems and intermodal freight transportation. U. S. F. H. A. J. A. V. N. T. S. C. U. S. U. S. D. o. T. J. P. O. f. I. T. Systems, U. S. F. H. A. J. A. V. N. T. S. C. U. S. U. S. D. o. T. J. P. O. f. I. T. Systems and U. S. F. H. A. J. A. V. N. T. S. C. U. S. U. S. D. o. T. J. P. O. f. I. T. Systems. Washington, D.C : Springfield, VA :, Federal Highway Administration ; Available through the National Technical Information Service,
Ayoob, K. T., R. L. Duyff, et al. (2002). "Position of the American Dietetic Association: food and nutrition misinformation." J Am Diet Assoc 102(2): 260-6.http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&dopt=Citation&list_uids=11846124
It is the position of the American Dietetic Association that food and nutrition misinformation can have harmful effects on the health and economic status of consumers. It is the role of nationally credentialed dietetics professionals to advocate for and promote sound, science-based nutrition information to the public, function as primary nutrition educators to health professionals, and actively counter and correct food and nutrition misinformation. The federal government has recognized the strong link between nutrition and health in recent years. Consumers are taking greater responsibility for self-care and are hungry for food and nutrition information, creating opportunities for nutrition misinformation, health fraud, and quackery to flourish. The media are consumers' leading source of nutrition information, but news reports rarely provide enough context for consumers to interpret the advice given. Promoters turn preliminary findings into sales pitches with baseless claims, often for the sole purpose of economic gain. Effective nutrition communication is consumer focused and presented with sufficient context to allow consumers to weigh the information and determine whether it applies to his or her unique needs. Nationally credentialed dietetics professionals are best prepared to communicate sound advice and scientific advances about nutrition. These dietetics professionals have a responsibility to take an active role in providing accurate, easily understood food and nutrition information, interpreting emerging research for media and consumers and encouraging consumers to look for credentialed dietetics professionals as nutrition experts.
Baase, S. (1997). "A Gift of Fire: Social, Legal, and Ethical Issues in Computing."
"A Gift of Fire" provides in-depth coverage of the challenge and implications of computer technology, including important issues such as the impact of computers on privacy, censorship of the Internet, government policy on encryption, protection of intellectual property in cyberspace, hacking and computer crime, risks from failures of computer systems and ethical dilemmas faced by computer professionals and computer users.(publisher)
Babbie, E. (1996). ""We Am a Virtual Community"." The American Sociologist 27(1): 65
Babbie, E. R. (1998). The practice of social research. Belmont, CA, Wadsworth Pub. Co.
Babic, B. (1999). "Axiomatic design of flexible manufacturing systems." International Journal of Production Research vol.37,(no.5): 1159-73
Babington, T. (1995). "Becoming well-connected means putting citizens first." Public Management 77(11): 8-11
Bacchetta, M. (1998). Electronic commerce and the role of the WTO. W. T. Organization. Geneva :, WTO,
Bachman, E. (1996). Digital Communication via the Internet in a War Zone: Conflict Resolution and the Internet.http://www.iif.hu/inet_96/h2/h2_2.htm
The origins of the Internet are based on the concept of having a functioning digital network even during war-time destruction. I would like to see the Net serving humanity by helping to create an infrastructure that will go one step further and actively aid the prevention of war. As is more than obvious when one reads the newspaper, there are any number of hot spots and areas of tension throughout our world, not to mention all the outright wars taking place at this very moment. It seems as if more and more violent conflicts are invading our lives. They are certainly something we have to deal with during the next decades.
Bachrach, S., R. S. Berry, et al. (1998). "Who Should Own Scientific Papers?" 281(5382): 1459-460
Bachrach, S. M., D. C. Burleigh, et al. (1998). "Designing the Next-Generation Chemistry Journal: the Internet Journal of Chemistry." Issues in Science and Technology Librarianship 17.http://www.library.ucsb.edu/istl/98-winter/article1.html
Back, L. (2002). "Aryans Reading Adorno: Cyber-Culture and Twenty-First-Century Racism." Ethnic and Racial Studies 25(4): 628
Bacon-Smith, C. (2000). The Cyberscape: GEnie and the Rise of the Internet. Science Fiction Culture. C. Bacon-Smith. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylania Press: 63-90
Bacon-Smith, C. (2000). Science fiction culture. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press
Bacou, M. (2000). "La parole et le lien: communication mediatisee par ordinateur." Cahiers de litterarure orale 47: 13-41
Bacou, M., B. Biebuyck, et al. (2000). Paroles2000.clo. Paris, Publications Langues' O
Bada, A. (2002). "Local adaptations to global trends: A study of an IT-based organizational change programme in a Nigerian bank." The Information Society 18(2): 77-86
The working assumption of this research is that the utilization of information technology (IT) and IT-based practices in any part of the world currently is taking place within the globalization trends. In recent times, studies in information systems (IS) are beginning to examine whether the globalization process portends homogeneity for developing countries' organizations or whether these organizations can utilize IT and IT-based management techniques according to the socio-cultural requirements of their contexts. These studies show the importance of the local context and, more specifically, the importance of adapting global IT-based practices when implementing them in developing countries. However, the precise nature of these adaptations and the factors that shape them are still poorly understood – leaving it a fruitful area for research. In line with this view, this paper explores how a Nigerian bank implemented and adapted a global IT-based technique, the factors that influence such adaptations and what results are achieved.
Badmington, N.-. (2003). "Theorizing Posthumanism." Cultural Critique 53: 10-27.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/cultural_critique/v053/53.1badmington.html
Baecker, R. M. (1995). Readings in human-computer interaction : toward the year 2000. San Francisco, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers
Baets, W. R. J. W. R. J. (1998). Organization learning and knowledge technologies in a dynamic environment. Boston, MA :, Kluwer Academic Press,
Bailey, D. and N. Kurland (2000). A Review and New Directions for Telework Research: Study Telework, Not Teleworkers
(Annotated by SRI International)The review examines all the academic literature on telecommuting since Nilles coined the term in 1973. This covered a wide range of disciplines, including transportation studies, law, organizational behavior and urban planning. They looked for answers to the following questions: who participates in telework, why and what happens when they do? These questions remain essentially unanswered. They contend that to understand the impacts of telework, research must encompass the whole workplace and working population involved - the managers, co-workers and clients associated with teleworkers. Key findings include: (1)Telework is not a full-time work arrangement but is a short-term occassionally practiced avoidance technique. (2) Assumptions about telework narrow the attention of researchers, provoking them to investigate variables that are not critical to the way that employees actually telework. (3) The empirical studies of telework are not grounded in theory. Instead, the studies that do test hypotheses or explore clear research questions ground their investigations in observed phenomena.
Bailey, J. P. and Y. Bakos (1997). An Exploratory Study of the Emerging Role of Electronic Intermediaries.http://www.stern.nyu.edu/~bakos/roles-of-elec-interm.html
It is often argued that as electronic markets lower the cost of market transactions, traditional roles for intermediaries will be eliminated, leading to 'disintermediation.' We discuss the findings of an exploratory study of intermediaries in electronic markets, which suggest that markets do not necessarily become disintermediated as they become facilitated by information technology. We explore thirteen case studies of firms participating in electronic commerce and find evidence of certain new emerging roles for electronic intermediaries, including: aggregating matching suppliers and customers, providing trust, and providing inter-organizational market information. Two specific examples are discussed in greater detail to illustrate an unsuccessful strategy for electronic intermediation (BargainFinder) as well as a successful one (Firefly).
Bailey, R. W. (2000). "Language at the Edges." American Speech 75(4): 385-386.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/american_speech/v075/75.4bailey.html
Bainbridge, W. S. (1999). "International Network for Integrated Social Science." Social Science Computer Review 17(4): 405-420
Computer-related developments across the social sciences are converging on an entirely new type of infrastructure that integrates across methodologies, disciplines, and nations. This article examines the potential outlined by a number of conference reports, special grant competitions, and recent research awards supported by the National Science Foundation. Together, these sources describe an Internet-based network of collaboratories combining survey, experimental, and geographic methodologies to serve research and education in all of the social sciences.
Bainbridge, W. S. (2000). "Religious Ethnography on the World Wide Web." Religion and the Social Order 8: 55
Bakardjieva, M. (2004). "Virtual Togetherness: an Everyday-life Perspective." Media, Culture & Society 25(3): 291 -- 313.http://titania.ingentaselect.com/vl=2961585/cl=11/nw=1/rpsv/ij/sage/01634437/v25n3/s1/p291
This article examines the place and value of online relationships and interactions in Internet users' everyday lives. The analysis is based on an in-depth study of the practices of 21 domestic users of the Internet in Vancouver, Canada, focusing on their engagement with electronic forums. The main questions are: Why do users participate in these forums? What does it mean to them? How does it reflect on the public understanding of the Internet? The article offers a typology of different forms of online involvement with others on the Internet. In this light, it questions concepts, such as `virtual community,' and dichotomies - real versus virtual, public versus private - framing the theoretical debate about the social significance of the Internet as a new communication medium.
Bakardjieva, M. and A. Feenberg (2000). "Involving the Virtual Subject." Ethics and Information Technology 2(4): 233-240
1388-1957
As users of computer networks have become more active in producing their own electronic records, in the form of transcripts of on-line discussions, ethicists have attempted to interpret this new situation in terms of earlier models of personal data protection. But this transference results in unprecedented problems for researchers. This paper examines some of the central dichotomies and paradoxes in the debate on research ethics on-line in the context of the concrete study of a virtual community that we carried out. We argue that alienation, not privacy, is the actual core of the ethical problems of virtual community research. (edited)
Bakardjieva, M. and A. Feenberg (2002). "Community Technology and Democratic Rationalization." The Information Society 18(3): 181-192
The objective of this paper is to explore questions of human agency and democratic process in the technical sphere through the example of "virtual community." The formation of relatively stable long term group associations - community in the broad sense of the term - is the scene on which a large share of human development occurs. As such it is a fundamental human value mobilizing diverse ideologies and sensitivities. The promise of realizing this value in a new domain naturally stirs up much excitement among optimistic observers of the Internet. At the same time, the eagerness to place hopes for community in a technical system flies in the face of an influential intellectual tradition of technology criticism. This eagerness seems even more naive in the light of the recent commercialization of so much Internet activity. Despite the widespread skepticism, we believe the growth of virtual community is significant for an inquiry into the democratization of technology. We show that conflicting answers to the central question of the present theoretical debate--Is community possible on computer networks?-generalize from particular features of systems and software prevalent at different stages in the development of computer networking. We conclude that research should focus instead on how to design computer networks to better support community activities and values.
Baker, A. (1998). "Cyberspace Couples Finding Romance Online Then Meeting for the First Time in Real Life." CMC Magazine: http //www.december.com/cmc/mag/1998/jul/baker.html
Baker, A. and B. Watson (2003). 12 Variables for Understanding Online Communities, Mindjack.http://www.mindjack.com/feature/12ocvar.html
This article is an attempt to discuss some of the qualities that define virtual communities. It is a work in process, an exploration. The twelve variables we've selected are most likely not all that exist, just the ones we find most important in our thinking right now. These variables struck us as important ways in which communities are differentiated despite the type of software chosen to carry a given community. Each author has several years of experience participating in online communities and also facilitating and managing them.
Baker, C. E. (2002). Media, markets, and democracy. Cambridge, U.K. ; New York, Cambridge University Press
"The mass media and free press should serve people both as consumers and as citizens. Critics claim that government interventions in media markets prevent audiences from getting the media products they want. Political theorists assert that a free press is essential for democracy. The critics' claim is incorrect and the theorists' assertion is inadequate as a policy or constitutional guide. Even if markets properly provide for people's desires or preferences for most products, Part I of this book shows that unique aspects of media products systematically cause markets to fail in respect to them. Part II shows that four prominent, but different, theories of democracy lead to different conceptions of good journalistic practice, good media policy, and proper constitutional principles. While implicitly favoring a theory of "complex democracy," Part II makes it clear that the choice among democratic theories is crucial for understanding what should be meant by a free press. Part III explores one currently controversial issue - international free trade in media products. Contrary to the American negotiating position relating to media products, both economic and democratic theory justify deviations from free trade."--BOOK JACKET.
Baker, D. (1998). "The new economy does not lurk in the statistical discrepancy." Challenge 41: 5-13
Baker, D. (1998). "The computer-driven productivity boom." Challenge 41: 5-8
Baker, K. (1998). "Performance Review: F@ust: Version 3.0." Theatre Journal 50(4): 511-513.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/theatre_journal/v050/50.4pr_goethe.html
Baker, K. and S. Baker (2001). How to say it online : everything you need to know to master the new language of cyberspace. Paramus, N.J., Prentice Hall Press
Baker, P. (1996). Civic Networks? Why Should Governments Bother with Them?http://www.iif.hu/inet_96/g4/g4_2.htm
As the Internet continues to grow and develop, it has 'morphed,' or changed, through a variety of shapes, capacities, and forms. Although it is generally thought of in terms of a 'global' information infrastructure, paradoxically, its networked structure allows for a local component and for the provision of local information content. Called variously civic networks (CNs), community networks, and public information utilities, these nodes possess the same characteristics that drive the growth of the Internet--rapid access to and dissemination of information. These networks are also appealing in that they allow information to be distributed in modes alternative to the traditional broadcast (or one-to-many) model. This ease of access, coupled with the reduced transaction cost of publishing information, facilitates increased communication among participants. Certain economic theories suggest that this should reduce the cost of starting and maintaining organizations. In principle this should lead to more interactions among civic or community-minded groups and ultimately to an increased community awareness. Likewise, this same opportunity exists for government, in that use of this communication channel can more readily and cost-effectively distribute information. Additionally, it allows for the opportunity of new channels for citizen participation and therefore provides a way for government to address complaints that it 'doesn't listen.' Various components of electronic communication, such as e-mail, provide citizens with a capacity to query and to influence local governmental officials. Further, the relatively immediate nature of e-mail demands a more rapid response than do other forms of communications. This provides local government with both opportunities and threats--opportunities in that there are entirely new venues and forms of interaction with those governed; threats in that much of what constitutes power at a local level is based on control (control of information, control of regulation, and control of decision making). However, the technology-intensive aspect of CNs suggests that this enhanced connectivity is not without additional social cost--cost related to access. Although these CNs offer unparalleled ability to deliver services to citizens, without provision for public access to information terminals, they also raise a specter of a society divided into information cognoscenti and information 'have-nots,' with the latter at risk of being further left behind in the information society. This paper examines from a policy standpoint some of the costs and benefits, or threats and opportunities, that CNs present to local government.
Baker, R. L. (1998). Factor patterns that foster or impede distance education in washington state community and technical colleges., (Doctoral dissertation, Oregon State University, 1998). Dissertation Abstracts International-A, 59/05
(Annotated by SRI International) This dissertation researcher interviewed, examined documents, and observed as a participant to develop a holistic understanding of distance education in an effort to identify factors and patterns of factors that foster or impede distance education. Interviews were conducted with one administrator and one practitioner from four community colleges and one technical college. Four hypotheses were generated by constantly comparing the data. In sum, five factors that affect the development of distance education in community and technical colleges are: institutional leadership, technology, support, faculty and department acceptance, and funding. The study reports the five factors are dynamically and interdependently linked to create a 'whole' that is greater than the sum of its parts. Findings indicate distance education in community and technical colleges is advanced by coordinating and balancing these factors, rather than by focusing exclusively on any single factor. Factors that have the potential to foster or impede distance education in the future, but little effect in 1997 include: intellectual property, governance, contracts, policies, and accreditation. This study generated findings with implications for community and technical college distance education leadership, management, and practice.
Baker, S., A. Barrett, et al. (1997). "Calling all nerds." Business Week: 36-37
Baker, T. A. (1997). "Quality-adjusted price indexes for portable computers." Applied Economics V29(N9): 1115-1123
Bakis, H. and E. M. Roche (1997). Developments in telecommunications : between global and local. Aldershot, Ashgate
Bakker, L. J. and A. Cavender (2003). "Promoting culturally competent care for gay youth." J Sch Nurs 19(2): 65-72.http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&dopt=Citation&list_uids=12653617
Gay youth and those questioning their sexual identity have been referred to as "hidden," "invisible," "stigmatized," and "marginalized." As a result, the unique safety and health needs of this subculture have been overlooked, or worse, ignored, placing these youth at risk. Because school nurses have been identifying at-risk populations of students and developing programs to promote youth and family health for years, they should be prepared to provide health care for the subculture of gay youth. However, nurses are saying they do not have the knowledge or skills needed to identify and address the needs of this group. Providing school nursing care for gay youth requires the school nurse to be culturally competent. School nurses need to be aware of, sensitive to, and knowledgeable about the subculture. They must also possess communication skills required to relate appropriately to this group. This article presents information and nursing strategies that will promote the safety and health of gay youth while enhancing the school nurse's cultural competence.
Bakos, J. y. and B. r. Nault (1997). "Ownership and investment in electronic networks." Information Systems Research vol.8,(no.4): 321-41.http://www.informs.org/Pubs/ABSTRACTS/Inf8_4.html
Bakos, Y. (1996). "The trouble with computers - usefulness, usability, and productivity - landauer,tk." Journal of Economic Literature V34(N3): 1383-1385
Bakos, Y. (1996). "The trouble with computers: usefulness, usability, and productivity." Journal of Economic Literature 34: 1383-1385
Bakos, Y. (1999). Information Links and Electronic Marketplaces: Implications of Interorganizational Information Systems in Vertical Markets.http://www.stern.nyu.edu/~bakos/vertical_ios.html
Interorganizational information systems, i.e., systems spanning more than a single organization, are proliferating as companies become aware of the potential of these systems to affect interorganizational interactions in terms of economic efficiency and strategic conduct. This new technology can have far-reaching impacts on the structure of entire industries. This article identifies two types of interorganizational information systems, information links and electronic markets. It then explores how economic models can be employed to study the implications of information links for the coordination of individual organizations with their customers and their suppliers, and the implications of electronic market systems for efficiency and competition in vertical markets. Finally, the strategic significance of interorganizational systems is addressed, and certain potential long-term impacts on the structure of markets, industries and organizations are discussed.
Bakos, Y. (1999). Reducing Buyer Search Costs: Implications for Electronic Marketplaces.http://www.stern.nyu.edu/~bakos/emkts.html
Information systems can serve as intermediaries between the buyers and the sellers in a market, creating an 'electronic marketplace' that lowers the cost of buyers in acquiring information about seller prices and product offerings. As a result, electronic marketplaces reduce the inefficiencies caused by buyer search costs, in the process reducing the ability of sellers to extract monopolistic profits while increasing the ability of markets to optimally allocate productive resources. This article models the role of buyer search costs in markets with differentiated product offerings. The impact of reducing these search costs is analyzed in the context of an electronic marketplace, and the allocational efficiencies such a reduction can bring to a differentiated market are formalized. The resulting implications for the incentives of buyers, sellers and independent intermediaries to invest in electronic marketplaces are explored. Finally, the possibility to separate price information from product attribute information is introduced, and the implications of designing markets promoting competition along each of these dimensions are discussed..
Bakos, Y. (2001). "The Emerging Landscape for Retail E-Commerce." The Journal of Economic Perspectives 15(1): 69-80
Bakos, Y. and E. Brynjolfsson (1998). Bundling Information Goods: Pricing, Profits and Efficiency.
Bakos, Y. and E. Brynjolfsson (1999). Aggregation and Disaggregation of Information Goods: Implications for Bundling, Site Licensing and Micropayment Systems.http://www.stern.nyu.edu/~bakos/aig/aig.html
We analyze pricing strategies that are based on aggregation or disaggregation of digital information goods. For instance, bundling, site licensing, and subscription pricing can be analyzed as strategies that aggregate consumer utility across different goods, different consumers, or different time periods, respectively. On the other hand, unbundling magazine articles for individual sale, or using micropayments for renting software 'applets' correspond to a strategy of disaggregation. We show that reductions in marginal costs made possible by low-cost digital processing and storage of information will favor aggregation, while reductions in transaction and distribution costs made possible by ubiquitous networking tend to make disaggregation of information goods more profitable. Our analysis demonstrates how the increasing availability of information goods over the Internet will lead to increased use of both disaggregation-based pricing strategies taking advantage of micropayment technologies, and aggregation strategies where information goods will be offered in bundles, site licenses, and subscriptions. Click here to download the complete paper uploaded by the author
Bakos, Y. and E. Brynjolfsson (1999). "Statistical Aggregation of Information goods: New Strategies of the Digital Economy."http://www.si.umich.edu/~prie/tprc/abstracts97/121.txt
We analyze pricing strategies for digital information goods, such as those increasingly available via the Internet. Because perfect copies of such goods can be created and distributed almost costlessly, any single positive price for copies is likely to be socially inefficient. However, we show that, under certain conditions, a monopolist who first aggregates the goods in certain ways may nearly eliminate this inefficiency while simultaneously increasing profits. In particular, site licensing, bundling and subscription pricing can be analyzed as aggregating consumer utility across different consumers, different goods, or different time periods. The benefits of this approach are derived from novel applications of the law for large numbers and can be viewed as a generalization of our earlier work on bundling (Bakos and Brynjolfsson 1997). The increased profits and efficiency from aggregation are particularly significant when the marginal cost of the goods is zero or near zero, as is the case with many digital information goods services. For goods with significant marginal cost, a disaggregation strategy, possibly requiring 'micropayments,' will typically be optimal. We also show that offering the goods both in the aggregated package and separately will generally dominate either a strategy of pure aggregation or pure disaggregation if consumers are heterogeneous in their propensity to spend on the goods and if the cost of administering multiple prices is not too large. We derive analytically the optimal degree of aggregation as a function of these parameters and provide several numerical and graphical examples. Goods with significant marginal cost or with heterogeneous consumers are sometimes aggregated for technological reasons, such as economies of scale in distribution or disbursement. In these cases, electronic distribution and micropayments may allow individual pricing and distribution, promoting a disaggregation strategy. Finally, we show how private incentives for aggregation can diverge from social incentives and how the profitability of bundling strategies can create a 'winner-take-all' equilibrium even in the absence of technological economies of scale, scope, or network externalities. The predictions of our analysis appear to be consistent with empirical observations in the markets for many types of Internet and on-line content, cable television programming, and copyrighted music and have important implications for the regulation of electronic commerce and antitrust policy generally.
Bakos, Y. and C. F. Kemerer (1999). "Recent Applications of Economic Theory to IT Research."http://www.stern.nyu.edu/~bakos/econ&itres.html
Academicians and practitioners are becoming increasingly interested in the economics of Information Technology (IT). In part, this interest stems from the increased role that IT now plays in the strategic thinking of most large organizations, and from the significant dollar costs expended by these organizations on IT. Naturally enough, researchers are turning to economics as a reference discipline in their attempt to answer questions concerning both the value added by IT and the true cost of providing IT resources. This increased interest in the economics of IT is manifested in the application of a number of aspects of economic theory in recent information systems research, leading to results that have appeared in a wide variety of publication outlets. This article reviews this work and provides a systematic categorization as a first step in establishing a common research tradition, and to serve as an introduction for researchers beginning work in this area. Six areas of economic theory are represented: information economics, production economics, economic models of organizational performance, industrial organization, institutional economics (agency theory and transaction cost theory), and macroeconomic studies of IT impact. For each of these areas, recent work is reviewed and suggestions for future research are provided.
Bakos, Y. and M. Treac (1996). Information Technology and Corporate Strategy: A Research Perspective.http://www.stern.nyu.edu/~bakos/itandcs.html
The use of information technology (IT) as a competitive weapon has become a popular clich; but there is still a marked lack of understanding of the issues that determine the influence of information technology on a particular organization and the processes that will allow a smooth coordination of technology and corporate strategy. This article surveys the major efforts to arrive at a relevant framework and attempts to integrate them in a more comprehensive viewpoint. The focus then turns to the major research issues in understanding the impact of information technology on competitive strategy.
Balaban, V. (1999). "The Virgin Mary, the Apocalypse, and the Internet: A cognitive linguistic analysis of discourse at a Marian apparition site." 131
This project is an interdisciplinary study that combines cognitive approaches to psychology, linguistics, anthropology and religious studies to study the syntactic and semantic encoding of agency in discourse. The discourse in this case are accounts of traditional signs and divine encounters gathered from pilgrims at a Marian apparition site in Conyers, Georgia; and from an electronic mailing list, the Apparitions-List (APAR-L), devoted to discussing believers' experiences with the Virgin Mary. It was hypothesized that when describing their encounters with the supernatural, pilgrims will adopt a strategy of reducing their own agency in the event described, while the same time emphasizing the source and reliability of their knowledge. Pilgrims' narratives were coded for five different linguistic devices that English speakers can use to reduce speaker agency and mark the source and reliability of knowledge: (1) perceptual metaphors for knowledge, (2) modals, (3) passive constructions, (4) modification of sentence subjects and agents, and (5) framing devices. Two comparisons were conducted to test whether these linguistic devices occurred in particular patterns that were indicative of their discourse function. The comparisons were (1) between autobiographical narratives of religious and secular experiences; and (2) between elicited and non-elicited narratives of religious experiences. The length of narratives, purpose of communication, frequency and type of reported miracles, presence of “forbidden” divine entities, and use of more or less complete pilgrimage scripts, all varied between groups. An analysis of linguistic devices that reduce agency shows that in spite of the structural differences between the different groups of narratives, those aspects of pilgrims' underlying models of self and agency that are evoked when recounting secular and religious experiences do not appear to vary greatly. This could represent a consistent strategy for reduction of agency that pilgrims use across various contexts of communication, but this cannot be determined without a control group of subjects who do not subscribe to the same religious beliefs as the Conyers pilgrims. Follow-up studies are proposed and implications for further studies of language and of religious groups are discussed.
Balbirnie, C., D. Poyser, et al. (1998). Cybersouls. Milton Keynes, England, Open University Worldwide Ltd.
A revolution in communication technology is questioning where the boundaries of the body lie. When we can talk across continents and live in virtual realities we might be entering a new age where we will become one with technology - cybersouls emerging from human bodies that have become obsolete.
Baldi, P., P. Frasconi, et al. (2003). Modeling the Internet and the Web : probabilistic methods and algorithms. Chichester, England ; Hoboken, NJ, Wiley.http://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/wiley038/2003041154.html
http://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/wiley031/2003041154.html
Baldwin, C. (1999). "Electronic Journal Publishing: Meeting User Needs." IFLA Journal 25(4): 214-217
Baldwin, J. (1997). "Managing it costs under decentralized processing." Capacity Management Review vol.25,(no.5): 1-22
Baldwin, J. (1997). "Productivity and it." Capacity Management Review vol.25,(no.3): 1, 3-11
Baldwin, S. (2003). "On Speed and Ecstasy: Paul Virilio's 'Aesthetics of Disappearance' and the Rhetoric of Media." Configurations 10(1): 129-148.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/configurations/v010/10.1baldwin.html
Balfour, I. (2000). "Tertullian On and Off the Internet." Journal of Early Christian Studies 8(4): 579-585.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/journal_of_early_christian_studies/v008/8.4balfour.html
Ballon, I. C. (2001). E-commerce and Internet law : treatise with forms. Little Falls, NJ, Glasser LegalWorks.http://ballononecommerce.com
Balsamo, A. (1993). "The Virtual Body in Cyberspace."
Balsamo, A. M. (1996). Technologies of the gendered body : reading cyborg women. Durham, Duke University Press
Balter, M. (1996). New Research Strategy Draws Criticism. Science. 274: 171
Researchers are concerned about France's plan to harness French Science into seven
Baltes, B., M. Dickson, et al. (1998). "Decision Accuracy in Computer-Mediated vs. Face-to-Face Decision-Making Teams." Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 76(1)
Bangerman, M. and a. et (1994). Bangemann Report, Europe and the Global Information Society. http //www.cyber-rights.org/documents/bangemann.htm
Banker, R. D., H.-H. Chang, et al. (1998). "Economies of scope in the u.s. Telecommunications industry." Information Economics & Policy 10: 253-272
Banker, R. d. and R. c. Morey (1996). "Estimating production frontier shifts: an application of dea to technology assessment." Annals of Operations Research vol.66: 181-96
Bankes, S. and C. Builder (1982). "Report on the conference "Information technology: Impact on the way of life."" The Information Society 1(4): 375-378
Banks, M., A. (1997). "Web psychos, stalkers, and pranksters: how to protect yourself in cyberspace."
A manual describes the dangers faced by Internet users and provides guidelines for the safe use of cyberspace. Instructions are provided for tracking down anonymous users who harass, abuse, threaten, or defraud. Case studies of online predators and their victims explore the mechanisms by which stalkers and pranksters create such hazards.
Bannerman, I. (1998). "Pricing on-Line Journals." Serials 11: 23-26
Bar, F. and M. Borrus (1992). "Information networks and competitive advantage: issues for government policy and corporate strategy." International Journal of Technology Management 7: 398-408
Bar, F. and M. Borrus (1997). Why competition is necessary in telecommunications and how to achieve it : the experience of the advanced economies. Berkeley, CA :, Berkeley Roundtable on the International Economy, University of California, Berkeley,
Bar, F. and E. Murase (1997). The potential for transatlantic cooperation in telecommunications service trade in Asia. B. R. o. t. I. Economy. Berkeley, CA :, BRIE
Bar, F. and A. M. Riis (2000). "Tapping User-Driven Innovation: A New Rationale for Universal Service." The Information Society 16(2): 99-108
The current transformation of communication policies, as governments turn to the marketplace as the driver of network evolution, requires a re-definition of universal service. The debate so far has focused primarily on the elaboration of new funding mechanisms and the definition of what services should be covered. We argue that a more fundamental, third area demands attention: the articulation of a new rationale for universal service itself. Without articulating a clear justification for universal service, designing its scope and funding mechanisms is problematic at best. Past justifications rested on welfare (make telephony affordable to all) and network externalities (increase the network’s value by widening its reach). Increasingly, these need to be complemented by a new rationale based on the innovative potential of universal service. This article explores how universal service can fuel innovation-driven economic growth.
Barab, S. (2003). "An Introduction to the Special Issue: Designing for Virtual Communities in the Service of Learning." The Information Society 19(3)
Barab, S., J. MaKinster, et al. (2003). "Designing System Dualities: Building Web-Based Community." The Information Society 19(3)
In this manuscript we focus on the challenges we have encountered in attempting to support the development of an online community of practice for grade 5-12 mathematics and science teachers. Specifically, this project involves the design and evaluation of an electronic knowledge network, the Inquiry Learning Forum (ILF), a web-based professional development system designed to support a CoP of in-service and pre-service mathematics and science teachers who are creating, reflecting upon, sharing, and improving inquiry-based pedagogical practices. This research examines the interplay among a variety of variables that characterize the dynamics of building a social network through which participating teachers will seek to share and improve their pedagogical practices. Our research suggests that designing for virtual communities involves balancing and leveraging complex dualities from the “inside” rather than applying some set of design principles from the “outside.” This research provides an illuminative case study from which others can more readily identify patterns occurring in their own interventions and navigate the challenges they face more intelligently.
Barab, S. A., R. Kling, et al. (2004). Designing for virtual communities in the service of learning. Cambridge ; New York, Cambridge University Press.http://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/cam032/2003051524.html
http://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/cam031/2003051524.html
Barak, A. and W. A. Fisher (2001). "Toward an Internet-driven, theoretically-based, innovative approach to sex education." Journal of Sex Research(38): 324-332
Barak, A. and W. A. Fisher (2002). The future of Internet sexuality. Sex and the Internet: A guidebook for clinicians. A. Cooper. New York, Brunner-Routledge: 263-280
Barak, A. and W. A. Fisher (2003). "Experience with and Internet-based, theoretically grounded educational resource for the promotion of sexual and reproductive health." Sexual and Relationship Therapy(18): 293-308
Barak, A., W. A. Fisher, et al. (1999). "Sex, guys, and cyberspace: Effects of Internet pornography and individual differences on men's attitudes toward women." Journal of Psychology and Human Sexuality 11: 63-92
Barak, A. and S. A. King (2000). "The two faces of the Internet: Introduction to the Special Issue on the Internet and sexuality." CyberPsychology and Behavior 3: 517-520
Barak, A. and M. P. Safir (1997). "Sex and the Internet: An Israeli perspective." Journal of Sex Education and Therapy(22): 67-73
Barata, K. and P. Cain (2001). "Information, Not Technology, is Essential to Accountability: Electronic Records and Public Sector Financial Management." The Information Society 17(4): 247-258
Information technology is often seen by decision makers as a progressive measure for promoting public sector financial accountability. One of the key assumptions is that electronic access to information increases transparency and thus automatically, accountability. This linkage is overly simplified. There is potential conflict between the objectives of providing efficient access on the one hand and supporting accountability on the other. In sub-Saharan Africa, financial functions were among the first to be automated. More recently, information technology is being used to control and decentralise financial systems. The improvement in financial accountability has yet to materialise. Evidence of this includes instances where corruption and thefts of state assets have gone unchecked. Many efforts to strengthen financial controls fail because the fundamental structures needed to underpin them are often overlooked; this includes record keeping.
Barber, B. M. and T. Odean (2001). "The Internet and the Investor." The Journal of Economic Perspectives 15(1): 41-54
Barbiero, D. (1996). "The First Amendment in an Age of Electronic Reproduction." Postmodern Culture 6(2).http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/postmodern_culture/v006/6.2r_barbiero.html
Barclay, H. (1982). People Without Government. London, Kahn & Averill
Barden, M. A. M. (2000). University of north carolina faculty perceptions of the degree to which they apply the principles of adult education within the distance education environment and the barriers to becoming more learner-centered in practice., (Doctoral dissertation, North Carolina State University, 2000). Dissertation Abstracts International-A, 61/06
(Annotated by SRI International) This dissertation survey study randomly sampled University of North Carolina faculty with experience in distance education to determine their perception of the degree to which they apply the principles of adult education within the distance education environment and what, if any, barriers exist to future participation in and improvement of distance instruction. The models of distance education proposed by Wedemeyer (1973), Moore (1973), and Holmberg (1983) and the principles of adult education advanced by Knowles (1980) conceptually frame the study. The study found that UNC faculty members self-reporting a more learner-centered instructional style: (1) Have a high interest in improving distance instruction and have the opinion that perceived barriers are not significant enough to make them stop teaching distance courses. (2) Have a high interest in continuing their participation in distance instruction. (3) Have a high comfort level using technology and have experienced both synchronous and asynchronous delivery. (4) Believe that formal training is necessary in improving distance education. (5) Indicate that time and inadequate compensation are often to always a barrier to improving distance education.
Bardhan, N. R. (2002). "Accounts from the field: a public relations perspective on global AIDS/HIV." J Health Commun 7(3): 221-44.http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&dopt=Citation&list_uids=12166875
This study is a theoretical as well as empirical exploration of the power and cultural differentials that mark and construct various intersecting discourses, specifically media discourse, on global AIDS/HIV. It applies the language and concepts of public relations to understand how the press coverage of the pandemic is associated with the variables that impact the newsmaking process as well as the public and policy implications of macro news frames generated over time. Theoretical work in the areas of agenda setting and news framing also instruct the conceptual framework of this analysis. Narrative analysis is used as a methodology to qualitatively analyze three pools of accounts-from people either living with AIDS/HIV, involved in AIDS/HIV work, or discursively engaged in the media construction of the pandemic; from transnational wire service journalists who cover the issue at global and regional levels; and policy shapers and communicators who are active at the global level. These three communities of respondents represent important stakeholders in the AIDS/HIV issue. The findings are analyzed from a public relations standpoint. Perhaps the most important finding of this study is that the public relations approaches used to address AIDS/HIV related issues need to be grounded in context-specific research and communicative practices that bring out the lived realities of AIDS/HIV at grassroots levels. The findings also posit that those situated at critical junctions between various stakeholders need to cultivate a finely balanced understanding of the etic and emic intersections and subjectivities of global/local AIDS/HIV.
Bardram, J. (1999). Designing for the Dynamics of Cooperative Work Activities.http://turing.acm.org/sigchi/cscw98/program/papers.html#awareness
CSCW seems to have a persistent problem of understanding the ontology of 'cooperative work'. This paper argues that this problem is a direct result of not looking at the dynamic aspects of work. Based on Activity Theory the paper gives a conceptual frame for understanding the dynamics of collaborative work activities, and argues that the design of computer support should view cooperative breakdowns not as a problem but as an important resource in design. These arguments are based on empirical studies of healthcare work and the design of a computer support for planning and scheduling operations and other activities within a hospital.
Barker, E., J. A. Beckford, et al. (2003). Challenging religion : essays in honour of Eileen Barker. London ; New York, Routledge
Barkin, G. and G. D. Stone (2000). "Anthropology: Blurring the Lines and Moving the Camera--The Beginnings of Web-Based Scholarship in Anthropology." Social Science Computer Review 18(2): 125-131
A survey of anthropology projects on the web finds little overall evolution of the field's scholarly products to capitalize on the medium's potential. However, a few of the most recent innovations appear to provide a glimpse of changes soon to come. Several new forms of nonrefereed scholarship have appeared, and an important theme running through them is the blurring of conventional boundaries. Within the refereed literature, few journals have ventured beyond the delivery of facsimile journal pages in portable document format (PDF) files. An important exception is the just-published online version of Current Anthropology, which offers numerous enhancements possible only through the web.
Barlett, D. L. and J. B. Steele (2000). The great American tax dodge : how spiraling fraud and avoidance are killing fairness, destroying the income tax, and costing you. Boston, Little Brown
Barloewen, C. v. (1998). Der Mensch im Cyberspace : vom Verlust der Metaphysik und dem Aufbruch in den virtuellen Raum. Mèunchen, Diederichs
Barlow, J. P. Selling Wine Without Bottles: The Economy of Mind on the Global Net.http://www.eff.org/Publications/John_Perry_Barlow/idea_economy.article
Barlow, J. P. (1990). Crime and Puzzlement.http://www.eff.org/Publications/John_Perry_Barlow/crime_and_puzzlement.1
Barlow, J. P. (1990). Crime and Puzzlement 2.http://www.eff.org/Publications/John_Perry_Barlow/crime_and_puzzlement.2
Barlow, J. P. (1994). "The Economy of Ideas." Wired 2(03): http //www.wired.com/wired/archive/2.03/economy.ideas.html
Barlow, J. P. (1998). "Africa Rising." Wired 6(01)
Everything you know about Africa is wrong.
Barlow, M. (2002). "Studio as Study: A Selection of Drawings by American Video Artists." PAJ: A Journal of Performance and Art 24(2): 1-5.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/performing_arts_journal/v024/24.2barlow.html
Barlow, T. E. (2000). "Editor's Introduction." positions: east asia cultures critique 8(2): 263-268.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/positions/v008/8.2barlow.html
Barndt, I. (1995). The Internet in Government.http://www.csu.edu.au/special/conference/apwww95/papers95/ibarndt/ibarndt.html
This brief talk provides an outline of the Internet and the role it is likely to play in the provision of Government Information Services: What are the opportunities for Government? What are the issues that need to be addressed? What are governments doing to take advantage of the opportunities being presented both in Australia and Overseas? What are the first steps agencies should take onto the information Super Highway?
Barnet, B. (2004). "Technical Machines and Evolution." Ctheory
Abstract: How does one tell the story of a machine? Can we say that technical machines have their own genealogies, their own evolutionary dynamic? The technical artifact constitutes a series of objects, a lineage or a line. At a cursory level, we can see this in the fact that technical machines come in generations; they adapt and adopt characteristics over time, "one suppressing the other as it becomes obsolete."[2] So are we to understand this dynamic from a biological, a zoological or a sociological perspective? I want to locate a dynamic in technics that stems neither from the soul nor from human societies, which grants the technical object its own materiality, its own limits and resistances, which allows us to think technical objects in their historical differentiations. This calls for a new consideration of technicity, and a new consideration of the human being in relation to technics. The task will be difficult -- "at its very origin and up until now, philosophy has repressed technics as an object of thought. Technics is the unthought."[3]
Barnet, B. D. (1999). A Comparison of the Effects of Using Interactive WWW Simulations versus Hands-On Activities on the Conceptual Understanding and Attitudes of Introductory Statistics Students, Iowa State University
This study examined effects on students of learning from computer simulations in an introductory statistics course. Subjects in the study were 127 undergraduates at Iowa State University. The investigator randomly assigned the students to two groups: an experimental group that used Web simulations in laboratory work on sampling distributions and confidence intervals and a control group that used hands-on exercises in laboratory work on the same topics. The effects of the simulation were measured on questions on confidence intervals and sampling distributions on two tests: a quiz given two weeks after completion of laboratory work and the final examination. The two groups did not differ in scores on the relevant test items, nor did they differ in their attitudes toward statistics.
Barnett, G. A. (1997). The Structure of International Information Flows via Telecommunications 1978-1995.http://www.si.umich.edu/~prie/tprc/abstracts97/barnett.txt
Based primarily on data gathered by AT&T and published in the World's Telephones (1978-1990) and data gathered by the International Institute of Communication and published in TeleGeography (1991-1995), this paper reviews research which describe the structure and changes in the flow of information among the nations of the world via international telecommunications from 1978 to 1995. The results indicate that the network structure was relatively stable over this time period. In the late 1970s, the system was composed of a number of sub-groups. By 1980, it had coalesced into a single group with the United States and the other Western economic powers at the center and the Eastern block and lesser developed countries at the periphery. The antecedent factors underlying the structure as well as its social, political and economic correlates are discussed. Over time, the network slowly became denser, more centralized, and more highly integrated. During the 1980s, the newly industrial countries of East Asia moved from the periphery of the network toward the center. Beginning in 1989, the former members of the Soviet block also moved from the periphery toward the center of the system, supplanting the wealthier countries of Latin America. Similar patterns were observed for the structure of other international exchange systems. International policy implications of the results are discussed.
Barnette, R. (1998). ""Teaching Philosophy in Cyberspace" in The Digital Phoenix, Bynum, Terrell Ward (ed)."
Baron, J. (1992). "Linking companies with outside technology: an effective new approach." Technovation 12: 323-332
Baron, N. S. (2002). "Who Sets Email Style? Prescriptivism, Coping Strategies, and Democratization of Media Access." The Information Society 18(5): 403-413
Stylistic practices in email reflect an amalgam of social presuppositions about usage conventions and individual strategies for handling a new language medium. To understand how contemporary email patterns have been forged and where they might be heading, this study examines the ways in which newly enfranchised language users in the past have balanced externally-generated prescriptions for linguistic style with user-generated coping strategies in constructing spoken and written messages. Popular letter-writing, the early telegraph, and early telephone behavior offer useful precedents for thinking about both email messages themselves and the potential effects of language technology on broader language change.
Baron, R. (2003). "Amalgams and Mosaics, Syncretisms and Reinterpretations: Reading Herskovits and Contemporary Creolists for Metaphors of Creolization." Journal of American Folklore 116(459): 88-115.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/journal_of_american_folklore/v116/116.459baron02.html
Baron, R. and A. C. Cara (2003). "Introduction: Creolization and Folklore--Cultural Creativity in Process." Journal of American Folklore 116(459): 4-8.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/journal_of_american_folklore/v116/116.459baron01.html
Barr, C. and M. Kocken (1984). "Computer-related labor in the 1980s: Supply and demand." The Information Society 3(2): 155-180
Barrett, D. J. (1996). Bandits on the Information Superhighway, O'Reilly & Associates
Barrett, J. (1996). Killing Time: the New Frontier of Cyberspace Capitalism. Communication and Cyberspace: Social Interaction in an Electronic Environment. L. J. R. G. S. B. Strate, Hampton Press.: 155-166
Barrett, L. (1999). ""Here But Also There": Subjectivity and Postmodern Space in Mao II." MFS Modern Fiction Studies 45(3): 788-810.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/modern_fiction_studies/v045/45.3barrett.html
Barrett, M., S. Sahay, et al. (2001). "Information Technology and Social Transformation: GIS for Forestry Management in India." The Information Society 17(1): 5-20
In this paper, we examine an in-depth case of the introduction of geographical information systems (GIS) in the Indian forestry sector and associated social transformations. Our study is informed by Giddens’ recent theoretical developments on globalizing influences at the institutional level and their inter-connectedness to new trust systems and self-identity at the individual level. We examine how some elements of our case analysis are illuminated by Giddens' theoretical concepts, and also highlight some potential areas for further theoretical development. In particular, our case suggests that there are ongoing processes of stability as well as reflexivity, and we also develop the concept of trust systems to support interactions with new groups of people. Finally, our analysis notes some limitations of Giddens’ ideas, especially the somewhat homogenous form of his theory in suggesting the nature of social transformations in current times. Instead, the case emphasizes the need to examine more closely cultural and other socio-cultural characteristics in particular contexts, and how they play out with global influences.
Barrett, N. (1996). The state of the cybernation : cultural, political and economic implications of the Internet. London :, Kogan Page,
Barrett, N. F. (1998). Theory and practice of distance education., (Doctoral dissertation, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1998). Dissertation Abstracts International-A, 59/08
(Annotated by SRI International) This dissertation summarizes current best practice organized around the themes of teaching and learning, technology, and administration in distance education. The data and its themes emerged from interviews with exemplary practitioners of distance education, a review of literature, and an analysis of pertinent documents. Findings suggest tensions can develop among the three themes causing the learning needs, or effective pedagogy, to compete with those of technology. Applying learning theory and organizational concepts, stakeholders can explore the dilemma and can reframe the competing values of learning versus technology. The researcher concluded the dilemma can be understood in terms of an emerging value for distance education, which is characterized by a consideration of situated learning, instructional design, learning communities, technology, outreach, internal structures, risk, and adaptive leadership. The emerging value characteristics suggest a template which serves both as a tool to evaluate current programs as well as a way to plan future distance education efforts.
Barriga Acevedo, C., Asociaciâon de Agregados Culturales en Colombia., et al. (2003). Propuestas literarias en el marco de las nuevas tecnologâias de la informaciâon : ponencias presentadas al II Encuentro de Nuevos Narradores de Amâerica Latina y Espaäna : noviembre 15 al 22 de 2001. Bogotâa, Convenio Andrâes Bello
Barritt, M. D. (1998). Extending educational communication: The experience of distance learning via a distributive environment for collaboration and learning., (Doctoral Dissertation, The University of Michigan, 1998). Dissertation Abstracts International-A, 59/02
(Annotated by SRI International) This dissertation study applies a modified ethnographic evaluation method based on interviews, thematic analysis, and case-study to explore the experience of a pilot implementation of a computer-mediated communication (CMC) course "Distributive Environment for Collaboration and Learning (DECAL)." DECAL combines synchronous face-to-face classroom interaction (either conventional or technology-mediated) with asynchronous Web-based interaction and resources. DECAL implemented an eight-week executive education style business course taught entirely at a distance by university faculty to executives in a global corporation located in another country. The results of the pilot were unexpected and dramatic and forced the focus of the research away from the DECAL model and towards issues of cross-institutional partnership in education, integration of CMC-based education into the work environment, the personal and organizational complexities of CMC-based education, and the effects of computer mediated communication on control, authority roles, and community formation in an educational context. The findings highlight the danger of assumptions in the design, development, and deployment of cross-institutional CMC-based distance education. In one sense CMC-based education is different from conventional education and needs to be approached as a new context, not as a simple change in mechanism. But in another sense the issues highlighted here are the same issues conventional education has struggled with for centuries; communication, interaction and cohort formation, productive control and authority relationships, and responsibility for learning. The results of this research support further development and testing of the DECAL model.
Barron, T. (1997). "Digital technologies to the rescue." Training & Development 51: 36-39
Barry, C. A. (1995). "Critical issues in evaluating the impact of IT on information activity in academic research- developing a qualitative research solution." Library & Information Science Research 17(2): 107-34
Barry, D. (1996). Dave Barry in cyberspace. New York, Crown
Barry, D. T. (2001). "Assessing culture via the Internet: methods and techniques for psychological research." Cyberpsychol Behav 4(1): 17-21.http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&dopt=Citation&list_uids=11709905
This study examines the acculturation experiences of Arabic immigrants and assesses the utility of the Internet as a data collection tool. Based on in-depth pilot interview data from 10 male Arabic immigrants and items selected from pre-existing measures, the Male Arabic Ethnic Identity Measure (MAEIM) was developed. Male Arab immigrants (115 males) were solicited through traditional methods in addition to the Internet. Satisfactory reliability and validity were reported for the MAEIM. No significant differences emerged between the Internet and Midwestern samples. The Internet proved to be an effective method for soliciting a relatively large, geographically dispersed sample of Arabic immigrants. The use of the Internet as a research tool is examined in the context of anonymity, networking, low-cost, perceived interactive control, methodological rigor, and external validity. The Internet was an effective vehicle for addressing concerns raised by prospective participants. It is suggested that the Internet may be an important method to assess culture-relevant variables in further research on Arab and other immigrant populations.
Barry, T. (1995). Caught in a Web - Australian Government network policy.http://www.csu.edu.au/special/conference/apwww95/papers95/tbarry/tbarry.html
The Australian Government has started to accept that the World Wide Web has a part to play in network policy . The two main inquiries set up to look at network policy were the ASTEC and BSEG inquiries and these have determined the main lines of policy Initially the Government forecast the development of two disparate networks EdNA and CIN which did not reveal a holistic strategy and did not even specify any underlying protocol to be used. This paper will explore in more detail the development and current state of government policy about the internet showing how without any direct intention this is now focussing on the use of World Wide Web for the delivery of information to the community and students.
Bartel, A. P., C. Ichniowski, et al. (2001). New Technology, Human Resource Practices, and Skill Requirements: Evidence From Plant Visits in Three Industries, American Economics Association Meetings
Bartel, A. P. and N. Sicherman (1999). "Technological change and wages: an interindustry analysis." Journal of Political Economy 107: 285-325
Bartelsman, E. J. and M. Doms (2000). "Understanding Productivity: Lessons from Longitudinal Microdata." Journal of Economic Literature XXXVIII(3): 569-594
Reviews studies using longitudinal microdata of evolutionary economics models in order to assess factors within and outside the firm which contribute to productivity growth at the individual firm level and aggregate economic level. The analytical approaches that are reviewed provide a framework for assessing the role of technology, including information and communication technologies, in productivity growth.
Barthelme, F. (1995). Painted desert : a novel. New York, Viking
"Frederick Barthelme's haunting new novel picks up where his acclaimed previous book, The Brothers, left off. Junior college professor Del Tribute and his cyber-muckraker friend Jen catch some old news footage of the L.A. riots, some of that vivid close-up slow motion shaky-cam stuff with the fires blazing and people getting trashed, and Jen, in particular, is incensed by the barbarity of the scene. At her insistence she and Del, her father, Mike, and her friend Penny decide to step out of the shadows and head to ground zero - Los Angeles - to do something, anything, about this particular horror." "Their journey takes them from Biloxi, Mississippi, to Dealey Plaza in Dallas, from Alamogordo to the kitschy tourist sites of New Mexico and Arizona. Jen sets up a scourge of e-mail spamming and internet newsgroup posts about the atrocities of the riots, but then one night in Dallas she gets a strange message back from a guy in Las Vegas named Durrell Dobson, who really believes that anarchy is the only game in town. He's sympathetic about the riots, but his messages are filled with bizarre personal sex histories, terrorism threats, an evangelical froth of retribution." "As Jen and company make their way west, they discover a fondness for the goofy tourist sites and the land itself and, as Dobson continues to jack up the vengeance rhetoric via e-mail, Jen has second thoughts. Maybe she and Del aren't supposed to be great avengers, maybe just seeing the odd and spectacular world around them is more important than scratching out Evil. Maybe, but Dobson is out there and boiling. His urgent messages rip veils off his schemes, name victims, reveal strategies, and Jen feels oddly responsible for his fervor." "How Jen and Del and the others resolve their conflicted interests, and the shocking acts they may have encouraged, provides the eccentric and nuanced conclusion to this ferocious, touching novel of character, culture, and the media. In The Brothers Barthelme went for more than culture snapshots; here he pulls all stops, committing his characters to a fresh and remarkably poignant embrace of the contemporary world with all of its ordinary and beautiful flaws."--BOOK JACKET.
Bartholomew, D., C. Appleby, et al. (1993). "Trade wins Nafta will reshape the boundaries of corporate information systems operations. (North American Free Trade Agreement)." Information Week.: 12(1)
Bartle, R. (1990). Interactive Multi-User Computer Games.ftp://parcftp.xerox.com/pub/MOO/papers/mudreport.txt
Bartlett, L. and T. B. T. B.-. Byers (2003). "Back to the Future: The Humanist Matrix." Cultural Critique 53: 28-46.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/cultural_critique/v053/53.1bartlett.html
Bartsch, I.-., C. DiPalma, et al. (2001). "Witnessing the Postmodern Jeremiad: (Mis)Understanding Donna Haraway's Method of Inquiry." Configurations 9(1): 127-164.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/configurations/v009/9.1bartsch.html
Barua, A. and B. Lee (1997). "The information technology productivity paradox revisited: a theoretical and empirical investigation in the manufacturing sector." International Journal of Flexible Manufacturing Systems 9: 145-166
Barua, A., S. Ravindran, et al. (1997). "Efficient Selection of Suppliers over the Internet." Journal of Management Information Systems 13(4): 117-138.http://rmm-java.stern.nyu.edu/jmis/articles/v13_n4_p117/index.html
The Internet has become increasingly important to organizations for certain aspects of electronic commerce. Many organizations have set up Web pages to capture the attention of potential buyers and to develop new business relationships. Others have set up indexing services to provide easy search capabilities to prospective buyers. While the unit search and communication costs have been lowered dramatically by the Internet, the cost of evaluating potential suppliers may still be prohibitive, especially for certain types of products and services. Thus, although the Internet makes it possible to locate a large number of new suppliers, an organizational buyer needs to deploy appropriate supplier-selection strategies (such as sequential evaluation with stopping rules versus bidding systems) that consider all cost elements involved in choosing a vendor. We develop an analytical model that allows a buyer to maximize payoff (net of supplier search, communication, and evaluation costs) from the selection process. We analyze how the nature of the product and the buyer's expectations about supplier characteristics determine whether a sequential evaluation or bidding should be used in the selection process. The Internet, when used in conjunction with the proposed strategies, results in a lower total expected cost to the buyer, even though more suppliers are being evaluated, because a better supplier is selected. We describe how intelligent database searching can further increase the efficiency of the proposed selection strategies. We also develop a minimum requirements announcement mechanism, which makes supplier selection through a bidding strategy economically feasible in situations where legal restrictions may bar the use of sequential evaluation.
Baruch, Y. (2000). "Teleworking: Benefits and Pitfalls as Perceived by Professionals and Managers." New Technology, Work and Employment 15(1): 34-49
BASCH, P. (1993). "Technology-Transfer to the Developing-World - Does New Technology Have Any Relevance for Developing-Countries." Tubercle and Lung Disease 74(6): 353-358
Bassett, R. (1998). "New technology, new people, new organizations: the rise of the mos transistor, 1945-1975." Business & Economic History 27: 1-7
Bassi, L., S. Cheney, et al. (1997). "1997 Training Industry Trends." Training and Development
Bastian, M. L. (1999). "Nationalism in a Virtual Space: Immigrant Nigerians on the Internet." West Africa Review 1(1).http://www.westafricareview.com/war/vol1.1/bastian.html
Bastian, M. L. and J. L. Parpart (1999). Great ideas for teaching about Africa. Boulder, Lynne Rienner
"Some of the best college and university teachers in the field describe projects and assignments that have worked effectively for them in teaching African studies in a variety of disciplines." "The authors present a wide range of approaches: from preparing African cuisines as a way to understand people-environment relations to using the Internet to develop a virtual art history exhibit; from viewing an African film or assigning a novel to broaden students' grasp of social context to challenging students to draft their own development projects in order to better appreciate village-level society and economy. Six chapters are devoted to ways of handling such particularly sensitive subjects as ethnicity in Africa, the slave trade, AIDS, and female genital mutilation."--BOOK JACKET.
Basu, A. (1996). "Impact of information technology on construction project management." Transactions of Aace International: IT41-IT45
Bathrick, D. (1997). "Making a National Family with the Radio: The Nazi Wunschkonzert." Modernism/modernity 4(1): 115-127.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/modernism-modernity/v004/4.1bathrick.html
Batt, R. (1999). "Work organization, Technology and Performance in Customer Service and Sales." Industrial and Labor Relations Review 52(4): 539-64
Batt, R. (2001). "Explaining Wage Inequality in Telecommunications Services: Customer Segmentation, Human Resources Practices and Union Decline." Industrial and Labor Relations Review 54(2A): 425-49
(Annotated by SRI International)The study aims to identify the factors that explain within-occupational wage inequality among service and sales workers in the telecommunications industry. She structures her analysis to examine whether wages are, as she posits, determined by business strategies to segment customers (by revenue potential), which then drives a customer-specific demand for skill and work and human resource system. This builds on customer-segmentation strategies research that shows that firms differentiate IT investments decisions, human capital assignments and HR practices by the sales potential of each segment and then group customer-specific operations in separate remote worksites, enabled by IT. Lower revenue segments rely more heavily on technologies to speed up and reduce costs per customer query, while higher end services rely more heavily on sales staff communications skills and time in "customer-management." Further she tests whether this industry supports the strategic HR theory that high employee involvement HR practices offer a wage premium because they more efficiently use human capital. The data results from a 1998 national representative survey of 354 sales and service centers taken from a Dun and Bradstreet establishments list. That list was stratified by size and state location: all establishments with more than 100 employees and all states were sampled. The telephone survey had a 54% response rate. Key findings include: (1) A consistent pattern of statistically significant differences in skills, HR practices and wage levels according to the revenue potential of four customer segments. Operator services and residential sales have predominantly female jobs, lower educatinal levels, more computer monitoring, much lower pay and less performance-based pay than jobs in middle market and large corporate business accounts. (2) These market segment differences occurs across establishments in the same firm as well as across companies. (3) Customer-segmentation strategies that tend to send segment-specific operations to remote sites account for 34% of the differences in median annual pay and median total compensation (annual base + benefits). The segment-specific implementations of IT are also associated to differences in pay: greater email use is associated with higher pay and greater electronic monitoring has a significant negative relationship with pay. (4) Adding in the human capital variable lowers the size and significance of customer-segment in explaining pay differences: that is, the customer-segmentation strategy is effectively a sorting mechanism for workforce skills. The article interprets the findings to argue that customer segmentation has become a popular strategy because of IT innovations' new capabilities and enables firms to use labor market differences more efficiently.
Batt, R., S. Christopherson, et al. (2001). Net Working - Work Patterns and Workforce Policies for the New Media Industry. Washington, DC, Economic Policy Institute
(from website)In just a few short years, hundreds of thousands of workers have made the switch into "new media," where elements of computing, telecommunications, and written and visual content are combined to create interactive products and services. Yet little is known about how these professionals find work, use their time, maintain steady employment, and build careers. Net Working, based on a study of highly accomplished new media workers in New York City, is one of the first to take up labor market issues in this burgeoning industry. It describes the challenges faced by professionals and employers alike, reveals why firms and workers in this supposedly placeless industry tend to cluster in "valleys" and "alleys," and identifies strategies for success in a project-oriented environment with highly complex skill demands and rapidly changing technology.
Batt, R., A. Colvin, et al. (32766). "Employee Voice, Human Resource Practices, and Quit Rates: Evidence from the Telecommunications Industry." Industrial and Labor Relations Review
(Annotated by SRI International)This research reports business and human resource practices on two primary business lines in telecommunications establishments - customer service and sales and network operations. This annotation reviews findings of only the first, because one of the authors confirmed that the vast majority of customer service operations has been consolidated and moved to a location detached from existing facilities. This report derives from a nationally representative sample of workplaces in the telecommunications industry, reflecting geographical distribution, establishment size and new technology innovators (Internet providers were identified from the Directory of Dial-Up Providers). The survey yielded 636 responses and a 54% response rate. Respondants were facility managers. The 1998 survey data was supported by extensive field study, site visits and interviews. The study defines this industry broadly to include wireless, cable and internet providers as well as traditional firms, many of which are leaders in implementing IT. The study investigated the association of skills, training investment, occupation, unionization and market segment (revenue potential) to a range of HR practices (eg., high involved work practices, flexible staffing), wages and othercompensation, pay systems. The tables at the end present data too numerous to summarize on these features segmented by market (business and residential) and by unionization status.The relevant findings on customer service and sales employment include: (1) a significant difference in base pay,median base plus overtime pay and total compensation between union and non-union residential customer service facilities (Total compensation - $43,196 vs. $34,038), or a 27% union premium. (2) Union employees at these sites receive almost twice as much initial training and twice as many weeks per year of training as non-union employees. (3) 72% of employment in residential customer call centers is female, a significantly higher share than in the centers catering to higher income customer markets. That share falls as the income potential rises ( (60% for business services; 46% for middle market customers). (4) Only 22% of residential call centers are unionized, a percentage that falls as one goes up the market segments. (5) Along many features of work methods, the non-union employees have significantly more discretion over decisions (eg., work pace adn speed, setting work objectives, setting vacation and lunch schedules, design and use of IT). (6) Unionization distinguished the percent of the work force laid off in the past 5 years - 34% pf employment in non-union vs. 6% union facilities. (7) The annual quit rate in non-union facilities was more than double (17.7%) that of union sites. Also this is one of the few large samples that associates features of workplace factors and outcomes. The authors found: (8) use of electronic monitoring significantly raises quit rates, while the use of IT as a resource (the number of software packages used and volume of email) significantly lowers quit rates. (9) Those facilities offering a variety of "high involvement" work practices (discretion over work pace, IT as a resource, hiring higher skilled workers and fewer part-time and contingent workers) significantly lowered quit rates. (10) Further, higher involvement HR practices (those listed above) significantly increased sales growth directly and indirectly (by reducing quit rates which adversely affect sales growth). This finding was true even in the mass market/residential sales despite the common low-skilll, low pay strategy in this sector.
Batt, R. and J. Keefe (1999). Human Resource and Employment Practices in Telecommunications Services, 1980-98. Employment Practices and Business Strategy. P. Capelli. New York, Oxford University Press: 107-52
The chapter offers a history of employment practices as the industry has responded to deregulation, downsizing, cost-cutting and consolidation, and changing management strategies - especially customer-segmentation. IT innovations enabled firms to consolidate operations dedicated to different customer segments (by revenue potential) in separate remote service centers. New IT capabilities also allowed remote diagnosis and repair services for the physical telecoms networks, reducing overhead and direct labor costs. Operator services were consolidated and relocated to geographically disparate mega-centers, which convinced most AT&T operators to quit and transformed 70% of the firm's remaining operators into part-time at 55% of the previous wage and reduced benefits. This was supported by IT's automating many transactions processes, so eliminating lower skilled clerical and customer service jobs. Call centers for small business representatives housed up to 200 CSRs, each handling about 30 customers per day. Centers that specialize in large corporate and institutional accounts employ college-educated "account executives" who provide clients with a range of highly customized services and work at least partly on commission. Clear career ladders that formerly existed within an establishment were broken by AT&T's (and much of the industry's) consolidating similar activies and dispersing them across the US connecting by IT. To gain a promotion now requires relocating across the country.
Batteau, A. w. (1996). "Digital society, analog theory." Social Science Computer Review vol.14,(no.1): 84-5
Batteau, A. W. (1996). "Introduction: Social Aspects of the National Information Infrastructure." Social Science Computer Review 14(1)
Battey, J. (1998). "Business drives staffing changes." Infoworld 20: 113
Bauer, C. (1999). Advanced Design of Web Information Systems Based on Dominant and Emerging Web Communication Patterns.http://ausweb.scu.edu.au/aw99/papers/bauer/
In this paper future trends regarding Web-based interaction patterns are identified and put into the context of currently dominating communication models. The resulting evolution model is employed to illustrate potential approaches to developing Web Information Systems (WIS) matching the specific requirements and characteristics of each evolutionary stage. Cybernetic feedback loops are introduced to explain suitable WIS development approaches with an emphasis on communication and are applied to derive and evaluate the attributes of such approaches.
Baum, J. (1998). "Internet access." Far Eastern Economic Review 161: 74
Bauman, Z. (2002). "Cultural Variety or Variety of Cultures?" Critical Studies 20: 319
Baumgarten, J. a. (1997). Business & legal guide to online-internet law. Little Falls, NJ :, Glasser LegalWorks,
Bavakutty, J. and K. Radhamani (1991). "Acquisition of Scientific Literature in Developing Countries." Information Development: 156-63
Bay-Cheng, L. Y. (2001). "SexEd.Com: Values and norms in web-based sexuality education." Journal of Sex Research(38): 241-251
Bayers, C. (1998). "The Promise of One to One (A Love Story)." Wired 6(05)
The honeymoon's over. A new look at the Web's true power to serve and sell you.
Baylis, J. and S. Smith (2001). The globalization of world politics : an introduction to international relations. Oxford ; New York, Oxford University Press
Baym, N. K. (1993). "Interpreting Soap Operas and Creating Community: Inside a Computer-Mediated Fan Culture." Journal of Folklore Research 30(2/3): 143-177
Baym, N. K. (1994). The Emergence of Community in Computer-Mediated Communication. CyberSociety. S. G. Jones. Thousand Oaks, Sage: 138-163
Baym, N. K. (1997). "Identity, Body, and Community in On-Line Life." Journal of Communication 47(4): 142
Baym, N. K. (1998). The Emergence of On-Line Community. Cybersociety 2.0: Revisiting Computer-Mediated Communication and Community. S. G. Jones. Thousand Oaks, CA, Sage Publications: 35-68
Baym, N. K. (1999). "Review of "Persuasion and Privacy in Cyberspace: The Online Protests over Lotus MarketPlace and the Clipper Chip." The Information Society 15(3): 209-210
Writings about cyberspace tend too often toward utopia or dystopia, oversimplifying and overgeneralizing in the process. In contrast, Gurak's book offers a refreshingly balanced analysis of how cyberspace offers both new possibilities and threats. Through close empirical analysis of two specific online protests -- against Lotus MarketPlace and the Clipper Chip -- Gurak argues convincingly that cyberspace enables unprecedented opportunities for information distribution and community formation, thereby enhancing the power of citizens. However, she also shows how cyberspace promotes insularity and misinformation, squelching dissent and inhibiting its potential. Though both protests focused on privacy, the lessons they offer have implications for anyone
Bayme, S. (2000). "Roundtable on Yossi Beilin's The Death of the American Uncle : A Response." Israel Studies 5(1): 348-354.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/israel_studies/v005/5.1bayme.html
Bayne, K. M. (1997). The Internet marketing plan. New York :, J. Wiley & Co.,
Bazerman, C. (1987). "Literate Acts and the Emergent Social Structure of Science: a Critical Synthesis." Social Epistemology 1(4): 295-310
Bazerman, C. and D. R. Russell (2003). Writing selves writing societies research from activity perspectives. Fort Collins, CO, WAC Clearninghouse : Mind Culture and Activity.http://wac.colostate.edu/books/selves_societies/ Click here for access
Bazillion, R. J.-. (2001). "Planning the Academic Library of the Future." portal: Libraries and the Academy 1(2): 151-160.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/portal_libraries_and_the_academy/v001/1.2bazillion.html
Bazinet, C. G., S. a. Kahn, et al. (1998). "Measuring the value of outsourcing." Best's Review (Life/Health) 98: 85-88
Beagle, D. (2001). "The Sociotechnical Networks of Scholarly Communication." portal: Libraries and the Academy 1(4): 421-443.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/portal_libraries_and_the_academy/v001/1.4beagle.html
Beaird, R. C. (1982). "Communications: Commerce and culture." The Information Society 1(4): 281-305
Beam, B. T. J. and K. B. Tacchino (1996). "Benefits administration in the twenty-first century." Journal of the American Society of Clu & Chfc 50: 16-18
Beamish, A. (1995). "Communities Online: Community-Based Computer Networks."
Beamish argues that community networks are primitive, rather crude, and barely begin to address the ambitious goals that they have set out for themselves. "They are underfunded good intentions that will lose. They will collapse from the exhaustion of their volunteers and staff struggling with a lack of revenue, donated equipment, escalating demands of their users, and ambition that can't be satisfied with their resources." But this crudeness can also be seen as indication of youth. "Community networks may now [1995] be at the stage of barely being able to walk but there is every expection that they will learn to run." The key to their future success will be the same as what it took to get them to the stage in the first place: their ability to spark and tap an extraordinary amount of energy and enthusiasm in their communities. The author suspects that community networks' role as providers of information and communication may be secondary to their role as animators for creating a stronger sense of place and community.
Beardsell, M. and V. Henderson (1999). "Spatial evolution of the computer industry in the usa." European Economic Review V43(N2): 431-456
Bearman, D. and Museum Computer Network. (1995). Hands on hypermedia and interactivity in museums : selected papers from the Third International Conference on Hypermedia and Interactivity in Museums (ICHIM '95 - MCN '95), San Diego, California, October 9-13, 1995. Pittsburgh, PA, Archives & Museum Informatics
Beaudin, B. P. (1999). "Keeping Online Asynchronous Discussion on Topic." Journal of Asynchronous Learning Networks 3(2).http://www.aln.org/alnweb/journal/vol3_issue2/beaudin.htm
(Annotated by SRI International) This statistical study identifies various techniques recommended and used by online instructors for facilitating asynchronous online discussions and for identifying what factors affected selection. The results of the study suggest 4 of the most effective facilitating techniques selected by online: developing questions that specifically elicit on-topic discussion, providing guidelines to help online learners prepare on-topic responses, rewording the original question when responses are going in the wrong direction, and providing discussion summary on a regular basis. According to the author, "A thirty-seven item online questionnaire was developed and completed by 135 online instructors subscribing to an international distance education listserv. Thirteen techniques for keeping online asynchronous learners on topic were rated using a six-point Likert scale."
Beaudoin, M. F. (1998). "Leadership in distance education." American Journal of Distance Education 12(2): 1-4
(Annotated by SRI International) Beaudoin argues that much more research and writing on the theme of leadership in distance education --- theoretical, practical, analytical, and evaluative --- is needed. He contends we have only begun to address the more esoteric aspects of policy and planning, especially with respect to politics that impede or facilitate distance education efforts. The American Center for the Study of Distance Education is applauded for its work related to policy and management issues.
Beaudoin, T. (1998). Virtual faith : the irreverent spiritual quest of Generation X. San Francisco, Calif. ; Chichester, Jossey-Bass : Wiley
Beaudouin, V., D. Cardon, et al. (2001). "Creativity and Rationalization in Using Company Intranets." Sociologie du Travail 43(3): 309
Bebko, P. R. (1998). Influences Upon Higher Education Faculty Use of distance Education Technology., (Doctoral Dissertation, Florida Atlantic University, 1998). Dissertation Abstracts International-A, 59/02
(Annotated by SRI International) This two-site, qualitative dissertation case study describes the influences that impact an individual faculty member as he or she makes the decision whether or not to participate in technology-based distance education. (Data were drawn from interviews with 20 higher education faculty members, 10 who were teaching courses using distance learning technology and 10 who were not; document analysis; and researcher non-participant observations.) Strong enhancers were an interest in emerging technology, desire to improve the current situation, changing student demographics, need for increased flexible access to educational opportunities, technology training and assistance for students, student to student support systems, distance-friendly student services, competition with other institutions, and collaboration. Detractors included extra workload, tenure and job security fear, love of the traditional classroom paradigm, lack of a reliable technology infrastructure, lack of administrative direction and support, and a negative image of distance education. Acting both as enhancers and detractors were student readiness, match of technology with learning sought, ability to create an interactive learning community, and ability of students as independent learners. Recommendations are offered to administrators in the form of specific actions to take to encourage participation by faculty members at their institutions.
Beck, U., N. Sznaider, et al. (2003). Global America? : the cultural consequences of globalization. Liverpool, Liverpool University Press
Becker, A. R. (1996). Visions of the fantastic : selected essays from the Fifteenth International Conference on the Fantastic in the Arts. Westport, Conn., Greenwood Press
Becker, H. J., J. L. Ravitz, et al. (1999). Teacher and Teacher-Directed Student Use of Computers and Software. Irvine, CA, University of California, Center for Research on Information Technology and Organizations. Report #3
This report, the third in a series from the spring 1998 national survey "Teaching, Learning, and Computing," looks at use of computers in classroom instruction. Data used in the report are survey responses from teachers, principals, and school technology coordinators in 1616 schools. The survey covered extent of use of computers in teaching; extent and variety of software in use and teachers' objectives in using the software; and computer expertise of teachers. Analyses showed that the majority of American teacheres (71%) assign computer work to students at least occasionally, but only about one-third of teachers assign computer work regularly. Word processing and reference software were the most popular categories of software used in schools. About 50% of all teachers reported that their students were using word processing software. Other popular types of software were CD-ROM (36% of teachers reported student use), World Wide Web (29%), skill practice games (28%), and simulations (23%). ClarisWorks (now AppleWorks), an integrated office application, was the program most widely viewed by teachers as valuable for students. Other programs singled out by teachers as especially valuable included the integrated office application Microsoft Works, the word-processing program Microsoft Word, the Web browser Netscape, the multimedia authoring program Hyperstudio, and the reading-management program Accelerated Reader. Analyses also showed that teachers used computers in teaching to achieve several different objectives. Popular objectives included helping students to find information (reported by 51% of computer-using teachers), helping students express themselves in writing (44%), helping students master skills (37%), and improving students' computer skills (32%). Other analyses suggested that teachers who are technically knowledgeable about computers are more likely than others to have students use computers in varied and complicated ways.
Becker, H. S. G., Andrew C.; LeBailly, Robert K. (1984). "Field Work with the Computer: Criteria for Assessing Systems." Qualitative Sociology 7(2): 16
This article is an attempt to counsel social scientists as to what sort of computing hardware and software they will need "in the field," based on their needs with regard to data collection, reduction, and coding. It's not surprisingly somewhat dated, considering all the advances in portable computing that have occurred in the last decade. However, it is useful particularly in the areas where Becker, et al., discuss what they consider to be the best and most economical software packages for coding field notes - many of which are useful for other kinds of content analysis.--Steve Mizrach, CONTENT ANALYSIS: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY
Becker, J. (1981). "New departures in scientific and technical communication." The Information Society 1(2): 133-142
Becker, J. (1982). "Document: Public sector/private interaction in providing information services." The Information Society 1(3): 261-274
Becker, J. (1986). "Information technology: Prospects and implications." The Information Society 4(3): 221-230
Becker, J. (1989). "The concept of a university of the World." The Information Society 6(3): 83-92
Beckers, D. (1998). Research on virtual communities: an empirical approach: Paper accepted by the PDC '98 / CSCW '98 Workshop on Designing Across Borders: The Community Design of Community Networks. Seattle, WA. November, 14. 1998.http://www.swi.psy.uva.nl/usr/beckers/publications/seattle.html
Recent innovations in computers and telecommunication technologies are changing social interaction between people. However, we have only vague notions of the precise effects. This leaves space for both utopian as dystopian views, both seldom founded in empirical data. Meanwhile, politicians have to make decisions on regulation, investments and research that could have big implications for the future of the use of these technologies. But research at community networks also serve a more direct practical goal: how can a virtual community try to support their town if they do not know who is using this system? In this paper, we try to formulate some guidelines for empirical research on virtual communities based on experience gained at research on two digital cities in Europe.
Beckford, J. A. and J. T. Richardson (2003). Challenging religion : essays in honour of Eileen Barker. London ; New York, NY, Routledge
Beckles, C. (1997). "Black Struggles in Cyberspace: Cyber-segregation and Cyber-Nazis." Western Journal of Black Studies 21(1; Spring): 12-19
Beckles, C. A. (1996). Virtual Resistance: A Preliminary Analysis of the Struggle Against Racism via the Internet.http://www.iif.hu/inet_96/e6/e6_4.htm
The overall task of this paper is to provide an initial analysis on the use of the Internet by minority group activists to combat racism. The following three general questions are addressed: How do minority group activists use the Internet to challenge racism? Are these activists isolated or is organizing and/or networking activity occurring simultaneously? What is the connection between virtual activities and 'real-life' activities?
Bederson, B. and H. Lustig (1997). "Electronic Publishing: the Role of a Large Scientific Society." Astrophysics and Space Science 247(1-2): 41-53
Behar, J. E. (1997). Mapping cyberspace : social research on the electronic frontier. Oakdale, N.Y., Dowling College Press
Behrens, R. R.-. (2002). "Light, Darkness, and Colors (review)." Leonardo 35(2): 221-222.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/leonardo/v035/35.2behrens.pdf
Beisswenger, M. (2002). Chat-Kommunikation : Sprache, Interaktion, Sozialitèat & Identitèat in synchroner computervermittelter Kommunikation : Perspektiven auf ein interdisziplinèares Forschungsfeld : Studienausgabe in zwei Bèanden. Stuttgart, Ibidem-Verlag
Belanger, F. (1998). "Distributed Work Arrangements: A Research Framework." The Information Society 14: 137-52
(Annotated by SRI International)The article reviews research on distributed work to propose a framework for examining the impacts of these arrangements.
Belanger, F. (1999). "Workers' Propensity to Telecommute: An Empirical Study." Information and Management 35(3): 139-53
(Annotated by SRI International)This research aimed to identify which features if any differentiate employees who choose to telecommute from those who do not in organizations where it is optional. The study also asked whether, after opting to telecommute, the telecommuters perceive differences in their productivity, personal control and satisfaction from those who do not? The research identified two managers of work groups in a large "high technology firm" with optional telecommuting and mailed questionnaires in 1997 to all of the 168 employees. The response rate was 46% (n=77). The data aimed to test ten hypotheses that reflected an emphasis on organizational, individual, work and technology features for predicting success. They included: there would be significant difference in gender and job types between telecommuters and non-telecommuters; no difference in age, years in the firm or years of computer usage. Also telecommuters were expected to report higher personal control and satisfaction levels. Key findings include: (1) Gender had no impact on the choice to telecommute. (2) There was no significant difference in age, tenure in the organization or computer skills. (3) IS staff comprised the entire telecommuting population in the study and the telecommuters were 60% of the job category. Then in each of the other job categories was too small to offer convincing results. (4) Telecommuters claimed significantly higher autonomy in performing work tasks. The paper concludes with suggestions for practitioners and recommendations for future research.
Belanger, F. and R. Collins (1998). "Distributed Work Arrangements: A Research Framework." The Information Society 14: 137-52
Belanger, F. and R. W. Collins (1997). "Distributed work arrangements: A research framework." The Information Society 14(2): 137-152
A variety of distributed work arrangements have been enabled by advances in information system and communication technologies To date, these new arrangements have met with varying success, and it is unclear what outcomes society, organizations and individuals expect from such new work settings. Moreover we do not understand how aspects of the work environment, tasks, employees, management, and technology might interact to result in different outcomes. This paper attempts to provide an integrative view of research on distributed work arrangements and provides a framework for exploring the impacts of these arrangements.
Belausteguigoitia, M. (2003). "The Zapatista rebellion and the use of technology: Indian women online?" Indigenous affairs 2: 18-25
Bell, D. (2001). An introduction to cybercultures. London ; New York, Routledge
"An Introduction to Cybercultures provides an accessible guide to the major forms, practices and meanings of this rapidly-growing field. From the evolution of hardware and software to the emergence of cyberpunk film and fiction, David Bell introduces readers to the key aspects of cyberculture, including email, the Internet, digital imaging technologies, computer games and digital special effects."--BOOK JACKET.
Bell, D. and B. M. Kennedy (2000). The cybercultures reader. London ; New York, Routledge
Bell, J. (1999). "Puppets, Masks, and Performing Objects at the End of the Century." TDR: The Drama Review 43(3): 15-27.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/the_drama_review/v043/43.3bell01.html
Bell, M. R. and T. C. Boas (2003). "Falun Gong and the Internet: Evangelism, Community, and Struggle for Survival." Nova Religio 6(2): 277-293
Bell, S. J. and M. Halperin (1991). "M&a moves abroad: databases for researching cross-border deals. (Mergers and acquisitions)." Database 14(5): 20 (13 pages)
Bell, T. E., D. Dooling, et al. (2000). Engineering tomorrow : today's technology experts envision the next century. Piscataway, NJ, IEEE Press
"How can we ensure that technology is humane and not inane? Can nations mount an effective defense without having to shoot? When computer intelligence exceeds human intelligence, what will it mean to be human? If you could 'uninvent' one technology, which would you choose - and why? How can we prevent ourselves from drowning in high-tech waste? Why should engineers take the long view?" "These questions and many more are explored in Engineering Tomorrow: Today's Technology Experts Envision the Next Century by 50 world-renowned experts in all disciplines of science and technology."--BOOK JACKET.
Beller, M., Y. J. Katz, et al. (1996). Integrating new technologies in distance education- pedagogical, social and technological aspects
Bellia, P. L., P. S. Berman, et al. (2003). Cyberlaw : problems of policy and jurisprudence in the information age. St. Paul, MN, Thomson/West
Bellinger, R. (1997). "Southern Calif. market rebounds - and then some. (American Electronics Association's survey of high-tech jobs) (Industry Trend or Event)." Electronic Engineering Times.: 114(1)
Bellingham, R. (2001). The manager's pocket guide to corporate culture change. Amherst, Mass., HRD Press.http://silk.library.umass.edu:2048/login?url=http://www.books24x7.com/marc.asp?isbn=087425616X
Belsky, M. H. (2002). The Rehnquist court : a retrospective. New York ; Oxford, Oxford University Press
Belson, D. (1994). The Network Nation Revisited.http://www.stevens-tech.edu/~dbelson/thesis/thesis.html
So ends the preface to The Network Nation, the seminal 1978 text on Computer Mediated Communication, written by Starr Roxanne Hiltz and Murray Turoff. Hiltz and Turoff, already experts in the field of Computer Mediated Communication in 1978, drew on their experiences to that time, and prognosticated what they felt the future of Computer Mediated Communication would be. Their predictions were: Computerized conferencing will be a prominent form of communications in most organizations by the mid-1980s. By the mid-1990s, it will be as widely used in society as the telephone today. It will offer a home recreational use that will make significant inroads into TV viewing patterns. It will have dramatic psychological and sociological impacts on various group communication objectives and processes. It will be cheaper than mails or long distance telephone voice communications. It will offer major opportunities to disadvantaged groups in the society to acquire the skills and social ties they need to become full members of the society. It will have dramatic impacts on the degree of centralization or decentralization possible in organizations. It will become a fundamental mechanism for individuals to form groups having common concerns, interests or purposes. It will facilitate working at home for a large percentage of the work force during at least half of their normal work week. It will have a dramatic impact upon the formation of political and special interest groups. It will open the doors to new and unique types of services. It will indirectly allow for sizable amounts of energy conservation through substitution of communication for travel. It will dramatically alter the nature of social science research concerned with the study of human systems and human communication processes. It will facilitate a richness and variability of human groupings and relationships almost impossible to comprehend. In my thesis, I will be examining each of the 14 predictions made by Hiltz and Turoff, and will evaluate each of them relative to the developments that have taken place with regards to Computer Mediated Communication over the past 16 years. I hope to determine if sufficient growth has taken place for 'the Network Nation' to become a reality, or if additional time is necessary for it to come to fruition.
Belton, R. J. (2001). Sights of resistance : approaches to Canadian visual culture. Calgary, University of Calgary Press: vii, 398
Beltz, C. (1997). "Where is Information Technology taking us? Global Telecommunications Rules: The Race with Technology." Issues in Science and Technology.http://www.nap.edu/issues/13.3/beltz.htm
Bendell, J. (2000). Terms for endearment : business, NGOs and sustainable development. Sheffield, UK, Greenleaf
Bendle, M. F. (2002). "Teleportation, Cyborgs and the Posthuman Ideology." Social Semiotics 12(1): 45
Benech, I. (2001). Le guide de la formation en ligne. Puteaux, Rebondir
Benedikt, M. (1991). Cyberspace: First Steps, The MIT Press
Benedikt, M., S. M. Marson, et al. (1991). "Cyberspace: First Steps
Ethical interaction in cyberspace for social work practice." Advances in Social Work 1(1): 27-42
The nature of ethics on the Internet may be confusing to some social workers because of the unique characteristics of client contacts in cyberspace. This article addresses three basic issues or questions that clarify the ethical relationships among clients, other professionals, and the Internet. These include: (1) What must I do to maintain professional ethical standards on the Internet? (2) How do I deal with the unethical interaction of others within cyberspace? (3) How do I examine and analyze ethical issues with no clear guidelines? (Journal abstract.)
Benesko, G. G. (1997). Inter-corporate business engineering : streamlining the business cycle from end to end. Cary, N.C. :, Research Triangle Consultants,
Bengston, W. F. (1987). "Software Reviews: SHOWCASE: Demonstrating Sociology Live in the Classroom." Social Science Microcomputing Review 5(1): 86-87
Bennahum, D. S. (1998). "The Hot New Medium Is ... Email." Wired 6(04).http://www.wired.com/wired/archive/6.04/es_lists.html
List publishing is not merely information delivered to your mailbox, it's the devolution of mass media into the hands of everyday people. And it's growing faster than the Web.
Bennahum, D. S. (1998). Extra life : coming of age in cyberspace. New York, Basic Books
Bennahum, D. S. (2000). Extra life : coming of age in cyberspace. New York, Basic Books
Benner, C. (1999). Silicon Valley Labor markets: Overview of Structure, Dynamics and Outcomes for Workers
Bennett, C. and C. D. Raab (1997). "The adequacy of privacy: The European Union data protection directive and the North American response." The Information Society 13(3): 245-264
Bennett, F. (1999). "Education and the Future." Educational Technology & Society 2(1).http://ifets.ieee.org/periodical/vol_1_99/fbennett_short_article.html
(Annotated by SRI International) This is a conceptual paper where the author expects that the computer will make education, whether it is K-12 or higher education, more effective, accessible, and interactive. It is noted that for the proper use of computers in education, the roles of teachers and university faculty need to be changed and continuous staff development is required.
Bennett, T. (1998). "Pedagogic Objects, Clean Eyes, and Popular Instruction: On Sensory Regimes and Museum Didactics." Configurations 6(3): 345-371.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/configurations/v006/6.3bennett.html
Bennett, W. L. and R. M. Entman, Eds. (2001). Mediated politics : communication in the future of democracy. Communication, society and politics. Cambridge, U.K. ; New York, Cambridge University Press
Benotsch, E. G., S. Kalichman, et al. (2002). "Men who have met sex partners via the Internet: Prevalence, predictors, and implications for HIV prevention." Archives of Sexual Behavior(31): 177-183
Bensaou, M. and N. Venkatraman (1996). "Inter-organizational relationships and information technology: a conceptual synthesis and a research framework." European Journal of Information Systems 5: 84-91
Benschop, A. (1987). Web History: Building Blocks of a historical-sociology of the Internet.http://www2.fmg.uva.nl/sociosite/websoc/history.html
Essays on the social, cultural and political peculiarities of the internet. English, and (extended)
Benschop, A. (1997). Anthropology of the Internet: Building Blocks of a CyberAnthropology.http://www2.fmg.uva.nl/sociosite/websoc/anthropology.html
Benschop, A. (1998). Learning at Distance: Building Blocks of a Web Sociology.http://www2.fmg.uva.nl/sociosite/websoc/education.html
Benschop, A. (2003). CyberCapitalism: "We Mean Business ...": Building Blocks of a Web Economy.http://www2.fmg.uva.nl/sociosite/websoc/economy.html
Benschop, A. (2003). Death in Cyberspace: Funeral and mourning practices on the internet.http://www2.fmg.uva.nl/sociosite/websoc/death.html
Benschop, A. (2003). NetLove and CyberSex: The (im)possibilities of bodiless intimacy.http://www2.fmg.uva.nl/sociosite/websoc/love.html
Benschop, A. (2003). Peculiarities of Cyberspace: Building Blocks for an Internet Sociology.http://www2.fmg.uva.nl/sociosite/websoc/indexE.html
Essays on the social, cultural and political peculiarities of the internet. English, and (extended)
Benschop, A. (2003). Virtual Communities: Networks of the future.http://www2.fmg.uva.nl/sociosite/websoc/network.html
Essay on the peculiarities of virtual social relations, communities and networks.
Benschop, A. (2004). The future of the semantic web.http://www2.fmg.uva.nl/sociosite/websoc/semantic.html
Essay on the peculiarities of virtual social relations, communities and networks.
Benschop, A. (2004). Internet Use(rs): Demography and Geography of the Internet.http://www2.fmg.uva.nl/sociosite/websoc/demography.html
Benson, S. P. (1997). Village people? postmodern to postmodem [cultural issues and communications
Bentley, M. (1997). Companion to historiography. London ; New York, Routledge
Bentley, R. A. and H. D. G. Maschner (2000). "A Growing Network of Ideas." Fractals 8((3)): 227-37
Bentley, T. (1999). "Computer talk: workflow systems." Management Accounting-London 77: 54
Berelson, B. (1952). Content Analysis in Communication Research. Glencoe, Free Press
"An oldie but goodie," Berelson's book is mainly focused on the early uses of content analysis - the tracking of public opinion (in the days before "scientific polling"), the monitoring of wartime (and other) propaganda, and the analysis of trends in journalism. After reading it, one is likely to be amazed at how complete and mature a field of research content analysis was at this stage - and how surprisingly little its techniques have advanced since, except for computerization. Berelson discusses the uses of content analysis, and is frank about the "technical problems" involved with it (under the constraints of the technology of that era.) Also valuable for its massive bibliography, showing early forms of content analysis used as far back as the previous century.--Steve Mizrach, CONTENT ANALYSIS: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY
Berenstain, S. and J. Berenstain (1999). The Berenstain Bears lost in cyberspace. New York, Random House.http://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/random048/98046400.html
When Brother Bear and his classmates get laptop computers as a school experiment, they become lost in cyberspace, cruising chat rooms, exchanging email, clicking onto web sites, and neglecting their friends and family.
Berger, W. (2001). Advertising today. London, Phaidon
"More than a means of moving merchandise, advertising has been increasingly recognized not only as an art form all its own, but also as a central, defining element of popular culture. Advertising Today provides a thematic overview of the evolution of advertising around the world over the past thirty years, charting influences ranging from the political and social upheavals of the 1960s to the appropriation of cinematic production techniques and special effects in the 1980s, to the influence of the Internet in the 1990s. Each chapter includes an interview with a key figure in advertising - including Italy's Oliviero Toscani of the controversial Benetton campaigns, the award-winning Brazilian Nizan Guanaes, American comedian and American Express spokesperson Jerry Seinfeld, and British adman John Hegarty of Bartle Bogle Hegarty, creator of world-famous Levi's ads. In analyzing specific advertisements and ad campaigns, the book acts simultaneously as a history of global pop culture and a record of the social, cultural, and geopolitical changes that affect the image-saturated environment around us. Included are more than 400 advertisements originally seen in a wide range of media - print, television, billboards, and the Internet - as well as the recent, so-called guerilla advertising, in which practically anything (pieces of fruit, sand dunes on a beach, stenciled sidewalks) can act as a surface for promoting a product."--BOOK JACKET.
Berghel, H. (1999). "Value-Added Publishing." Communications of the ACM 42(1): 19-23
Bergin, S. (1997). "Make your warehouse deliver." Transportation & Distribution 38: 95-102
Bergin, T. J. (1987). "Curriculum Considerations for Information Systems Programs in the Social Sciences." Social Science Microcomputing Review 5(1): 39-51
Bergstrom, T. (2001). Journal Pricing and Journal Refereeing: a Lysistratan Scheme.http://www.econ.ucsb.edu/~tedb/.
Berinstein, P. and S. Feldman (1996). Finding images online : online user's guide to image searching in cyberspace. Wilton, CT, Pemberton Press : Distributed to the trade by Indepedent Publishers Group
Berlanstein, L. R. and American Council of Learned Societies. (2001). Daughters of Eve a cultural history of French theater women from the Old Regime to the fin de siècle. Cambridge, Mass., Harvard University Press.http://name.umdl.umich.edu/HEB02134
Berman, E., J. Bound, et al. (1998). "Implications of Skill-Biased Technological Change: International Evidence." Quarterly Journal of Economics 113: 1245-1279
Berman, J. and B. Amy (2001). "The Turing Game: Exploring Identity in an Online Environment." Convergence 7(3): 83-102
http://www.cc.gatech.edu/fac/Amy.Bruckman/papers/convergence-tg-01.pdf
Berman, J. and A. Bruckman (2001). "The Turing Game: Exploring Identity in an Online Environment." Convergence 7(3): 83-102
Berman, J. and D. J. Weitzner (1997). "Directing Policy-Making Around the Net's Metaphor." Communications of the ACM 40: 83-84
Ignorance and fear have caused policy makers around the world to make repressive efforts at controlling the Internet. Educating those who make decisions about the Internet will result in more Internet- friendly policies.
Berman, T. (1989). "The goal and value of work - an analysis of ideological views espoused by the swedish-trade-union-confederation, the swedish-central-organization-of-salaried-employees, and the swedish-employers-confederation in the debate during the 1970s centering around the organization of the work force and the process of computerization - swedish - grenholm,ch." Contemporary Sociology-a Journal of Reviews V18(N1): 60
Bermudez, E. and G. Martinez (2001). "Cultural Studies in the Era of Cyberspace." Convergencia 8(26): 11
Bernard, H. R. E., Michael J. (1983). "New microcomputer techniques for anthropologists." Human Organization 42: 182
In this short article, Bernard and Evans attempt to bring some "new" computer applications to the awareness of their applied anthropology colleagues. While their discussion of new statistical analysis packages and word processors that handle foreign language alphabets is undeniably helpful, anthropologists interested in content analysis will be most interested in the part of the article that discusses a "new" software package for coding and editing field notes on "memory-limited microcomputers" using a "database management system" approach. ----Steve Mizrach, CONTENT ANALYSIS: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY
Bernstein, C.-. (1996). "Community and the Individual Talent." Diacritics 26(3-4): 176-195.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/diacritics/v026/26.3-4bernstein01.html
Bernstein, M. (1998). "The virtual classroom: a promising solution for teaching technology." Hrmagazine 43: 30-33
Berquist, L. and A. E. Grant (1999). Exploring the emerging municipal information infrastructure.http://ksgwww.harvard.edu/iip/doeconf/grant.html
As federal communication policy focuses on the development of a nation-wide National Information Infrastructure (NII) and the implementation of the Telecommunication Act of 1996, many local municipalities have taken initiatives to ensure the development of an advanced telecommunication infrastructure is available to their citizens, business, and institutions. These initiatives have been prompted by a number of factors including the prospect of local telecommunication competition, concerns about the integrity of city-controlled rights-of-way as many competing telecommunication firms build their own exclusive telecommunication networks, the continuing belief that advanced telecommunication infrastructure contributes to local economic development (in an increasingly competitive technological economy), the emergence of power utilities as telecommunication providers with energy information services, and the gradual maturing of digital telecommunication technologies.
Berra, M. and A. R. Meo (2000). "Free Software: Quality through Cooperation." Quaderni di Sociologia 44(23): 5
Berry, C. (1997). "The Bleeding Edge." Wired 5(10).http://www.wired.com/wired/archive/5.10/es_gaming.html
If you're looking for what's next in online technology and commerce, just follow the gamers.
Berry, S. (2000). "'full and Open Access' to Scientific Information: an Academic's View." Learned Publishing 13(1): 37-42
Berson Ilene, R., J. Berson Michael, et al. (2002). "Emerging risks of violence in the digital age: Lessons for educators from an online study of adolescent girls in the United States."
This study examines cyberviolence through an investigation of the risks and benefits of online interaction among adolescent girls. A Web-based survey, developed and placed on the <I>Seventeen<D> magazine Web site between May and June, 1999, was completed by 10,800 girls, ages 12 to 18 years. A significant number of adolescent girls are engaging in very risky activities when online and continue potentially risky offline practices as a result of these online interactions. In particular, these experiences challenge students to confront choices conflicting with the development of attitudes, values, and social functioning. There also appears to be a lapse in preventative intervention to create and maintain awareness and safety for young people. In a medium devoid of standards for conduct and codes of ethics, therefore, many young people falter in the quality of their online interactions with others, demonstrating instead a paucity of respect, responsibility, honesty, kindness, justice, or tolerance. Recognizing these threats to children in cyberspace is an important first step in developing constructive solutions and a plan of action that fosters protective and productive learning experiences for youth.
Bertin, L. and P. Krass (1998). "Coping with the people challenge." Informationweek: 41-46
Bertrand-Hines, T. A. (2000). Learning Styles and Preferred Instructional Technologies of Students at a Distance., (Doctoral dissertation, The University of New Mexico, 2000). Dissertation Abstracts International-A 61/07
(Annotated by SRI International) The researcher sent letters and surveys to the study participants to investigate whether there is a relationship between the learning styles of students at a distance and their preferred instructional media. Students in three distance education programs at The University of New Mexico participated. The Kolb (1985) Learning Style Inventory was used to identify the learning style of each participant. A learner profile, constructed by the researcher, was used to gather demographic information for each student and to identify her or his preferred instructional media. The statistical analysis showed no significant relationship, though a possible trend was identified among the learning styles of Convergers and Divergers. The post-hoc analysis revealed other possible relationships among the three media attributes: visual, tactile, and didactic. Information obtained from this research could be useful to direct the instructional design, the delivery methods, the choice of instructional technology, the approach to specific content, the counseling of students at a distance, and the development of admissions criteria of a distance education program.
Besen, S. M. (1984). "The regulation of telecommunications networks." The Information Society 2(3): 359-380
Besher, A. (1999). Chi : a novel of virtual reality. New York, Simon & Schuster
Betcherman, G. (1990). "Computer technology, work, and society." Canadian Journal of Sociology-Cahiers Canadiens De Sociologie V15(N2): 195-201
Bewayo, E. D. Electronic management: exploring its impact on small business, Association for Computing.http://www.acm.org/pubs/citations/proceedings/cas/199544/p162-bewayo/
Beynon, J. and D. Dunkerley (2000). "Globalization: the Reader."
Bezos, J. (1998). Amazon.com books [videorecording] : Lake Forest College. P. A. V. A. C.-S. T. n. A. B. D. L. o. Entrepreneurship, P. A. V. A. C.-S. T. n. A. B. D. L. o. Entrepreneurship and P. A. V. A. C.-S. T. n. A. B. D. L. o. Entrepreneurship. [Lafayette, Ind.] :, Purdue University Public Affairs Video Archives,
Bhardwaj, K. k., P. Chandran, et al. (1998). "Large scale development of learning materials: critical issues." Educational Technology, Research and Development vol.46,(no.2): 101-10
Bhate, A. (2001). "Objective modeling of culture." 253
This dissertation is first about Objective Modeling of culture, and subsequently, about Objective Modeling of Organizational Culture. It connects the modeling technique used in Information Technology to the Management of Organizations, specifically, their Culture. To begin with, a detailed review of Culture, as studied in the field of Anthropology is presented. Problems faced today by Cultural Anthropology are discussed. It is claimed that the technique of Objective Modeling can provide a way towards solving these problems. A detailed discussion of Objective Modeling follows. This includes the concept of layered architecture, object classes, object meta-models, and contracts. New types of the following are developed and presented: (a) new object-relationships, (b) new meta-models, and (c) new types of contracts. Then, how to apply the modeling technique to culture in general (culture-at-large) is shown by breaking-up culture into five fundamental perspectives, which are further broken into 20 constitutive component classes. Each one of these components is a class of object classes. This leads to a <italic>Thick Description </italic> of Culture, useful to both, anthropologists and managers. Further, a 7 component meta-model for Organizational Culture is developed and the relationship between these 7 components and the 20 components of culture-at-large is established. Using these meta-models, new meta-models for IT systems in industrial corporations are developed and the changes brought by the <italic> culture of the internet</italic> are considered. Consequent changes brought by these in turn, into the culture of Corporate Management are then considered, and the utility and efficacy of Objective Modeling in the management process are shown. Finally, a practical example of modeling IT in manufacturing industry is presented.
Bhatnagar, S. C. and M. Odedra (1992). Social implications of computers in developing countries. New Delhi ; New York :, Tata McGraw-Hill Pub. Co.,
Bhattacharjee, S., R. D. Gopal, et al. (2003). "Digital Music and Online Sharing: Software Piracy 2.0?: Considering the similarities and unique characteristics of online file sharing and software piracy." Communications of the Acm 46(7): 107-111
Rapid advances in Internet connectivity and digital compression technologies have
Bhattacherjee, A. and R. Hirschheim (1997). "It and organizational change: lessons from client/server technology implementation." Journal of General Management 23: 31-46
Bhatti-Sinclair, K. (1995). "Race equality and information technology in Europe." Computers in Human Services Vol 12(1-2): 37-52
Bhopal, M. and M. Hitchcock (2002). ASEAN business in crisis. London ; Portland, OR, F. Cass
Bi, X. J. (2000). Instructional design attributes of Web-based courses., (Doctoral dissertation, Ohio University, 2000). Dissertation Abstracts International-A, 61/07
(Annotated by SRI International) With advances in computer technology, revitalized efforts have taken place in the fields of knowledge engineering, expert systems, and multimedia educational technology. There is, however, no specific instructional design model or theory originally created for Web-based instruction. Applying instructional design theories to Web course development, this dissertation researcher conducted a qualitative research study to examine the experiences of faculty, distance learners, instructional designers/developers and distance program administrators in Web course design and delivery. At the three sample institutions of higher education, the researcher explored what components affect Web-based course design, what components contribute to the comprehension of online instruction and student learning, and the relationships between these major areas in Web-based courses --- instructional design, course development, content delivery, and administrative support. Findings show the Web-based course requires a team effort. Also, effective instruction with technology depends on several interacting elements --- whether course design delivers specific instructional goals and desired learning outcomes; the effectiveness of faculty members; timely feedback from an instructor or a professor; and the quality of the tutorial materials for distance students.
Biber, J. K., D. Doverspike, et al. (2002). "Sexual harassment in online communications: Effects of gender and discourse medium." CyberPsychology & Behavior(5): 33-42
Bickers, C. (1998). "Sign in cyberspace." Far Eastern Economic Review 161: 65-66
Bickers, C. (1998). "Check this out." Far Eastern Economic Review 161: 64
Bickers, C. and B. Gilley (1999). "Asia's race to go digital." Far Eastern Economic Review 162: 8-12 July 1.http://jolis.worldbankimflib.org/uhtbin2/UMIperiod.pl?23566
Bicket, D. and University of Washington. School of Communications. (1997). k.i.s.s. of the penopticon. [Seattle, Wash.], University of Washington, School of Communications.Connect to Internet resource http://www.geneseo.edu/~bicket/panop/home.htm
A cultural theory and new media literacy Web site maintained by Dougie Bicket through the New Media Research Lab at the University of Washington's School of Communications.
Bide, M., C. Oppenheim, et al. (1998). "Charging Mechanisms for Digitized Texts." Learned Publishing 11: 109-118
Biebuyck, B. (2000). "Du folklore au cyberlore: paroles electroniques, avez-vous donc une ame?" Cahiers de litterarure orale 47: 43-94
In thematic issue 'P[Division sign]roles2000.clo' with introduction by M Bacou and B Biebuyck; English summary.
Biegel, S. and NetLibrary Inc. (2001). Beyond our control? : confronting the limits of our legal system in the age of cyberspace. Cambridge, Mass., MIT Press.http://www.netLibrary.com/urlapi.asp?action=summary&v=1&bookid=78209
Bigman, A. and W. Peter (1998). Defining the Technical and Scientific Information Package of the Future.
Bikson, T. K. and R. H. Anderson (1998). E-Commerce : a revolution in the making for consumers, firms, and nations. R. Coporation. Santa Monica, Calif. :, RAND,
Bikson, T. K. and S. A. Law (1993). "Electronic information media and records management methods: A survey of practices in United Nations organizations." The Information Society 9(2): 125-144
Bikson, T. K. and S. A. Law (1993). "Electronic mail use at the World Bank: Messages from users." The Information Society 9(2): 89-124
Bimber, B. (1998). "The Internet and Political Transformation: Populism, Community, and Accelerated Pluralism." Polity XXXI(1; Fall): 133-160
Binder, A. S. (2000). "The Internet and The New Economy." Brookings Policy Brief #60.www.brookings.edu/comm/PolicyBriefs/pb060/pb60.htm
Binik, Y. M. (2001). "Sexuality and the Internet: Lots of hyp(otheses) only a little data." Journal of Sex Research 38: 281-293
Birch, D. (1999). "Cultural Politics and the Image Revolution." Social Semiotics 9(1): 123
Bird, J.-. (2003). ""I Wish To Speak to the Despisers Of The Body": The Internet, Physicality, and Psychoanalysis." Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society 8(1): 121-126.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/journal_for_the_psychoanalysis_of_culture_and_society/v008/8.1bird.html
Bird, S. E. (1999). "Chatting on Cynthia's Porch: Creating Community in an E-mail Fan Group." The Southern Communication Journal 65 (fall)(1): 49-65
Bird, S. E. (1999). "Chatting on Cynthia's Porch: Building Community in an Internet Fan Culture." Southern Communication Journal 65(1): 49-65
Bird, S. E. (2003). The Audience in Everyday Life: Living in a Media World. New York, Routledge
Bird, S. E. (2003). Piecing A Cyber-Quilt: Media Fans in an Electronic Community. The Audience in Everyday Life: Living in a Media World. S. E. Bird. New York and London, Routledge: 51-85
#4
Bird, S. E. and J. Barber (2002). Constructing a virtual ethnography. Doing Cultural Anthropology: Projects for Ethnographic Data Collection. M. Angrosino. Prospect Heights, IL, Waveland: 129-139
Bird, S. E. J., J. (2002). Extending the school day: Gender, class and the Incorporation of technology in everyday Life. Women and Everyday Uses of the Internet: Agency and Identity. M. P. Consalvo, S. New York, Peter Lang: 255-74
Birdsall, W. F. (1996). The Internet and the Ideology of Information Technology, http://www.isoc.org/isoc/whatis/conferences/inet/96/proceedings/e3/e3_2.htm
Birdsall, W. F. (1997). "The Ideology of Information Technology." Queen's Quarterly 104(Summer): 287-299
Birdsall, W. F. (1999). Policy and Participation on the Canadian Information Highway, Firstmonday. 4.: www.firstmonday.dk/issues/issue4_3/birdsall/index.html
Birman, J. S. (2000). "Scientific Publishing: a Mathematician's Viewpoint." Notices of the American Mathematics Association 47: 770-77
Birnbaum, M. H. (2004). "Human Research and Data Collection Via the Internet." Annual Review of Psychology 55: 813-832
Advantages and disadvantages of Web and lab research are reviewed.
Biro, Y. (1996). "A Review of Régis Debray's Vie et Mort de l'Image: Une histoire du regard en Occident." Wide Angle 18(1): 69-73.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/wide_angle/v018/18.1br_debray.html
Birringer, J. H. (1999). "Contemporary Performance/Technology." Theatre Journal 51(4): 361-381.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/theatre_journal/v051/51.4birringer.html
Bishop, B. (1998). Strategic marketing for the digital age. Lincolnwood, Chicago, Illinois, USA :, American Marketing Association : NTC Business Books,
Bishop, B. (1999). Global marketing for the digital age. Lincolnwood, Ill. :, NTC Business Books,
Bishop, L. and D. I. Levine (1999). "Computer-mediated communication as employee voice: a case study." Industrial & Labor Relations Review 52: 213-233
Bix, A. S. (2000). Inventing Ourselves Out of a Job? America's Debate Over Technological Unemployment, 1929-1981. Baltimore, MD, Johns Hopkins University Press
Bj”rk, B.-C. and Z. Turk (2000). "How Scientists Retrieve Publications: an Empirical Study of How the Internet Is Overtaking Paper Media." Journal of Electronic Publishing 6(2).http://www.press.umich.edu/jep.
Bjerknes, G. (1992). "Dialectical reflections on information systems development." Scandinavian Journal of Information Systems 4: 55-78
Bjerknes, G., P. Ehn, et al. (1987). Computers and democracy: A Scandinavian challenge. Aldershot, Avebury
Bjorn-Andersen, N., E. Mumford, et al. (1982). Information society: for Richer, for poorer. Amsterdam, North Holland
Black, A. (2001). "The Victorian Information Society: Surveillance, Bureaucracy and Public Librarianship in Nineteenth-Century Britain." The Information Society 17(1): 63-80
Contrary to the ‘retro’ image often awarded them, and despite their continuing enthusiasm and responsibility for the organization of printed materials, librarians are upbeat about the prospects of an information society driven primarily by electronic technologies, but in which libraries can play an important part. Public librarians detect a natural correlation between the historic democratic mission of their institution and the increased accessibility made possible by digitalized sources. The library community’s acceptance of the information society idea as a ‘given’ social phenomenon supports discourses which play down historical continuities and herald the dawn of a new age. Such discourses ignore or reject historical evidence which points to the existence of past information societies, revolutions and infrastructures defined, in part, by the operation of indirect surveillance, constituted by the bureaucratic information systems of modernity. Victorian Britain serves as a good example of an early information society, to which public libraries, themselves micro-information societies, contributed significantly. The role played by public librarians in the Victorian information society, illustrated in this paper by evidence drawn from the contemporary library press, is seen in their preoccupation with the surveillance and ordering of knowledge; their adoption for library operations of the business-like, bureaucratic procedures described recently by business historians; and their panoptic tracking of users and their activities.
Black, D. (2001). "Internet radio: a case study in medium specifity." Media, Culture & Society 23(3): 397 -- 408
Black, L. M. (1999). Through the Eyes of Students: What is the Meaning of Learning at a Distance?
(Annotated by SRI International) This paper examines phenomenologically the meaning of learning at a distance for 25 students who completed a variety of Internet-based courses. Asynchronous communication supported the courses which Ziff Davis University and The University of Phoenix delivered to Navy Fleet Material Support Office (FMSO) personnel/students in 1999. The students studied in the Learning Center (a home-away-from-home), at home, and on workplace PCs. Four major areas of findings emerged from the data analysis: (1) instructor skills impact learning; (2) interpersonal social dynamics influence the learning process; (3) instructional design facilitates or impedes learning; (4) technology can mean barriers to learning.
Black, S. E. and L. M. Lynch (1997). How to compete : the impact of workplace practices and information technology on productivity. N. B. o. E. Research. Cambridge, MA :, National Bureau of Economic Research,
Black, S. E. and L. M. Lynch (2000). Cambridge, MA, National Bureau of Economic Research
Black, S. H. and D. A. Marchand (1982). "Assessing the value of information in organizations: a challenge for the 1980s." The Information Society 1(3): 191-226
Black, S. W. (1998). Globalization, technological change, and labor markets. Boston :, Kluwer,
Blackmar, E.-. (2001). "Modernist Ruins." American Quarterly 53(2): 324-339.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/american_quarterly/v053/53.2blackmar.html
Blackmore, S. J. (1999). The meme machine. New York, Oxford University Press
"Uniquely among animals, humans are capable of imitation and so can copy from one another ideas, habits, skills, behaviours, inventions, songs and stories. These are all memes, a term first coined by Richard Dawkins in 1976 at the end of his book The Selfish Gene. Like genes, memes are replicators, competing to get into as many brains as possible, and this memetic competition has fashioned our minds and culture, just as natural selection has designed our bodies. We are what the memes have made us: we are all of us meme machines." "Can the analogy between memes and genes do useful work? Can it lead us to powerful new theories that actually explain anything important?" "This book ends by confronting the deepest questions of all about ourselves: the nature of the inner self, the part of us that is the centre of our consciousness, that feels emotions, has memories, holds beliefs and makes decisions. Susan Blackmore makes a compelling case that this inner self, the 'inner me', is an illusion, a creation of the memes for the sake of their own replication."--BOOK JACKET.
Blackmore, T. (2003). "Rotor Hearts: The Helicopter as Postmodern War's Pacemaker." Public Culture 15(1): 90-102.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/public_culture/v015/15.1blackmore.html
Blackwell, J. K. (1996). "One degree of separation Advances in technology and their impact on money, banks and the urban poor." Vital Speeches of the Day 63(5): 134-135
Blair, K. and P. Takayoshi (1999). Feminist cyberscapes : mapping gendered academic spaces. Stamford, Conn., Ablex Pub.
"In addition to 13 essays exploring the varying virtual, physical, cultural, and institutional contexts influencing the nature of electronic space for women, Feminist Cyberscapes contains individual interviews with Gail Hawisher, Cynthia Selfe, Helen Schwartz, a joint interview with Mary Lay and Elizabeth Tebeaux, and a MOO dialogue among the contributors. This collection helps to historicize not only the development of computers and composition as a field but also the impact of technology on the professional lives of women teachers and scholars."--BOOK JACKET.
Blake, V. L. P. and T. T. Surprenant (1990). "Electronic immigrants in the information age: Public policy considerations." The Information Society 7(3): 233-244
Blakesley, D. E., Doug; Hawk, Byron; Palmquist, Mike; Taylor, Todd (2002). "Facing the Future of Electronic Publishing." Enculturation 4(1).http://enculturation.gmu.edu/4_1/intro
The story is already out. Academic publishing on all fronts is in the midst of a sea-change. As with most momentous shifts in the nature of communication, the causes of this change are complex and often misunderstood, and its implications have been painfully slow to materialize. Nevertheless, the future of academic publishing is already upon us. How will we respond?
The change has two dimensions: 1) With the sudden and dramatic development of the possibilities for electronic communication and publication that we have witnessed in the past ten years, new options for communicating with each other have fostered new modes of disseminating ideas: synchronous and asynchronous discussion (chats, MOOs, email discussion lists, web boards, news groups; videoconferencing); electronic document cycling (email attachments, annotation tools, file exchange); and electronic publication (eJournals, eBooks, digital repositories, print-on-demand, CD-ROMs, digital video). What are the implications of these new forms of communication for scholarly publishing? What impact do they have on the social and professional lives of teachers, writers, and scholars? As disciplinary practitoners whose livelihood depends on our ability to disseminate information, we need to consider carefully not only how we answer these questions, but also whether we do so when the time is ripe or whether we wait until we've already missed the boat. New technologies have already changed the nature and forms of communication. We need to watch (or act) now to see if the culture that supports academic research and publishing can change, too.
Blanchard, A. (1998). "Virtual Communities and Social Capital." Social Science Computer Review 16(3): 293-307
Blanchard, A. and T. Horan (1998). "Virtual Communities and Social Capital." Social Science Computer Review 16(3, Fall): 293-307
Blanchard, K. H., M. J. O'Connor, et al. (1997). Managing by values. San Francisco, Berrett-Koehler Publishers.http://silk.library.umass.edu:2048/login?url=http://www.books24x7.com/marc.asp?isbn=1576750078
Blanchette, J.-F. and D. Johnson (2002). "Data Retention and the Panoptic Society: The Social Benefits of Forgetfulness." The Information Society 18(1): 33-46
Modern information systems not only capture a seemingly endless amount of transactional data, but also tend to retain it for indefinite periods of time. We argue that privacy policies must address not only collection and access to transactional information, but also its timely disposal. One unintended side-effect of data retention is the disappearance of social forgetfulness, which allows individuals a second chance, the opportunity for a fresh start in life. We examine three domains in which social policy has explicitly recognized the importance of such a principle: bankruptcy law, juvenile crime records, and credit reports. In each case, we frame the issue in terms the social benefits of forgetfulness, rather than in terms of individual privacy protection. We examine how different policy approaches to privacy might handle the retention of data and propose a comprehensive policy that includes a variety of strategies. The broad conclusion of the paper is that data retention and disposal should be addressed as a part of a broader and comprehensive policy approach rather than in a piecemeal fashion, or as an afterthought.
Blank, G. (1997). "The Road Ahead - Observations on the Role of the Internet." Social Science Computer Review 15(2): 190-195
Blank, S. and University of Toronto. Centre for International Studies (1997). Politics and economics of cyberspace : a perspective on corporate strategy. Toronto, Centre for International Studies University of Toronto
Blattman, C., R. Jensen, et al. (2003). "Assessing the Need and Potential of Community Networking for Development in Rural India." The Information Society 19(5)
This paper reports the results and conclusions of a mixed-methods research strategy designed to assess the potential of community networking in rural Tamil Nadu, India. The data reported and analyzed in this article include socioeconomic and household spending, agricultural marketing and price search, availability and use of information on agricultural problems, and communication media use. We use these data to define a framework of existing sources of information for various community agents, with a special emphasis on farmers. We analyze the methods and costs at which these agents obtain information, and identify information and communication gaps that ICTs may help alleviate. This study allows us to demonstrate opportunities for socioeconomic development through ICT-enabled information access. The paper concludes by stating the importance of basic communication technologies and contextually relevant information services, and suggesting recommendations for future research in this area.
Blau, H. (1998). "Article: "Set Me Where You Stand": Revising the Abyss." New Literary History 29(2): 247-272.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/new_literary_history/v029/29.2blau.html
Blau, H. (2002). "The Human Nature of the Bot: a response to Philip Auslander." PAJ: A Journal of Performance and Art 24(1): 22-24.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/performing_arts_journal/v024/24.1blau.html
Bleakley, K. W. (1992). "Global information in transition: New technologies and competitive forces." The Information Society 8(2): 97-99
Blecha, B. J. (1999). "Economics: Instructional Effectiveness, the Web, and Economics." Social Science Computer Review 17(3): 275-288
The initial introduction of microcomputers failed to change economics instruction because software was unable to duplicate the degree of understanding achieved through traditional methods in a cost-effective manner. The World Wide Web and complementary technologies have fundamentally altered the cost-effectiveness of different instructional methods, but learning information models of diffusion suggest that universities must adopt explicit policies to stimulate faculty web use to overcome a learning externality associated with the new technology. Some issues of university organization related to Web technology also are discussed.
Bliss, J. B. and S. DeYoung (2002). Working the web : a guide for nurses. Upper Saddle River, NJ, Prentice Hall
Blixrud, J. C. and T. D. Jewell (1998). "Understanding Electronic Resources and Library Materials Expenditures: an Incomplete Picture." A Bimonthly Newsletter of Research Library Issues and Actions 197: 12-13
Block, A. H. and D. Richardson. (1979). Developing a Client Based Feedback System: For Improving Human Service Programs and the Mock County Experience., NTIS: 106p
Procedures for the development of a client - based feedback system for application to the improvement of human service programs are detailed, and a typical developmental experience using the procedures is reported. Two conditions essential to the systems approach improvement program are system articulation and feedback strategies. All functions of an organization must be articulated by statements that define inputs, processes, and outputs. Feedback is a two - part cyclical process consisting of program accomplishment evaluation and the initiation of corrective action. Initiating corrective action brings about changes in the attainment of strategies and objectives which are evaluated; and further corrections then are made, if necessary. Evaluation is the ongoing analysis of this feedback process to determine program effects. In developing a client - based feedback system, important considerations are defining program objectives and strategies (policy and strategy articulation), determining information requirements (program effectiveness, impact, and efficiency), and developing an information system (role of the information specialist and rules for developing a feedback system). These considerations are applied in the development of an approach to formulating a client - oriented feedback system that improves human service programs. The emphasis is on client - based information systems that incorporate feedback and the systems approach; data processing programs; the identification of agency policies and strategies; the selection of measures for program impact; effectiveness; and efficiency evaluation; and the specification of reports for line staff, supervisors, and managers in human service agencies. Data and illustrations are included.
Block, E. (2001). "Poet, Word, and World: Reality and Transcendence in the Work of Denise Levertov." Logos: A Journal of Catholic Thought and Culture 4(3): 159-184.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/logos/v004/4.3block.html
Blom, R., H. Melin, et al. (2002). "Social Contradictions of Informational Capitalism: The Case of Finnish Wage Earners and Their Labour Market Situation." The Information Society 18(5): 333-345
Along with the diffusion of ICTs, work processes are becoming ever more knowledge-intensive. In keeping with this trend, the number of informational (or knowledge) workers in Finland has more than tripled from 12 percent in 1988 to 39 percent in 2000. What makes the Finnish case unique and interesting is the exceptional speed with which the information sector of the economy has grown. A few years after facing the most severe economic recession in its history in the early 1990s, Finland is now considered to have an advanced information economy. However, our empirical analysis-based on survey data from 1988, 1994, and 2000-yields a somewhat more critical picture of the Finnish information society than what usually comes across in the mainstream media. The opportunities for social equality offered by the growth of informational work are far more limited than was the case with the transition from agricultural to industrial production.
Blomberg, J. (1996). "Designing Cyberian Landscapes." Social Science Computer Review 14(1)
Blomberg, J. and L. Suchman (1992). Field studies of work and co-design. Paper presented to PDC’92, The Participatory Design Conference, Cambridge, MA
Blomberg, J., L. Suchman, et al. (1996). "Reflections on a Work-Oriented Design Project." Human-Computer Interaction Volume 11: 237-265
Blum, K. D. (1999). "Gender Differences in Asynchronous Learning in Higher Education: Learning Styles, Participation Barriers and Communication Patterns." Journal of Asynchronous Learning Networks 3(1).http://www.aln.org/alnweb/journal/vol3_issue1/blum.htm
(Annotated by SRI International) This paper introduces an interpretative qualitative case study of asynchronous computer network-based distance education which was developed for adult professionals. The results of online student messages suggest (1) that there are gender differences between male and female students which contribute towards inequitable gender differences both similar and different from the traditional learning environment, and (2) that there are higher dispositional, situational, and institutional barriers for female distance education students. In addition, the study reports that inequity between male and female students has often been caused by gender differences in communication patterns. It concludes with the implications for practice in distance education using ALN.
Blum, K. D. (1999). Asynchronous, Computer-Mediated Communication (CMC)-Based Higher Education at a Distance: Gender Differences in Preferred Learning Styles, Participation Barriers, and Communication Patterns., (Doctoral dissertation, Walden University, 1999). Dissertation Abstracts International-A 60/11
(Annotated by SRI International) This interpretative qualitative case study of adult professionals studying for bachelor's and master's degrees contrasts asynchronous computer mediated communication (CMC)-based distance education and face-to-face courses with respect to gender differences. Male and female preferred learning styles, communication patterns, and participation barriers (Cross, 1981) were compared for differences by gender. Results of content analysis on one year of on-line student messages suggested there are gender differences between male and female distance education students. Results supported Belenky, Clinchy, Goldberger and Tarule's model of the male separate learner and the female connected learner, indicating that unlike traditional higher education, the distance education learning environment is flexible enough for gender-specific learning styles. The study indicates that males dominate the online learning environment and that dispositional, situational, and institutional barriers are higher for females than males online. Implications for practice are discussed.
Blumenstyk, G. (2000). DeVry receives accreditation to offer bachelor's degrees online.
(Annotated by SRI International) Another major commercial provider of higher education received accreditation from the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools for online versions of its bachelor's degree programs in business and IT. Aimed at adult students, who must be at least 21 years old and have completed 24 credits at traditional institution. Plans to charge $330 per credit hour compared to $235 charged for classroom-based courses, but online students complete 124 credits instead of 132 needed for classroom-based program.
Blumenstyk, G. (2000). Company that owns the university of phoenix plans for a major foreign expansion. The Chronicle of Higher Education: A44
(Annotated by SRI International) The Apollo Group announced its intention to develop, acquire, or create partnerships with institutions in Brazil, China, India, Mexico, and several other countries in Latin America and Europe, growing an overseas operation in 10 years that matches the size of its US operation, which now enrolls 75,000 students per year. Investors in the new company, Apollo International, include Kaplan Ventures, Chase Capital Partners, and some of Apollo's executives. They have raised $40 million for the venture and expect to raise a similar amount in secondary funding. They are acting "because they smell opportunity. Brazil has 2.1 million college students today. By 2008 it will have 5.1 million . In Mexico, the number of college students is expected to grow from 1.8 million to 4 million by the end of the decade . In China 21 out of 22 high-school students have no place to go for higher education." The U. of Phoenix is now the US' largest private university. Sylvan Learning Systems is also expanding its overseas operations.
Blumenstyk, G. (2000). An online university plans to present a conservative view of the world.: A49
(Annotated by SRI International) Yorktownuniversity.com is a new online university being formed by a group of politically conservative educators and activists. It will offer humanities and social science courses and degrees with a conservative orientation. Backers include Paul Weyrich, founding president of the Heritage Foundation; and, Gilbert K. Davis, lawyer for Paula Jones. Initial investors put up $200,000 and are hoping to raise an additional $2.75 million through a public offering.)
Blumenstyk, G. (2000). U of phoenix sells $70-million worth of stock in its distance-education efforts.: A54
(Annotated by SRI International) The U. of Phoenix raised $70 million on Wall Street in a stock offering tied directly to its distance education unit. This is the first market test of a public stock offering in a distance learning institution. The University's parent company, the Apollo Group, issued a tracking stock. In issuing the stock, the University noted that its online program is growing twice as fast as the on-the-ground program and that students in the online program come from 25 countries. The University's competitors include: DeVry, Inc; Harcourt Higher Education; and the 30 colleges formerly owned by Quest Education, which was acquired by Kaplan, Inc.
Blumenstyk, G. (2000). Harcourt's virtual college readies launch.: A59
(Annotated by SRI International) This major publisher has received approval to operate from the MA Board of Higher Education and will seek accreditation from the regional agency, New England Association of Schools and Colleges. It will offer degree programs in business, health science, and information technology at first. Hopes to have 50,000 to 100,000 students within five years. Expects to charge about $900 per course. Not being called Harcourt University because MA law requires institution to offer 2 doctoral degrees before using the University title. More information at http://www.harcourthighered.com).
Blumenstyk, G. (2000). How a publishing empire is changing higher education.: A43
(Annotated by SRI International) London-based Pearson PLC, the world's largest educational publisher, has developed high-profile relationships and deals affecting colleges and universities. Deals have involved the University of Cambridge, Regents College, University of Michigan, America Online, Blackboard, among others, reflecting the fact that "higher education is now a hot commodity in business circles." Three trends seem to by driving this: growth of the adult-student market; expanding opportunities to serve students from outside the US; the rise of Internet-based education. Part of Pearson's plan is to create a giant online venture called the Learning Network, as well as concentrating some of its distance education and corporate education assets in a subsidiary company, FTKnowledge. Pearson's major competitors are Houghton Mifflin, McGraw-Hill, Thomson, Harcourt (Harcourt Higher Education university), and John Wiley. Could force traditional IHEs to choose: Joint venture with them; try to fight them; let them take the territory and fall back on liberal arts education. FTKnowledge generates $110 million a year in revenues, aims to increase it to $300 to $500 million in 3-5 years.
Blumenstyk, G. and B. McMurtrie (2000). Educators lament a corporate takeover of international accreditor.: A55
(Annotated by SRI International) Glenn Jones founded the Global Alliance for Transnational Education in 1995 to offer the Good Housekeeping Seal of Approval for international education. Until recently, GATE had been run for Jones by a non-profit group, the Center for Quality Assurance in International Education, but Jones has now turned it into one of his several businesses. He says he did so to make it more businesslike and efficient and to focus it more on distance (online) education. Critics charge that now GATE is too riddled with conflicts of interest (marrying corporate and academic interests) to be credible.
Blumenthal, M. S. (1998). "Federal government initiatives and the foundations of the information technology revolution: lessons from history." American Economic Review 88: 34-39
Blumfield, M., J. Gordon, et al. (1997). "Plugging into computer training." Training 34: 14-15
Blust, R. A. (2000). "From Ancient Cham to Modern Dialects: Two Thousand Years of Language Contact and Change (review)." Oceanic Linguistics 39(2): 435-445.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/oceanic_linguistics/v039/39.2blust02.pdf
Bly, R. (1996). The sibling society. Reading, Mass., Addison-Wesley Pub.
"In The Sibling Society, Bly turns to stories as unexpected as Jack and the Beanstalk and the Hindu tale of Ganesha to illustrate and illuminate the troubled soul of our nation itself. What he shows us is a culture where adults remain children, and where children have no desire to become adults - a nation of squabbling siblings." "Through his use of poetry and myth, Bly takes us beyond the sociological statistics and tired psychobabble to see our dilemma afresh. In this sibling culture that he describes, we tolerate no one above us and have no concern for anyone below us. Like sullen teenagers we live in our peer group, glancing side to side, rather than upward, for direction. We have brought down all forms of hierarchy because hierarchy is based on power, often abused. Yet with that leveling we have also destroyed any willingness to look up or down. Without that "vertical gaze," as Bly calls it, we have no longing for the good, no deep understanding of evil. We shy away from great triumphs and deep sorrow. We have no elders and no children; no past and no future. What we are left with is spiritual flatness. The talk show replaces family. Instead of art we have the Internet. In the place of community we have the mall." "By drawing upon such magnificent spirits as Pablo Neruda, Rumi, Emily Dickinson, and Ortega y Gassett, Bly manages to show us the beautiful possibilities of human existence, even as he shows us the harshest truths. Still, his probing is deeper and more unsettling than the usual cultural criticism. He finds that our economy's stimulation of adolescent envy and greed has changed us fundamentally. The Superego that once demanded high standards in our work and in our ethics no longer demands that we be good but merely "famous," bathed in the warm glow of superficial attention. Driven by this insatiable need, and with no guidance toward the discipline required for genuine accomplishment, our young people are defeated before they begin."--BOOK JACKET.
Blyth, C. S. (1998). Untangling the Web : St Martin's guide to language & culture on the Internet. New York, NY, St. Martin's Press
Boar, B. H. (1998). "Redesigning the it organization for the information age." Information Systems Management 15: 23-30
Board, C. S. a. T. (1998). Fostering Research on the Economic and Social Impacts of Information Technology, National Academy Press
Board, C. S. a. T. (2000). The Digital Dilemma: Intellectual Property in the Information Age., Washington, D.C.
Bochonko, H. and C. Doley (2000). "The TimeLinks Image Archive: A Case Study in Using Photographic Images in Teaching about Ethnic Relations." Canadian Ethnic Studies/Etudes Ethniques au Canada 32(1): 172
Bodin, J. S. (1998). "Proximate human contact through the Internet: A technography of an intercultural global electronic learning network, I*EARN (International Education and Resource Network)."
This qualitative study investigated 20 participants who were involved with the Internet-based intercultural global electronic learning network, I*EARN (International Education And Resource Network). Participants were selected through a “snowball effect,” in which key informants referred other participants who, in turn, referred other participants, etc. Three participants groups were investigated; teachers, students and others (which included I*EARN administration, and state and district technology directors). Three sites we're selected and named accordingly to insure confidentiality: the Yucca site, the Province site, and the Other site (which included participants from the I*EARN administration as wen as the state and district technology directors). Data was collected through a variety of sources including e-mail, land-mail, face-to-face tape recorded interviews, lumaphone (speaker-phone with digitized video image), tape recorded interviews, researcher's reflective journaling, I*EARN publications, and I*EARN web pages. Because this research study followed the precepts of ethnographic methodology and data analysis, it was termed an educational “technography”—an ethnographic study of a technological phenomenon. This technographic method was derived from an emerging field of contemporary social science inquiry called science and technology studies (STS) which had its roots in social/cultural anthropology (Hess. 1992). Through data analysis of emergent themes, research findings indicated the following: (1) I*EARN provided an example of how classroom settings could use electronically enhanced learning environments to develop proximate human relationships on a global scale through intercultural communication exchanges between students as part of curriculum-based project collaboration. (2) Traditional pedagogical practices which prevailed within the schools ultimately resisted and subverted attempts to expand technology beyond classroom walls. (3) Teachers and students who were able to have successful experiences with the I*EARN program indicated an increased awareness of global issues that they were able to directly address through the I*EARN projects. They also indicated an increased sense of empowerment through direct involvement. (4) The phenomenon of electronic learning environments as part of traditional classroom pedagogy suggested the need for a paradigm shift toward transformational pedagogy. This shift would maximize opportunities for intercultural understanding through curricular telecommunication exchanges.
Boehlefeld, S. P. (1996). "Doing the right thing: Ethical cyberspace research." The Information Society 12(2): 141-152
Boehler, T. (1999). A Design Plan for Online Distance Learning Program Delivery., (Doctoral Dissertation, Pepperdine University, 1999). Dissertation Abstracts International-A 60/06
(Annotated by SRI International) To identify issues and trends in education, technology, and the World Wide Web, the dissertation researcher reviewed literature, 1,093 distance learning student surveys, and an online survey of 26 experienced distance learning faculty members'opinions. Data collected was used to design a list of 17 planning issues for online distance learning program delivery addressing the topics of change issues, adult learners, infrastructure and operations, staff support, staff training, educational design, curriculum, communications, technology, quality control, copyright, universal access, cost factors, student services, regulation and policy, and competition and marketing. Analysis of data substantiate the public has a high level of interest in distance learning and online instruction and students will have both the technological access and the inclination to enroll in Web based offerings as fast as the college can provide courses. Findings indicate experienced distance learning faculty agree online courses could be an important addition to the college offerings but are concerned that proper planning must be instituted to address faculty training, quality control, technical support, and other online program issues.
Bogdan, A. A. (1995). "The cocooning of America: technology drives people geographically apart." Planning & Zoning News. 13: 5-10
Bogdanov, D. (1999). "Information & communication technologies impact on academic curricula." Educational Technology & Society 2(1).http://ifets.ieee.org/periodical/vol_1_99/bogdanov_short_article.html
(Annotated by SRI International) This theoretical paper attempts to identify, from a rather technological position, the key factors underlying the incorporation of information and communication technologies (ICT) in education and to highlight what might be realistic expectations. From the systems design point of view, teaching methodologies, issues concerning learning infrastructure, technological capabilities, and different perspectives of key actors were discussed.
Bogdanowicz, M. (1997). "The social impacts of telecom liberalisation in europe. The productivity gains hypothesis: how do corporate users react?" Telematics and Informatics vol.14,(no.4): 357-63
Bogen, M., M. Borowski, et al. (1999). German Government Online.http://www7.scu.edu.au/programme/posters/1904/com1904.htm
The Press and Information Office of the Federal Government of Germany, the public relations department of the German Government, has been on the Web since 1996 as a complement to conventional publication methods. It acts as an entry point for the German Government referring to the Web pages and servers of the German Government itself, other German constitutional bodies, German embassies, Permanent Missions and information centers, and other German institutions. It started with existing information material, converted to HTML. Due to the national mandate and due to the information of public concern in this Web site, additional requirements had to be fulfilled: A highly automated information processing around the clock, a high security level implemented, and online ordering of booklets and actual information (Webcasting). The paper describes how we succeeded together with our co-operation partners to bring the German Government represented by the Press and Information Office into the Web. Naturally it covers only some parts of our two-years-project which ended in March, 1998.
Bohland, J., M. Papadakis, et al. (2000). Research Triangle Park, Southern Growth Policies Board
Bohland, J. R. (2002). Developing Sustainable Resource Streams in Community Technology Centers Through Partnerships: Results of A National Survey. Washington, DC, National Telecommunications and Information Administration, Technology Opportunities Program, Broad Agency Announcement No. 99-2244-05.http://www.ntia.doc.gov/top/research/vatech/virginia_tech_report.pdf
Bohme, H. (2000). "Entraumlichung und Korperlosigkeit im Cyberspace und ihre historischen Vorlaufer." MLN 115(3): 423-441.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/mln/v115/115.3bohme.html
Bohne, A. and C. W. Lang von der Lieth (2000). "Molecular Visualization Programs on the Web." Drugs of the Future 25(5): 489-500
Boies, S. C. (2002). "University students’ uses of and reactions to online sexual information and entertainment: Links to online and offline sexual behaviour." The Canadian Journal of Human Sexuality(18): 371-384
Boisot, M. (1998). Knowledge assets : securing competitive advantage in the information economy. New York :, Oxford University Press,
Boisvert, R. D. (1998). John Dewey : rethinking our time. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press
Summary: Written in a manner accessible to non-specialists, this book provides an introduction to all areas central to John Dewey's philosophy: aesthetics, social and political philosophy, education, the philosophy of religion, and theory of knowledge. Boisvert situates Dewey as a thinker who could appreciate the advance of science while remaining an "empirical naturalist" committed to the revelatory powers of lived experience.
Bol , S. H. (2003). "Ethan Katsh and Janet Rifkin, <em> Online Dispute Resolution, Resolving Conflicts in Cyberspace</em>." Artificial Intelligence and Law 11(1): 69-75.http://dx.doi.org/10.1023/B:ARTI.0000013403.91418.92
Bolhuis, H. E. v. and V. Colom (1995). Cyberspace reflections. Brussels
Concord, MA, VUB Press ;
Distributed in the US exclusively by Paul & Co. Publishers Consortium
Bollier, D. (1997). The networked society : how new technologies are transforming markets, organizations, and social relationships : a report of the fifth annual Aspen Institute Roundtable on Information Technology, Aspen, Colorado, August 15-18, 1996. C. Communications and Society Program (Aspen Institute)//=Aspen Institute Roundtable on Information Technology (5th : 1996 : Aspen and C. Communications and Society Program (Aspen Institute)//=Aspen Institute Roundtable on Information Technology (5th : 1996 : Aspen. Washington, DC :, The Aspen Institute,
Bollier, D. (1998). Work and future society : where are the economy and technology taking us? D. S. Group. Washington, DC :, The Aspen Institute,
Bollier, D. (1998). The global advance of electronic commerce : reinventing markets, management, and national sovereignty : a report of the sixth annual Aspen Institute Roundtable on Information Technology. C. A. I. C. a. S. P. A. I. Aspen Institute Roundtable on Information Technology (6th : 1998 : Aspen, C. A. I. C. a. S. P. A. I. Aspen Institute Roundtable on Information Technology (6th : 1998 : Aspen and C. A. I. C. a. S. P. A. I. Aspen Institute Roundtable on Information Technology (6th : 1998 : Aspen. Washington, D.C. :, The Aspen Institute Communications and Society Program,
Bollier, D. (2002). Silent theft : the private plunder of our common wealth. New York, Routledge
"In Silent Theft, David Bollier argues that a great untold story of our time is the staggering privatization and abuse of our common wealth. Corporations are engaged in a relentless plunder of dozens of resources that we collectively own - publicly funded medical breakthroughs, software innovation, the airwaves, the public domain of creative works, and even the DNA of plants, animals, and humans. Too often, however, our government turns a blind eye - or sometimes helps give away our assets." "Amazingly, the silent theft of our shared wealth has gone largely unnoticed because we have lost our ability to see the commons. Spooling out one outrageous story after another, Bollier skillfully weaves together debates about the Internet, the environment, biotechnology, and the communications revolution. His fresh and compelling critique illuminates a rarely explored landscape in our political and cultural life."--BOOK JACKET.
Bolter, J. D. (1991). Writing Space, the Computer, Hypertext and the History of Writing
Like Landow, Bolter explores the convergence between literary theory and the electronic hypertext. (this bookwas published in 1991 - and naturally it is worth keepinig in mind that the format of electronic texts has evolved since).
Bolter, J. D. (2000). "Avatars of the Word: From Papyrus to Cyberspace (review)." American Journal of Philology 121(2): 334-335.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/american_journal_of_philology/v121/121.2bolter.html
Bolter, J. D. G., Richard A. (1996). "Remediation." Configurations 4(3): 311-358.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/configurations/v004/4.3bolter.html
Bonchek, M. S. (1996). "From Broadcast to NetCast: The Internet and the Flow of Political Information."
A thesis on the use of internet for political participation. It explores how interactive media can be used to facilitate political participation
Bond, R. and F. Ditchley (1998). The international regulation of cyberspace. Ditchley Park, Ditchley Foundation
Bonfeld, P. (1995). "Building international agility." Chief Executive: 50-53
Bonn, M. S., W. P. Lougee, et al. (1999). "A Report on the Peak Experiment: Context and Design." 5(6).http://www.dlib.org.
Bonnevier, B. J. (2000). The social construction of self in virtual teams., (Doctoral dissertation, The Fielding Institute, 2000). Dissertation Abstracts International-A, 61/01
(Annotated by SRI International) As a participant observer in a 10-week distance learning course, the dissertation researcher explored the process of on-line construction of self for members of virtual teams. Team members were interviewed mid-trimester for their descriptions of the selves that they experienced during the course. A model of storytelling (Pearce & Pearce, 1998) was used to inquire into the selves shared and unshared with the team and to identify the on-line exchange that accompanied those selves. Four sources of on-line self were identified: The structure of the on-line conversation, the natural self preferences of team members, emergent invitations in the exchange, and voids in the interaction. Meads (1934) symbolic interactionism was then used to integrate these processes into a holistic model of the process of on-line self construction. The resulting model offers a means for understanding our on-line self construction experience and provides suggestions for those interested in modifying that experience for themselves or others with whom they work. This project extends the research on on-line self (Markham, 1999; Pratt, 1996; Turkle, 1996) to the context of on-line work teams.
Bono, J. J. J. J. (1997). "Introduction: Does the Body Matter?" Configurations 5(2): 177-187.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/configurations/v005/5.2bono.html
Bonorris, S. and V. T. Coates (1997). Digital money : industry and public policy issues. I. f. T. Assessment. Washington, D.C. :, The Institute for Technology Assessment,
Booker, E. (1993). "Medical reform could spur IS spending. (information systems) (Large Systems)." Computerworld. 27: 60(1)
Books24x7 Inc. (1999). Books24x7. [Norwood, Mass.], Books24x7 Inc.http://silk.library.umass.edu:2048/login?url=http://library.books24x7.com
Full-text electronic republication of hundreds of books and journals covering over 90 technology topics, including networking, programming languages, desktop applications, the Web and more.
Boon, J. A. (1992). "Information and development: Some reasons for failures." The Information Society 8(4): 227-242
Boon, M. (1997). "Phone Sex Is Cool: Chat Lines as Superconductors." Women and Performance 17.http://www.echonyc.com/~women/Issue17/boon.html
Boon details the routing mechanisms by which computers handle incoming phone transmissions on a phone sex chat line. Unpacking the components of the "silicon regime", the author writes an ethnography of machine-sexuality, one which collapses the boun daries of contemporary private and corporate space.
Booz-Allen and Hamilton, I., Bethesda,MD.Computer Sciences Corp.,Research Triangle Park,NC.Environmental Protection Agency,Research Triangle Park,NC. (1990). Automated Laboratory Standards: Results from Survey of Laboratory Automated Data Management Practices., NTIS: 93p
The report describes the findings of a survey of laboratories engaged in analytical chemistry in support of EPA programs and employing automated information systems to generate, analyze, and report the findings. A survey questionnaire was developed from existing standards for laboratory and automated operations. Five areas of automated technology management were addressed: organization, security, documentation, operations, and traceability. The results of the data analysis revealed that in the majority of areas surveyed, respondent laboratories were in compliance with many of the already established Good Laboratory Practice regulations (GLPs) and standards for automation. However, four areas were identified as having substantial deficiencies with respect to meeting the standards: autonomy of the quality assurance unit, system security, system documentation, and practices for data editing.
Borden, D. L. and K. Harvey (1998). The Electronic grapevine : rumor, reputation, and reporting in the new on-line environment. Mahwah, N.J., L. Erlbaum Associates
Boreen, J., D. Niday, et al. (2003). Mentoring across boundaries : helping beginning teachers succeed in challenging situations. Portland, Me., Stenhouse Publishers
Borenstein, S. and G. Saloner (2001). "Economics and Electronic Commerce." The Journal of Economic Perspectives 15(1): 3-12
Borg, M. J., Oregon State University., et al. (1997). Jesus at 2000. Boulder, Colo., Westview Press
"On February 9 and 10, 1996, six internationally known Jesus scholars participated in the first national symposium to commemorate the 2,000th anniversary of the birth of Jesus. Talking about the historical, religious, and cultural significance of Jesus, these scholars drew mass media attention and inspired a phenomenally successful follow-up discussion group on the Internet. Jesus at 2000 makes the symposium available to those seeking an introduction to the controversial historical study of Jesus and Christian origins and to those wishing to examine the intricacies of this New Testament scholarship more carefully." "In addition to the papers presented by Marcus J. Borg, John Dominic Crossan, Huston Smith, Harvey Cox, Karen Jo Torjesen, and Alan F. Segal, this book includes questions from the symposium as well as a concluding chapter introducing the historical study of Jesus and Christian origins to the newly curious. Readers will appreciate the wide range of perspectives offered, from historical Jesus scholarship to Jewish studies, early Christian history, world religions, and religion and culture. Written for a general audience, the book will be useful in both academic and church settings for those wanting to know what the academy is saying about Jesus."--BOOK JACKET.
Borgida, E., J. L. Sullivan, et al. (2002). "Civic Culture Meets the Digital Divide: The Role of Community Electronic Networks." The Journal of Social Issues 58(1): 125
Borgmann, A. (1999). Holding on to reality : the nature of information at the turn of the millennium. Chicago, University of Chicago Press
"We hear constantly about our current "information revolution." Twenty-four-hour news channels and dizzying Internet technologies bombard us with facts and pictures from around the globe. But what kind of a "revolution" is this? How has information really changed from what it was ten years or ten centuries ago? Albert Borgmann offers some riveting answers to these questions in Holding On to Reality." "Borgmann has written a history of information, from its inception in the natural world to its role in the transformation of culture - in writing and printing, in music and architecture - to the current Internet mania and its attendant assets and liabilities."--BOOK JACKET.
Borgmann, A. (1999). "Society in the Postmodern Era." The Washington Quarterly 23(1): 189-200.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/washington_quarterly/v023/23.1borgmann.html
Borgmann, C. L. (2000). From Gutenberg to the Global Information Infrastructure: Access to Information in the Networked World, The MIT Press
Borgstrom, A. and J. Holley (1999). Using the Internet to Amplify and Support Microenterprise Development.http://www.iif.hu/inet_96/b4/b4_2.htm
The Appalachian Center for Economic Networks (ACEnet) is embarking on a national project to enable community-based microenterprise and small business assistance programs to dramatically increase their effectiveness through the use of the Internet. This project consists of three complementary strategies. It uses the Internet to link microfirms with high-value markets, to create networks of firms and service providers within communities, and to enable community-based microenterprise programs around the country to work collaboratively and learn from one another's experience. The project is based on the assumption that the most lucrative markets require a level of sophistication that can best be achieved if business assistance programs and firms in low-income communities both locally and throughout the country find new ways to work together. It is currently supported by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Telecommunications and Information Administration, Telecommunications and Information Infrastructure Assistance Program, the Charles Stewart Mott Foundation, and the Ford Foundation.
Borisovna Quick, M. (2001). The design of 3D cyberspace as user interface advantages and limitations
Borkowski, I. and A. Woâzny (2001). Nowe media nowe w mediach. Wroc±aw, Arboretum
Born, G. (1999). "La materialitat precaria del programari: sistemes visuals i relacions socials en la tecnologia digital." Revista d'etnologia de Catalunya 14: 46-67
Borrus, M. and S. S. Cohen (1998). Why now? : a transatlantic initiative in information technology. Berkeley, CA :, Berkeley Roundtable on the International Economy, University of California, Berkeley,
Borrus, M. and S. S. Cohen (1998). "Building china's information technology industry." Asian Survey 38(11): 1005 (1 pages)
Borrus, M. and J. Zysman (1997). Globalization with borders : the rise of Wintelism as the future of industrial competition. Berkeley, CA :, Berkeley Roundtable on the International Economy, University of California, Berkeley,
Borrus, M. G., S. S. Cohen, et al. (1993). "The economic angle." Ieee Spectrum 30: 67-69
Borsook, P. (2001). Cyberselfish a critical romp through the terribly libertarian culture of high tech. New York, N.Y., PublicAffairs
Bortnick, J. (1983). "Information technology and the developing world: Opportunities and obstacles." The Information Society 2(2): 157-170
Bortnick, J. (1986). "Support for information technology in science- the federal role." Gov.Inf.Q.(USA) 3(3): 233-50
Bostrom, R. P., G. G. Kelly, et al. (1997). The changing nature of relationships in a connected world (panel).http://www.acm.org/pubs/citations/proceedings/cpr/268820/p251-bostrom/
Bot, M., J. Burgemeester, et al. (1998). "The Cost of Publishing an Electronic Journal: a General Model and a Case Study."http://www.dlib.org.
Boualit, R. and W. Clausmeyer (1995). "Interaktive Zeitung und Zeitschrift. Kern eines neuen Kommunikationsverhaltens.: Interactive newspapers and periodicals: The crux of a new communication behavior pattern." Medienpsychologie: Zeitschrift fuer Individual- & Massenkommunikation Vol 7(4): 320-336
Bouckaert, G. (1994). "New information technology (NIT) and productivity measurement changes and consequences. (Special Issue on New Information and Public Sector Productivity)." International Journal of Public Administration 17: 59(26)
Bourne, J. R. (1998). "Net-learning: Strategies for on-campus and off-campus network-enabled learning." Journal of Asynchronous Learning Networks 2(2).http://www.aln.org/alnweb/journal/vol2_issue2/bourne2.htm
(Annotated by SRI International) This descriptive paper explores the field of Asynchronous Learning Networks (ALN) and introduces examples of current practice and an accounting of types of schools and faculty that are engaged in ALN. The conclusion includes discussion on the role of faculty in an ALN environment and on implementation strategies for different types of institutions.
Bousquet, M. W., Katherine (2003). The Politics of Information: The Electronic Mediation of Social Change, Alt-X Press.http://www.altx.com/ebooks/infopol.html
Edited by Marc Bousquet and Katherine Wills
Contributors include Charles Bernstein, Bennett Voyles, DeeDee Halleck, Fran Ilich, Bruce Simon, Mark Amerika, Katherine Wills, David Golumbia, Tiziana Terranova, Nick Dyer-Witheford, John Monberg, Matt Kirschenbaum, Donna Haraway, Lisa Nakamura, Mark Poster, Kembrew McLeod, Caren Irr, Tara McPherson, Anne-Marie Schleiner, Paul Collins, Harvey Molloy, Marc Bousquet, Ken Saltman, Timothy W. Luke, Stephanie Tripp, Katie King, Laura L. Sullivan, Susan Schreibman, Chris Carter, Gregory Ulmer, and Victor Vitanza.
"The Politics of Information" is an essay collection in five parts covering a broad panoply of discourses, practices, and institutional change that can be garnered under the rubric of "materialist informatics." The editors, Marc Bousquet and Katherine Wills, have brought together a strong and authoritative collection of essays in the context of this synthesizing, yet at the same time diversifying concept. Recalling that Donna Haraway's cyborg was never meant to be a wired, blissed-out bunny, Bousquet and Wills recover the political dimension in socialist-feminist thought. "The Politics of Information" brings class back into cultural studies, considers the Web as crucial to the expanding "informatics of domination," and recovers the cyborg as a key figure for an entire world of labor and lifeways. The authors in this wide-ranging collection, most of them pioneers in the development of Internet content, address the concerns not only of designers and users, but of everyone in the service and homework economy: janitors, perma-temps, motherboard assemblers, and all who provide the feminized labors of reproduction that include child care, health care, and a deeply instrumentalized education.
Unconstrained by the hidden assumptions of print publication, where discursive weight is too often held in check by the literal weight of a fixed edition, this critical e-book is unapologetic in its length, its scope, and its degree of engagement. Essays appear in combination with interviews; critical discourse alternates with story-telling; conceptual writing plays off first person reports from the field. Through massiveness and a direct encounter with materials in multiple media, this volume is literally unbound in energy and offers both incisive insights into the technocapitalist condition even as it achieves a Web credibility unusual in scholarly writing. The ebook's orientation is given by Bousquet's five section introductions, and the publication's technical bookmark feature allows readers to navigate through this enormous body of text with the simple click of a mouse.
Bovone, L. (1997). "Fragments of Global Communication." Studi di Sociologia 35(3-4): 387
Bowen, D. L. and E. A. Early (2002). Everyday life in the Muslim Middle East. Bloomington, Indiana University Press
Bowen, T. S. and E. Scannell (1998). "Mergers galore." Infoworld 20: 1,29
Bowen, W. G. (1998). "Jstor and the Economics of Scholarly Communication." Journal of Library Administration 26(1/2): 27-44
Bowers, J. (1995). "Making it work: A field study of a "CSCW Network"." The Information Society 11(3)
A field study of the procurement, implementation, and use of a local area network devoted to running computer-supported cooperative work (CSCW) related applications in a UK central government organization is presented. In this particular case, the network ran into a number of difficulties, was resisted by its potential users for a variety of reasons, was faced with being withdrawn from service on a number of occasions, and remains only partly used. The kinds of problems that a project to introduce computer support for cooperative work to an actual organization is likely to face are identified. A series of concepts is offered to help manage the complexity of these problems. It isargued that experience from the field should be used to reorganize the research agenda of CSCW.
Bowker, G. C. (1998). "Modest Reviewer Goes on Virtual Voyage: Some Recent Literature of Cyberspace." Technology and Culture 39(3): 499-511.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/technology_and_culture/v039/39.3er_bowker.html
Bownstein, C. (1996). "Durango declarations forum commentaries." The Information Society 12(1): 79
Bowonder, B., T. Miyqake, et al. (1993). "Emerging trends in information technology: implications for developing countries." International Journal of Information Management 13: 183-204
Boy, A. H. S. (1996). "Biding Spectacular Time." Postmodern Culture 6(2).http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/postmodern_culture/v006/6.2r_boy.html
Boyce, K. (1999). Delivering continuing professional education at a distance: The correlation of field dependence/independence and learning using the world wide web., (Doctoral dissertation, The University of Oklahoma, 1999). Dissertation Abstracts International-A, 60/05
(Annotated by SRI International) This dissertation study examines whether field dependent (FD) and field independent (FI) learners differ in performance, completion rates, and in their sense of becoming lost in web-delivered browser-based continuing professional education learning modules. Learner performance on some module tests and quizzes demonstrated a practical as well as statistically significant difference for FD and FI groups. Learner completion rates, frequency of reporting a sense of becoming lost and navigational style were not found to be significantly different for FD and FI groups, by practical or statistical standards. Field independent participant scores showed an advantage on performance measures. Field dependence/independence was not predictive of learner completion rates, with frequency of reporting a sense of becoming lost or navigational style. The results from this study provide a framework for continuing and expanding this viable and relevant area of research.
Boyce, P. B. (1997). "The Aas Program of Electronic Publication." Astrophysics and Space Science 247(1-2): 55-62
Boyce, P. B. (1998). "Costs, Archiving and the Publishing Process in Electronic Stm Journals." Against the Grain 10: 24-25
Boyce, P. B. (1999). "Scholarly Journals in the Electronic World." The Serials Librarian 36(1/2): 187-198
Boyd, D. A. (1993). "A new "line in the sand" for the media." Media Studies Journal 7(4): 132-139
Boyle, D. A., A. Sheridan, et al. (2002). "A multifocal education strategy to enhance hospital-based Cultural competency in professional staff." Oncol Nurs Forum 29(5): 764-8.http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&dopt=Citation&list_uids=12064324
Boyle, J. (1997). Foucault In Cyberspace: Surveillance, Sovereignty, and Hard-Wired Censors.http://www.si.umich.edu/~prie/tprc/abstracts97/boyle.txt
This is an essay about law in cyberspace, and in particular about the way that the state can use privatized enforcement and state-backed technologies to evade some of the practical (and constitutional) restraints hat had widely been supposed to limit the exercise of legal power over the net. Some of my illustrations will come from the current Administration proposals for Internet copyright regulation, others from the Communications Dcency Act and the cryptography debate. In the process, I make opportunistic and unsystematic use of the late Michel Foucault's work to expose some the jurisprudential assumptions that undergird political orthodoxy on the Net.
Boyle, J. (1999). The Information Toll-Road.http://www.harvnet.harvard.edu/online/moreinfo/boylemag.html
One real accomplishment of the Clinton presidency has been to focus attention on the information infrastructure of the economy. Admittedly, the definition of infrastructure has sometimes been a little narrow --as if information only flowed between computers -- but the idea is a very important one and Vice-President Gore's oft-repeated commitment to 'universal access for all Americans' is to be lauded unconditionally. Unfortunately, when it comes to implementing that idea of universal access, the familiar blindnesses of intellectual property reappear. One September 5th 1995, the Administration released its 'White Paper' on intellectual property rights in the National Information Infrastructure, a report on intellectual property in cyberspace. On September 28, Senators Hatch and Leahy introduced S. 1284, a bill to implement the recommendations of White Paper. How does the author fare in cyberspace? Very, very well.
Braa, J. and C. Hedberg (2002). "The Struggle for District-based Health Information Systems in South Africa." The Information Society 18(2): 113-128
Bracken, M. C. (1985). "Information technology in emergency response and hazardous waste management." The Information Society 3(4): 361-369
Brackenbury, S. and J. Cochrane (1998). Helping Social Scientists Locate Very Recent British Official Publications, http://www.sosig.ac.uk/iriss/papers/proceed.html
This paper will introduce and describe the development of British Official Publications Current Awareness Service (BOPCAS): a searchable, browsable world wide web database containing bibliographic references to new British Official Publications (parliamentary papers and publications from government departments). BOPCAS also provides a range of policy awareness electronic mailing lists. The importance of official publications to researchers in the Social Sciences will be explored. The paper will indicate how this web site can help support researchers in a wide range of Social Science fields by providing up to date information in an easy to use format.
Brackenbury, S. and J. Cochrane (1998). IRISS '98: Helping Social Scientists Locate Very Recent British Official Publications.http://www.sosig.ac.uk/iriss/papers/paper02.htm
This paper will introduce and describe the development of British Official Publications Current Awareness Service (BOPCAS): a searchable, browsable world wide web database containing bibliographic references to new British Official Publications (parliamentary papers and publications from government departments). BOPCAS also provides a range of policy awareness electronic mailing lists. The importance of official publications to researchers in the Social Sciences will be explored. The paper will indicate how this web site can help support researchers in a wide range of Social Science fields by providing up to date information in an easy to use format.
Bradley, M. G. and N. R. Thompson (2000). Quality management integration in long-term care : guidelines for excellence. Baltimore, Md., Health Professions Press
Bradley, R. (1996). "Introduction: What Did the Cat Drag In?" Wide Angle 18(1): 1-2.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/wide_angle/v018/18.1bradley.html
Bradley, S. P., J. a. Hausman, et al. (1993). Globalization, technology, and competition : the fusion of computers and telecommunications in the 1990s. Boston, Mass. :, Harvard Business School Press,
Bradley, S. P. and R. L. Nolan (1998). Sense & respond : capturing value in the network era. Boston, Mass. :, Harvard Business School Press,
Bradshaw, G. W. (1997). "Collective expressions and negotiated structures: The Grateful Dead in American culture, 1965-1995." 480
For thirty years the Grateful Dead served as a matrix of cultural expression and a structured environment for social interaction in American culture. Understanding the Grateful Dead entails not only an appreciation for the musical dimensions of their performance, but must include an understanding of the historical context of cultural change in American society in the late twentieth century. This examination broaches a dialectically complex understanding of these transformations through ethnography, historical research, and ethnologic analysis. As expressive culture, the Grateful Dead served as a means by which organic intellectual discourses critical of contemporary modernity and late capitalism could be articulated and reproduced within American society and culture. As a history of subaltern discourses, this project traces the reproduction and transformation of folk knowledge and critical theory in the United States. As a negotiated social structural space, the Grateful Dead served as a critical 'site' within which ideas and goods could be exchanged and fans could gather. Through such negotiated intellectual and physical territory, fans developed their own sense of lifestyle, culture, and identity. Based on active data collection since 1989, this work integrates survey research, interviews, oral histories, textual and historical documents, Internet discussions, photography, and fieldwork experience. This use of multiple forms of qualitative data is a deliberate attempt to enhance the depth or 'thickness' of ethnographic representation through data triangulation. Lastly, although developed within the framework of the discipline of Anthropology, this work has been conducted in light of the belief that good research should not be limited by disciplinary bounds. Sociology, Communication, History, Art, and Critical Philosophy have all played equal roles in shaping this project of social inquiry.
Brahler, C. J., N. S. Peterson, et al. (1999). "Developing on-line learning materials for higher education: An overview of current issues." Educational Technology & Society 2(2).http://ifets.ieee.org/periodical/vol_2_99/jayne_brahler.html
(Annotated by SRI International) This descriptive paper discusses the resources and changing roles of faculty required to produce effective online learning materials at universities, and the increasing interest of universities in online course development.
Braman, S. (2004). "Where Has Media Policy Gone? Defining The Field In The Twenty-First Century." Communication Law and Policy 9(2): 153-182.http://www.leaonline.com/loi/clp
Brandao, C. (1997). "Winning the tech wars." Canadian Business 70: 129-136
Brande, D. (1994). "The Business of Cyberpunk: Symbolic Economy and Ideology in William Gibson." Configurations 2(3): 509-536.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/configurations/v002/2.3brande.html
Brandt, D. S. (1997). "Constructivism: Teaching for Understanding of the Internet." Communications of the Acm 40(10): 112-117
Brandt, J. R. (1998). "It + empowerment: a powerful duo." Industry Week 247: 4
Branscomb, A. W. (1986). "Law and culture in the information society." The Information Society 4(4): 279-311.
Branscomb, A. W. and Harvard University. Program on Information Resources Policy. (1996). Cybercommunities and cybercommerce : can we learn to cope? Cambridge, Mass., Program on Information Resources Policy, Harvard University, Center for Information Policy Research
Branscomb, L. M. and J. Keller (1996). Converging infrastructures : intelligent transportation and the National Information Infrastructure. Cambridge, Mass :, MIT Press,
Brasher, B. E. (2001). "The Civic Challenge of Virtual Eschatology: Heaven's Gate and Millennial Fever in Cyberspace." RELIGION AND SOCIAL POLICY, Nesbitt, Paula D.[Ed], Walnut Creek, CA: AltaMira: pp 196
Brasher, B. E. (2001). Give me that online religion. San Francisco, Jossey-Bass
Bratten, L. C. (2002). Contested sites : the internet as cultural contagion or panacea?: iii, 395 p.http://www.library.wisc.edu/databases/connect/dissertations.html
Braun, E. (1994). The Internet directory. New York, Fawcett Columbine
Braun-Harvey, D. (2003). "Culturally relevant assessment and treatment for gay men’s online sexual activity." Sexual and Relationship Therapy(18): 371-384
Braunstein, Y. M. (1985). "Information as a factor of production: Substitutability and productivity." The Information Society 3(3): 261-273
Breeden, L., S. Cisler, et al. (1998). Computer and Communications Use in Low-Income Communities: Models for the Neighborhood Transformation and Family Development Initiative; Report prepared for the Annie E. Casey Foundation. Newton, MA, Education Development Center, Inc.www.ctcnet.org/casey
Breeze, M.-A. (1997). "Quake-Ing in My Boots: <Examining> >Clan:Community< Construction in an Online Gamer Population." Cybersociology 2: http //www.socio.demon.co.uk/magazine/2/is2breeze.html
Abstract: This essay takes us into the bloody world of Quake, an online multi-player game, where we discover a thriving virtual community. Breeze also investigates what happens when members of this virtual community go offline in Wollongong, Australia.
Brenner, R. C. (1998). Pricing guide for Web services : how to make money on the information superhighway. San Diego, CA :, Brenner Information Group,
Brent, D. (1995). "Stevan Harnad's "Subversive Proposal": Kick-starting electronic scholarship - A summary and analysis." The Information Society 11(4)
Many readers interested in electronic publishing will know of Stevan Harnad, pioneering publisher of Psycoloquy, one of the first peer-reviewed, all-electronic journals. He has argued that electronic publishing is the logical way to cope with the spirali ng costs and glacial speed of print publication. Harnad's radical vision for the future of electronic publishing is summarized. Some of the most interesting side arguments regarding the economics of the Internet in general are summarized. Harnad argues that in the electronic world, presentation of ideas as lapidary product of thought can be replaced by in-process texts that participate in the development of thought. The process is more akin to oral dialogue than to electronic representations of finished texts.
Brent, E. (1996). "Electronic Communication and Sociology: Looking Backward, Thinking Ahead, Careening toward the Next Millennium." The American Sociologist 27(1): 4
Brent, E. and G. A. Thompson (1999). "Research Methodology: Taming the Cyber Frontier-Techniques for Improving Online Surveys." Social Science Computer Review 17(3): 313-322
The World Wide Web and other new electronic technologies might soon become prime survey vehicles due to convenient, verifiable, low-cost delivery and return systems as well as easy access and feedback mechanisms. However, along with the benefits of this new technology come new experiences and lessons to be learned and shared by researchers. The authors created and posted a survey on the Web to examine the uses of the Web for political information. The purpose of the article, however, is not to report on the political survey's findings but rather to address issues concerning online research, discuss the implications of an online environment for traditional survey techniques, share Web survey experiences from an ex post facto perspective, and present recommendations for future online research, specifically in the areas of Web survey design, sampling, data collection and responses, and publicity.
Breslow, H. (1997). Civil society, political economy, and the Internet. J. S. G.Ed, e. al and f. c. c. v. a. w. o. l. o. c. a. r. icular, Sage Publications, Inc, London, England UK: 236-257
Bresnahan, J. (1998). "What good is technology?" Cio 11(Section 2): 24-30
Bresnahan, T. (1998). Computerization and Labor Demand: Agenda for Testing and Forecast of the Future
Bresnahan, T., E. Brynjolfsson, et al. (1999). Information Technology, Workplace Organization and the Demand for Skilled Labor: Firm-level Evidence.
Bresnahan, T., E. Brynjolfsson, et al. (2000). Technology, Organization and the Demand for Skilled Labor. The New Relationship: Human capital in the American Corporation. M. Blair and T. Kochan. Washington,. DC, Brookings Institution
Bresnahan, T., S. Greenstein, et al. (1996). "Technical progress and co-invention in computing and in the uses of computers." Brookings Papers on Economic Activity(Microeconomics Supplement (Microeconomics)): 1-83
Bresnahan, T. F. (1997). The Changing Structure of Innovation in Computing: Sources of and Threats to the Dominant U.S. Position.http://www4.nas.edu/pd/step.nsf/8525648b0070c170852562cb0073ff22/2bf2d1dccb83cc918525656600700419?OpenDocument
Dramatic changes in the technology and organization of the computer industry draw our attention to its dynamism. The computer industry is remarkable for the rate of change in its technology over the last half-century, and in the rate of change of its firms, markets and institutions over this decade. From its inception in the late 1940s, the industry has been characterized by rapid and sustained technical change. Continuous product innovation, serving existing uses better each year, has been punctuated by occasional major breakthroughs. For decades, the industry saw long term success for established sellers based on the persistence of key interface standards and leading to concentrated industry structure in established product categories. Much of that success arose from the coordination and direction of the wide variety of different technologies -- such as components, systems, software, and networking -- that make up computing. Despite that success and persistence, the industry has also offered tremendous opportunities new entrepreneurial firms, leading to the creation of new uses for computers and to the creation of whole new markets.
Bresnahan, T. F., E. Brynjolfsson, et al. (1998).http://timb.stanford.edu/papers/itwold.pdf
Bresnahan, T. F., E. Brynjolfsson, et al. (1999). Cambridge, MA, National Bureau of Economic Research
Bresnahan, T. F., E. Brynjolfsson, et al. (2002). "Information Technology, Workplace Organization, and the Demand for Skilled Labor: Firm-Level Evidence." Quarterly Journal of Economics 117: 339-376
Bresnahan, T. F. and S. Greenstein (1999). "Technological competition and the structure of the computer industry." Journal of Industrial Economics 47: 1-40
Bresnahan, T. F., S. Stern, et al. (1996). Market Segmentation and the Sources of Rents from Innovation: Personal Computers in the Late 1980's.http://nberws.nber.org/papers/W5726
This paper evaluates the sources of transitory market power in the market for personal computers (PCs) during the late 1980's. Our analysis is motivated by the coexistence of low entry barriers into the PC industry and high rates of innovative investment by a small number of PC manufacturers. We attempt to understand these phenomena by measuring the role that different principles of product differentiation (PDs) played in segmenting this dynamic market. Our first PD measures the substitutability between Frontier (386-based) and Non- Frontier products, while the second PD measures the advantage of a brand-name reputation (e.g., by IBM). Building on advances in the measurement of product differentiation, we measure the separate roles that these PDs played in contributing to transitory market power. In so doing, this paper attempts to account for the market origins of innovative rents in the PC industry. Our principal finding is that, during the late 1980's, the PC market was highly segmented along both the Branded (B versus NB) and Frontier (F versusNF) dimensions. The effects of competitive events in any one cluster were confined mostly to that particular cluster, with little effect on other clusters. For example, less than 5% of the market share achieved by a hypothetical entrant would be market-stealing from other clusters. In addition, the product diffe- rentiation advantages of B and F were qualitatively different. The main advantage of F was limited to the isolation from NF competitors it provided; Brandedness both shifted out the product demand curve as well as segmenting B products from NB competition. These results help explain how transitory market power (arising from market segmentation) shaped the underlying incentives for innovation in the PC industry during the mid to late 1980s.
Bressler, L. A. (2000). Distance education for the community college student: A study of critical success factors., (Doctoral dissertation, University of Sarasota, 2000). Dissertation Abstracts International-A, 61/03
(Annotated by SRI International) This dissertation study identifies program attributes which program administrators believe aid in the success of their individual programs. A sample of 250 program administrators was sent questionnaire survey tools (response rate = 65%) to inquire as to the importance of 10 critical success factors noted in the literature. Based on the collected data, the study ranked the critical success factors in order of importance. The highest ranked critical success factor was the quality of the course or program. The survey respondents noted opportunities for student interaction and adequate faculty compensation as being the lowest priority critical factor. The results of this study could offer suggestions as to where two-year colleges could focus their financial and non-financial efforts when initiating new programs and expanding existing distance learning programs.
Breton, P. (2000). "On Asimov's "Solar World": Information Technologies in the Context of the New Individualism." Sociologie et Societes 32(2): 123
Brewer, M. a. r. M.-. (1995). "Review of: Lost in Space: Probing Feminist Science Fiction and Beyond, and: Aliens and Others: Science Fiction, Feminism and Postmodernism." MFS Modern Fiction Studies 42(1): 214-219.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/modern_fiction_studies/v042/42.1br_barr.html
Brewin, M. (2002). "Review of "Journalism and Democracy: An Evaluation of the Political Public Sphere."" The Information Society 18(1): 65-66
Brey, P. (1998). ""Space-Shaping Technologies and the Geographical Disembedding of Place" in Philosophy and Geography III: Philosophies of Place, Light, Andrew (ed)."
The geographical disembedding of place concerns the decreased importance of geographical parameters in the constitution of a place's identity. Geographical disembedding is analyzed as a historical process of successive implementation of various space-shaping technologies that modify or generate spatial dimensions and relative distances. Four such technologies are discussed: time-space compression (Janelle), time-space distanciation (Giddens), space blending (McLuhan) and space-generating (Mitchell, Negroponte) technologies. It is argued that increasingly space, place and distance are pragmatic notions, defined relative to human activity. It is also argued that cyberspace can meaningfully be thought of as a place, to which many activities are being relocated.
Brin, D. (1996). The Transparent Society. Wired.http //www.wired.com/wired/archive/4.12/fftransparent.html
The cameras are coming. They're getting smaller and nothing will stop them. The only question is: who watches whom?
Brinker, D. (1996). "Apt and commercial lines." Rough Notes 139: A14
Brinkmeyer, R. H. (2001). "Crossroads of Southern Culture and Narrative." The Southern Literary Journal 34(1): 124-132.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/southern_literary_journal/v034/34.1brinkmeyer.html
Brinson, J. D. (2001). Analyzing e-commerce and internet law. Upper Saddle River, NJ, Prentice Hall
Broadbent, K. P. (1990). "New information-communication technologies in scientific communication: Implications for third-world users." The Information Society 7(3): 202-232
Broadbent, M., C. Butler, et al. (1994). "Business and technology agenda for information systems executives." International Journal of Information Management 14(6): 411-26
Brock, L., R. D. G. Kelley, et al. (2003). "Editors' Introduction." Radical History Review 87: 1-3.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/radical_history_review/v087/87.1brock.html
Brönnimann, C. (1992). Computertechnologie und neue Formen mikrosozialer Interaction.http://www.broennimann-capelli.ch/text2.htm
Brönnimann, C. (1996). Öffentlichkeit und politische Partizipation in kommunalen Netzwerken.http://www.broennimann-capelli.ch/text2.htm
Research paper on political participation in local networks
Brönnimann, C. (1997). Interaktion im Cyberspace - Eine neue Form des öffentlich-privaten Austauschs.http://www.broennimann-capelli.ch/goffm_v1.html
The article concentrates on the relevance of Goffmanns internaction theory for the analysis of new, virtual forms of interaction
Brook, J. and I. A. Boal (1995). Resisting the virtual life : the culture and politics of information. San Francisco
Monroe, OR, City Lights ;
Subterranean Co. distributor
Brooke, C. (2002). "Perspective: Notes Toward the Remediation of Style." Enculturation 4(1).http://enculturation.gmu.edu/4_1/style/
Argues that the visual/spatial elements of Hypertext/Multimedia encourage us to revalue the canon of style in terms of situatedness.
Brooking, A. (1999). Corporate memory : strategies for knowledge management. London ; New York :, International Thomson Business Press,
Brooks, A. (1998). "It skills flow down south in free trade." Computing Canada 24: 33
Brooks, J. J. (1999). Identification of critical factors that impact the success of distance learning: A faculty perspective., (Doctoral dissertation, Indiana University, 1999). Dissertation Abstracts International-A, 60/08
(Annotated by SRI International) Colleges and universities are responding to current educational trends by accelerating the development of distance education (DE) programs across the country and around the world. Although an increasing amount of research is being conducted in distance learning (DL), most current research into distance learning has focused on the students, the curriculum, and the technology (Dillon and Walsh, 1992). Beaudoin (1990) contends that the importance of the faculty as a group has been largely neglected by much of the current research. This study addresses some of those limitations in DL research by seeking to identify and describe those critical factors that influence the success of faculty members who are engaged in distance teaching. This study focuses on DL faculty at four selected university campuses in Indiana. For the study, interview data were obtained from experienced instructors and researchers and then verified with them. Next, the interview data were analyzed and the relevant factors examined to develop categories of the important criteria and issues. Then the survey instrument was developed from this list of categories and pilot tested. The final version of the survey instrument (with a 3-page form including a Likert-type scale) was administered to practicing DL faculty. The survey data were analyzed using a one-way ANOVA and Tukey HSD post hoc test. The results of this study strongly suggest that the teaching skills of the faculty were considered the most important criterion for faculty success in the DL classroom. Demographic data pictured the composite DL instructor as having a Ph.D., with the rank of either a full or associate professor, and about 51 years of age. Additionally, this faculty member was likely to have taught one or more DL classes, and have taught in the DL environment for 4 years or less. Unfortunately, it was questionable if the training for the instructors was adequate, and most training lasted for about one hour. The instructors rated themselves as having slightly above average computer hardware and software skills. The knowledge gained from this study may prove helpful to DL faculty and administrators of DL programs.
Brooks, K.-. (2002). "Reading, Writing, and Teaching Creative Hypertext: A Genre-Based Pedagogy." Pedagogy 2(3): 337-356.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/pedagogy/v002/2.3brooks.html
Brosio, R. (1997). ""Pixels, Decenteredness, Marketization, Totalism, and Ingmar Bergman's Cry for Help" in Philosophy of Education (1996), Margonis, Frank (ed)."
Rampan "how-to-ism" is the bane of all too many teacher education programs; moreover, this uncritical instrumentalism is useful to capitalism's reproductive use of the schools. It is argued further that the concentration on information rather than knowledge during these postmodernist and late capitalism times is useful to the putatively sovereign consumer who is convinced that market choices are fair substitutes for bona fide, democratic, citizenship participation. This sovereign consumer presently extends her/his choices into the virtual reality of cyberspace. The author asks that we consider the powerful capitalist imperative when evaluating educational methodology and the contemporary electronic communication revolution.
Broskoske, S. L. (2000). Developing a prescriptive model of an agile distance learning program in higher education., (Doctoral dissertation, Lehigh University, 2000). Dissertation Abstracts International-A, 61/07.
(Annotated by SRI International) This qualitative dissertation study, initially focused on technology, shows that human factors are vital to the success of a distance learning initiative. These factors include interpersonal dynamics, attitudes, organizational culture, styles of management, and styles of communication. Significantly, findings indicate an agile distance education program does not fit smoothly within an institution that is firmly rooted in the mass-manufacturing paradigm. Implications for practice are that faculty and administrators need to discuss faculty concerns of changes in working conditions and potential loss of job security; institutions need to engage in more conscientious, focused planning that involves all levels of the campus community, including faculty, students, and support staff; technological support personnel possess the communication and social skills which will encourage faculty to learn and to use technology; and that institutions need to approach distance learning as a tool with the potential to improve the teaching/learning process, and not as a way to advance administrative goals without regard to academic goals.
Brosveet, J. and K. H. Sorensen (2000). "Fishing for Fun and Profit? National Domestication of Multimedia: The Case of Norway." The Information Society 16(4): 263-276
The rapid appropriation or domestication of multimedia technologies in Norway has many local characteristics such as the configuration of social actors, their relationships, and their institutional embeddedness. Domestication is related to larger socio-political and economic concerns, taking as its point of departure theories of reciprocal interaction between technological and social change. Frequently, domestication can be regarded as 'fishing trips' because actors seek short-term fun or profit. Occasionally, 'planned fishing' implies the realisation of more conscious strategies of learning and institution-building. Few government policy initiatives have emerged, and ad hoc social experiments and trials with an unclear profit potential seem to proliferate.
Brouillette, S. (2002). "Corporate Publishing and Canonization: Neuromancer and Science-Fiction Publishing in the 1970s and Early 1980s." Book History 5: 187-208.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/book_history/v005/5.1brouillette.html
Brousseau, E. (2003). "E-Commerce in France: Did Early Adoption Prevent its Development?" The Information Society 19(1)
France's early adoption of Minitel and EDI in the 1980s was both a stimulus and an inhibitor to Internet-based e-commerce. It hindered the adoption of the Internet, but it also created the conditions for a rapid catch up when France switched to the Internet in 1997. The French were already open to the use of IT, a dense network of on-line specialists and information service providers already existed, and many investments required to go digital were already made. On the other hand, by mid-2001 France was still far behind the early adopters of e-commerce over the Internet. This is because the French catch up was checked by the implosion of the Internet financial bubble in 2000. Secondly, many Internet-based business models did not fit the French distribution channels. These differences suggest that e-commerce paths of development can be differentiated among nations, because both needs and solutions differ. This conclusion goes against the conventional wisdom that e-commerce will lead to the emergence of an integrated global marketplace in which common commercial practices will be implemented.
Brouwer, P. (1996). "Hold on a minute here: what happened to critical thinking in the information age?" Journal of Educational Technology Systems vol.25,(no.2): 189-97
Brown, C. M. (1999). "Information Seeking Behavior of Scientists in the Electronic Information Age: Astronomers, Chemists, Mathematicians, and Physicists." Journal of the American Society for Information Science 50(10): 929-43
Brown, D. (1997). Cybertrends : chaos, power, and accountability in the information age. London ; New York :, Viking,
Brown, J. S. and P. Duguid (2000). "The social life of information." Harvard Business School Press.
(Annotated by SRI International) The central thesis of the book is that we have become so narrowly focused on the future and where information will supposedly take us that we have ignored the social context that gives meaning to the information and our use of the associated technologies. The authors contend that most information is socially situated, socially constructed, or otherwise impossible to tear from its human roots and package into transferrable units of "knowledge." They argue that this has major implications for the viability of certain kinds of information systems, educational programs, and the evolution of an "information society," but most information workers and information products appear to be oblivious to these implications. The book concludes with one or more chapters that should interest distance educators. For example, Chapter 8 examines the emergence of the virtual university and new forms of educational organization.
Brown, M. F. (2003). "Weaving a Book into the Web." Anthropology News 44(8): 21
Brown, R. E. H. (2000). Theory about the process of community-building in distance learning class., (Doctoral dissertation, The University of Nebraska-Lincoln, 2000). Dissertation Abstracts International-A, 61/05
(Annotated by SRI International) This grounded theory dissertation study (based on interviews with 21 students and 3 faculty from 3 graduate-level distance education classes) examined by studying archived text of communications the process through which community is formed in adult computer-mediated asynchronous distance learning classes. A three-stage phenomenon was identified: making friends on-line with whom students felt comfortable communicating; community conferment which occurred when students were part of a long, thoughtful, threaded discussion on a subject of importance, after which participants felt both personal satisfaction and kinship; and camaraderie which was achieved after long-term or intense association with others involving personal communication. Each of these stages involved a greater degree of engagement in both the class and the dialogue. The researcher concluded that because communities of learners often want to sustain their relationships, community-building should be emphasized not just for the sense of belonging provided students but also to help keep them in the class and in the program, to promote full engagement in the classes, to facilitate effective collaborative learning, and to encourage continued communication after the course or program was complete for development and career services purposes.
Brown, S. a. (1996). "Technology and customer satisfaction: myths and facts." Canadian Business Review 23: 29-31
Browne, R. B. and M. W. Fishwick (1995). Preview 2001+ : popular culture studies in the future. Bowling Green, OH, Bowling Green State University Press
"The educational opportunities of the new millennium are endless if our efforts are informed. If not, they will be catalogs of failures or half-successes. The essays in this collection, written by some of the leading scholars in Popular Culture Studies, turn the page on the new millennium to see what are the directions of approach and the opportunities to be gained in recognition of the compelling need for studies in everyday cultures. These essays help chart the course for themes and directions of such studies into the new world that is waiting to be born. Their value is indispensable."--BOOK JACKET.
Browner, S., S. Pulsford, et al. (2000). Literature and the Internet : a guide for students, teachers, and scholars. New York ; London, Garland
Browning, B. (1997). "Snow Isn't White." Women and Performance 17
The cyborg is comprised of the biological infected with the mechanical, East infected with the West, male infected with female. In all this infection, do cyborgs worry about sexually transmitted diseases? Can they get AIDS? The author of Samba: Re sistance in Motion, writes about prostheses, feminism, contagion and cyberpunk novel, Snow Crash.
Browning, E. R. (1996). "Companies must exert more semci leadership." Rough Notes 139: A20-A21
Browning, G. and D. J. Weitzner (1996). Electronic Democracy: Using the Internet to Influence American Politics, Pemberton Press: 180.http://www.nap.edu/issues/13.2/borche.htm
Browning, H. (1998). The Internet in Reality : Using the Net to Support Library Users, http://www.sosig.ac.uk/iriss/papers/proceed.html
This paper is a personal view of how the Internet affects my work as a subject librarian in an academic library. The idea behind it relates to the feeling of fear that I experienced when I started my first professional post and was told that I would not have access to a PC, and therefore the Internet, for at least a few weeks. This was the first time that it had become apparent to me that, in order to do my job effectively, I needed access to the Internet in its various different guises. This paper is a distillation of the reasons for my Internet addiction.
Browning, H. (1998). IRISS '98: The Internet in Reality : Using the Net to Support Library Users.http://www.sosig.ac.uk/iriss/papers/paper45.htm
This paper is a personal view of how the Internet affects my work as a subject librarian in an academic library. The idea behind it relates to the feeling of fear that I experienced when I started my first professional post and was told that I would not have access to a PC, and therefore the Internet, for at least a few weeks. This was the first time that it had become apparent to me that, in order to do my job effectively, I needed access to the Internet in its various different guises. This paper is a distillation of the reasons for my Internet addiction.
Browning, J. B. (1999). Analysis of concepts and skills acquisition differences between web-delivered and classroom-delivered undergraduate instructional technology courses., (Doctoral dissertation, North Carolina State University, 1999). Dissertation Abstracts International-A, 60/07
(Annotated by SRI International) This dissertation study compares Web-delivered and face-to-face delivered instruction. The subjects were education students who were seeking licensure in the North Carolina public schools in a variety of professional fields. One section of students was taught asynchronously 100% on-line via the Web, and two sections were taught in a networked computer classroom in a traditional face-to-face fashion. Each class used the same CD-ROM-based text, schedule of events, assessment instruments, and instructor. Findings indicate that distance learners are older, have less time available because of full-time jobs, have less dependence on authority figures such as an instructor, have less interaction with fellow students, and have a higher self-rating of computer competence. Web-based distance learners achieved at similar levels as compared to classroom-based student on concept textbook-based knowledge acquisition but did not achieve the same on computer operation skills. Findings suggest that skills-based acquisition via Web-based delivery is appropriate for some student but not for all students. Web-based delivery for concepts does seem to be appropriate for most students. Findings indicate that concept-based knowledge acquisition can be delivered effectively asynchronously via the WWW, but that some form of screening process may be beneficial to ensure that students who receive skills training via the Web are ensured of similar learning outcomes as classroom-based students.
Brownlee, N. (1995). New Zealand Experiences with Network Traffic Charging.http://www.press.umich.edu/jep/works/BrownNewZe.html
Since 1990 the University of Waikato has operated a single Internet gateway to the United States on behalf of New Zealand universities and research institutions, charging users by volume to recover the costs. This has been very successful, allowing a steady growth in link speeds from 9600 bps to 512 kbps over four years. The Internet backbone within New Zealand is provided by Tuia, an incorporated society of Research and Education users. Cost recovery for the backbone network within Tuia's membership is handled by several 'management groups,' with capacity-based settlements between the groups. This has proved to be a simple and effective scheme. The New Zealand Universities are linked by the Kawaihiko network, one of Tuia's management groups. Initially Kawaihiko used a simple 'equal shares' cost recovery scheme for internal traffic, which has worked well to date but is now somewhat limiting. Kawaihiko is moving to a new scheme, allowing each site to pay directly for its required traffic capacities. We believe this will encourage the development of new, bandwidth-intensive services.
Bruckman, A. (1991). Identity Workshop: Emergent Social and Psychological Phenomena in Text-Based Virtual Reality.ftp://parcftp.xerox.com/pub/MOO/papers/identity-workshop.ps
Abstract: Emergent Social and Psychological Phenomena in Text-Based Virtual Reality. An introduction to the different kinds of MUDs, and social phenomena typical of each kind. The paper introduces issues of representations of self and how MUDs form a kind of "identity workshop"; the notion of MUDs as an evocative medium (by being between reality and unreality, MUDs often encourage people to reflect on the nature of reality); gender issues that arise in MUDs, and explores the topic of MUD addiction
Bruckman, A. (1993). Gender Swapping on the Internet. Proceedings INET 1993.ftp://media.mit.edu/pub/asb/papers/gender-swapping.txt
Bruckman, A. (1996). "Finding One’s Own in Cyberspace." Technology Review: http //web.mit.edu/techreview/www/articles/jan96/Bruckman.html
Bruckman, A. (1996). Gender Swapping on the Internet. High Noon on the Electronic Frontier: Conceptual Issues in Cyberspace. P. Ludlow. Cambridge, MA, MIT Press: 317-325
Bruckman, A. (1999). "The Day After Net Day: Approaches to Educational Use of the Internet." Convergence 5(1): 24-46
http://www.cc.gatech.edu/fac/Amy.Bruckman/papers/convergence-day-after.pdf
Bruckman, A. (2002). Co-Evolution of Technological Design and Pedagogy in an Online Learning Community. Designing Virtual Communities in the Service of Learning. S. Barab, R. Gray and J. Gray
http://www.cc.gatech.edu/fac/Amy.Bruckman/papers/bruckman-co-evolution.pdf
Bruckman, A. and A. Bandlow (2002). HCI For Kids. Handbook of Human-Computer Interaction. J. Jacko and A. Sears. Nj, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates
http://www.cc.gatech.edu/fac/Amy.Bruckman/papers/hci-for-kids.pdf
Brueni, D. J., B. T. Cross, et al. (1993). What if There Were Desktop Access to the Computer Science Literature?
Bruin, J. d. (1997). "The Maya and the fourth medium: the Internet." Yumtzilob 9(1): 87-94
Brundtland, G. H. (1989). "Developing distance education -- The Broady lecture at the fourteenth world conference on distance education." The Information Society 6(3): 77-82
Brunet, A. (2003). Le disque ne tourne pas rond. Montréal, Coronet liv.http://gulliver.ville.montreal.qc.ca/numerisation/couvertures/200401/2980683329c.jpg
http://gulliver.ville.montreal.qc.ca/numerisation/couvertures/200401/2980683329d.jpg
http://sneezy.bestseller.com:6611/cgi-bin/bestnstatus?rec=1056590334&sc=1
Brunner, H.-P. (1995). Closing the technology gap : technological change in India's computer industry. New Delhi ; Thousand Oaks, Calif. :, Sage Publications,
Brunsting, S. and T. Postmes (2002). "Social Movement Participation in the Digital Age: Predicting Offline and Online Collective Action." Small Group Research 33(5): 525-554
#10
Brunvand, J. H. (2001). Encyclopedia of urban legends. Santa Barbara, Calif., ABC-CLIO
"This reference work offers alphabetical entries on every aspect of the subject, including descriptions of hundreds of individual legends and their variations, legend themes, and scholarly approaches to the genre. The thorough coverage of urban legends of the United States, Canada, and other English-speaking countries is enhanced by entries for all countries in which published urban-legend collections are presently available: hitchhikers vanish all over the world." "Urban legends are a specimen of modern folk narrative, so this encyclopedia contains entries on how to collect, classify, and analyze texts and performances. Other entries discuss the relationship of urban legends to literature, film, comic books, music, and many other areas of popular culture." "All entries are cross-referenced and feature brief bibliographies. The introduction defines "urban legend" and sketches out the history of urban-legend studies. A general bibliography suggests further readings on the subject. The Encyclopedia of Urban Legends, which is illustrated, is based on the latest scholarship, including materials available on the Internet."--BOOK JACKET.
Bryan, L. L. (1994). "The forces transforming global financial markets." Bank Management 70: 40-45
Bryld, M., R. Markussen, et al. (2003). Cyberkulturer & rekonfigurationer. Frederiksberg, Samfundslitteratur
Brynjolfsson, E. (1996). "The contribution of information technology to consumer welfare." Information Systems Research vol.7,(no.3): 281-300
Brynjolfsson, E. and L. Hitt (1996). "Paradox lost? Firm-level evidence on the returns to information systems spending." Management Science 42: 541-558
Brynjolfsson, E. and L. Hitt (1997). "Mit analysis: breaking boundaries." Informationweek: 54-61
Brynjolfsson, E. and L. Hitt (1999). Computers and Productivity Growth: Are Computers Pulling their Weight
Despite an explosion of computer power in the United States over the past decade, aggregate measures of productivity growth remain sluggish, a phenomenon that has been called the 'productivity paradox of information technology.' This paper provides firm-level evidence of a relationship between changes in computer capital and productivity growth by analyzing a large, new data set of approximately 600 firms from 1987 to 1994. Using standard production function and productivity frameworks, we find that heavy users of computers are more productive than their competitors and that growth in computer capital stock is correlated with significant productivity and output growth. Moreover, the implied returns to computers are two to five times greater when differences are taken over seven years instead of one year. We cannot reject the hypothesis that gross returns to computers are at least equal to their direct marginal costs in first difference analyses, and find evidence that the gross returns substantially exceed their direct marginal costs for longer differences. The results suggest that computers increase productivity both directly and by making new types of work organization possible over time.
Brynjolfsson, E. and L. M. Hitt (1998). "Beyond the productivity paradox." Communications of the ACM 41: 49-55
Brynjolfsson, E. and L. M. Hitt (1998). Information Technology and Organizational Design: Evidence from Micro Data
While many theories about the relationship between information technology (IT) and organizational design have been proposed, there is little empirical evidence on the issue. We examine the influence of organizational design on the demand for IT and the productivity of IT investments, using data from approximately 380 US firms. We find greater demand for IT in firms with greater decentralization of decision rights (especially the use of self-managing teams), and greater investments in human capital, including training and screening by education. In addition, the output elasticity of IT is substantially higher in firms that adopt a more decentralized and human capital-intensive work system. This relationship is robust to alternative measures of IT and of work systems, as well as alternative specifications for demand and for productivity. These findings lend support to the idea that organizational practices are important determinants of IT demand and productivity.
Brynjolfsson, E. and L. M. Hitt (1999). Intangible Assets: How the Interaction of Computers and Organizational Structure Affects Stock Market Valuations.http://www.icis98.jyu.fi/abstracts.htm
An important theme in information systems research is that organizational factors are critical to the success of computer investments. This paper provides broad statistical evidence for this proposition. For our analysis, we have compiled a unique data set of over 1,000 firms which includes the total stock market value of firms, their installed base of computer capital, detailed measures of the organizational structures, and a battery of other factors. Using a theoretically-grounded model, we find that a one dollar increase in a firm's installed computer capital is associated with an increase in the firm's stock market valuation of over five dollars, while controlling for all other tangible assets. For this to be equilibrium, the financial markets must believe that each dollar of computer capital is accompanied by an average of over four dollars of intangible assets. We then identify a candidate for these intangible assets: certain organizational characteristics, involving the structure of decision-making and the nature of job design, are highly correlated with computer investments. While these organizational characteristics do not appear on a firm's balance sheet, we find that they lead to higher stock market valuations.
Brynjolfsson, E. and L. M. Hitt (2000). "Beyond Computation: Information Technology, Organizational Transformation and Business Performance." The Journal of Economic Perspectives 14(4): 23-48
Brynjolfsson, E. and C. F. Kemerer (1996). "Network externalities in microcomputer software: an econometric analysis of the spreadsheet market." Management Science 42: 1627-1647
Brynjolfsson, E., A. A. Renshaw, et al. (1996). The Matrix of Change: A Tool for Business Process Reengineering.http://ccs.mit.edu/1996wp.html
Business process reengineering efforts have not enjoyed high success rates, which is in part due to a lack of tools for managing the change process. We introduce the Matrix of Change and show how it can help managers identify interactions among processes. In particular, this tool can assist with issues such as whether the proposed systems are stable and coherent, whether to start at a new site, how quickly should change proceed, and in what order should changes take place. When we applied the tool at a medical products manufacturer, we found it to be a useful guide for change management.
Brynjolfsson, E. and A. Seidmann (1997). "A call for exploration: introduction to special issue on frontier research on information systems and economics." Management Science 43: 1605-1607
Brynjolfsson, E. and S. Smith (1999). Frictionless Commerce? A Comparison of Internet and Conventional Retailers.http://ecommerce.mit.edu/papers/friction/friction.pdf
There have been many claims that the Internet represents a new 'frictionless market.' Our research empirically analyzes the characteristics of the Internet as a channel for two categories of homogeneous products - books and CDs. Using a data set of over 4,500 price observations collected over a period of 9 months, we compare pricing behavior at 37 Internet and conventional retail outlets. We find support for the hypothesis of increased efficiency in Internet channels on several dimensions, but we also find evidence of considerable price dispersion. We find that prices on the Internet are 8-15% lower than prices in conventional outlets, depending on whether taxes, shipping and shopping costs are included in the price. Additionally, we find that Internet retailers? prices adjustments over time are up to 100 times smaller than conventional retailers? price adjustments - presumably reflecting lower menu costs in Internet channels. However, we also find substantial price dispersion across retailers on the Internet. Prices for books and CDs differ by as much as 47% across Internet retailers at any one time and the dispersion of posted prices on the Internet is equal to or greater than comparable measures of dispersion across conventional retailers. Moreover, the Internet retailers with the lowest prices do not receive the most sales for either books or CDs. The observed dispersion is not easily explained as a response to existing models of search costs. However, price dispersion on the Internet may be explained by retailer heterogeneity with respect to factors such as branding and consumer 'trust.' We note that branding and trust may play an enhanced role on the Internet because of the spatial and temporal separation between buyer, seller, and product in Internet channels for books and CDs.
Buchanan, E. A. (1999). Articulating a web-based pedagogy: A qualitative examination., (Doctoral dissertation, The University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, 1999). Dissertation Abstracts International-A,60/12
(Annotated by SRI International) Applying a qualitative case study methodology, this dissertation study investigates Web-based pedagogy. Study participants were a male instructor and 22 adult learners who took part in a Web-based graduate course in Clinical Bioethics at a large Midwestern medical/academic institution. The data provide rich, thick detail regarding Web-based pedagogy, especially with respect to the way in which interaction is facilitated among students and between students and instructors and in light of the ideal characteristics of Web-based students and instructors. Findings suggest that the specificity of the culture of Bioethics demands a unique dialogue and means of interaction. The amount of dialogue used throughout the course surpassed everybody's expectations. Significantly, there were no "lurkers" with both asynchronous and synchronous computer-mediated communication. Everybody participated, even those who ordinarily might remain silent. Buchanan considered this to mean learners were empowered.
Buchanan, E. A. (2004). Readings in virtual research ethics : issues and controversies. Hershey, PA ; London, Information Science Pub.
Buchanan, H. S., R. C. Morris, et al. (1999). "Serving native health needs: merging technology and traditional information services." West J Med 171(5-6): 373-5.http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&dopt=Citation&list_uids=10639882
Buckley, F. J., Jr. (1987). "Knowledge access issues." The Information Society 5(1): 45-50
Buckley, S. R. and D. Yen (1990). "Group decision support systems: Concerns for success." The Information Society 7(2): 109-123
Bucy, E. P.-. (1999). "Social Access to the Internet." The Harvard International Journal of Press/Politics 5(1): 50-61.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/harvard_international_journal_of_press_politics/v005/5.1bucy.html
Buda, K. (1997). "What to look for when integrating inbound and outbound call center technology." Telemarketing & Call Center Solutions 16: 90-91
Budd, R. W. (1987). "Limiting access to information: A view from the leeward side." The Information Society 5(1): 41-44
Budd, R. W. T., Robert K.; Donohew, Lewis, (1967). Content Analysis of Communications. New York, Macmillan Company
This volume on content analysis helps lay out the conceptual foundations of content analysis, discussing the environmental contexts of communication and the basis for formulating hypotheses and systematic studies with regard to communication. As with other texts, it goes into the matters of sampling, measurement, categorical formulation, reliability and validity, and the "relatively new technique" of doing content analysis with the computer. Especially valuable for its massive bibliography, this discussion of content analysis in its "middle years" shows some of the ways the technique was used in a less media-saturated time.--Steve Mizrach, CONTENT ANALYSIS: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY
Buddemeier, H. (1993). Leben in kèunstlichen Welten : Cyberspace, Videoclips und das tèagliche Fernsehen. Stuttgart, Urachhaus
Buell, F.-. (1998). "Nationalist Postnationalism: Globalist Discourse in Contemporary American Culture." American Quarterly 50(3): 548-591.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/american_quarterly/v050/50.3buell.html
Buell, L. (1999). "Crosscurrents of urban theory." Configurations 7(1): 109-118.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/configurations/v007/7.1er_cullingworth.html
Bühl, A. (1995). "Cyberspace und Virtual Reality: Sozialwissenschaftlicher Forschungsbedarf." Forum Wissenschaft: http //web.archive.org/web/19971023201655/http //staff-www.uni-marburg.de/~buehlach/foru195.htm
Bühl, A. (1995). "Soziologie virtueller Welten: Eine neue Epoche der Mensch-Maschine-Kommunikation." Forum Wissenschaft: http //web.archive.org/web/19971023201655/http //staff-www.uni-marburg.de/~buehlach/foru195.htm
Article on the sociology of virtual worlds.
Bühl, A. (1997). ComputerSoziologie.http://web.archive.org/web/19970613204038/http://staff-www.uni-marburg.de/~buehlach/
Buick, J., R. Appignanesi, et al. (1995). Introducing cyberspace. New York, NY, Totem Books
Buick, J., Z. Jevtic, et al. (1995). Cyberspace for beginners. Trumpington, Cambridge, Icon Books
Buick, J. J., Zoran (1996). Cyberspace for beginners. N.S.W. Allen & Unwin
Bukatman, S. (1990). Terminal identity. Durham N.C. London, Duke University Press
Bull, S. S. and M. McFarlane (2000). "Soliciting sex on the Internet: What are the risks for sexually transmitted diseases and HIV?" Sexually Transmitted Diseases 27: 545-550
Bull, S. S., M. McFarlane, et al. (2001). "Barriers to STD/HIV prevention on the Internet." Health Education Research 16: 661-670
Bullis, D. (1999). Preparing for electronic commerce in Asia. Westport, Conn. :, Quorum,
Bunge, M. (1998). "The End of Science?" Philosophy and Social Action 24(1): 19-26
The fashionable prophecies on the imminent end of science are groundless. No laws of the evolution of science are known, that might help make sound predictions. As for present trends, they are promising. True, some branches of science, such as neuro-science, are advancing more quickly than others, such as particle physics or economics. But such differences in the pace of change are only natural, given that radically new ideas are hard to come by in all domains. The only ominous signs are the unreasonable demands, made by short-sighted policy-makers, that researchers should only serve the market. Such demands, if complied with, will lead to further cuts in basic research. In short, there are no natural limits on the advancement of science: there are only social barriers to it. And these barriers can be pierced by proscience philosophers.
Bunn, M. D. (2001). "Timeless and timely issues in distance education planning." American Journal of Distance Education 15(1): 55-68
(Annotated by SRI International) With the goal of improving the distance education planning process, Bunn presents a conceptual framework which categorizes timeless and timely planning issues into four distinct program stages (planning, development, implementation, and control) and three decision areas (organizational, instructional, and student-related). Timeless issues pertain to the culture and core values of the institution as they relate to norms for action; timely issues pertain to the questions that arise when technologies or environmental conditions have drastically changed. The framework is intended to provide an organizing structure so areas of uncertainty and potential disagreement among decision makers will surface. Applying the framework broadly to distance education, Bunn identifies three benefits: 1) organization of planning; 2) identification of alternative perspectives; 3) avoidance of confusion between efficiency and effectiveness.
Bunn, M. D. and R. E. Barnes (1999). "Market segmentation for improved distance education program planning." Distance Education - An International Journal. 20(2): 274
(Annotated by SRI International) Distance education planners face two basic, yet difficult decisions: Which students should be targeted and which programs should be offered? This paper reports the process and results of the planning committee of a consortium of engineering schools in the United States tasked with these very decisions. A market research study measured the program preferences of potential students. Three program characteristics (course type, delivery method, and time availability) were examined. The results show there is no "average" student and no single program will satisfy all the needs of the student population. Rather, the committee must choose one or more segments based on the program preferences of the students and the resources required to provide the programs.
Bunnell, D. and A. Brate (2000). Making the Cisco connection : the story behind the real Internet superpower. New York, John Wiley & Sons
"Cisco Systems is known among the technology elite in Silicon Valley as one of the most successful companies to emerge from the Valley in many years. It has been dubbed computing's next Superpower." "The company, which makes specialized computers that route information through a network - acting as a sort of data traffic cop - has captured 85 percent of the market for routers used as the backbone of the biggest network of them all, the Internet." "Making the Cisco Connection deftly traces the networking giant's path to success, from its founding couple, Sandra Lerner and Leonard Bosack, to current CEO John Chambers. It highlights the company's astounding knack for buying other businesses and making them part of a huge conglomerate; its own highly developed use of technology; and its unusually tight-knit culture. Featuring the perspective of top Cisco executives and competitors, this book reveals how Cisco's technology, employees, and even its competition have blended to make Cisco possibly the most important company shaping the future of communications."--BOOK JACKET.
Bunt, G. (2001). World religions : thegoodwebguide. London, Good Web Guide
Bunt, G. R. (2000). Virtually Islamic : computer-mediated communication and cyber Islamic environments. Cardiff, University of Wales Press
Burch, S. (1997). "ALAI: Networking with a Diversity Focus." Development 40(4): 46
Burdman, P. (1998). Corporations identify niche, create their own classes. San Francisco Chronicle: A6
(Annotated by SRI International) Corporations are teaming up with education. The benefits of this collaboration are twofold: the business sector is benefiting from better educated and well-trained employees, and schools benefit from reaching a target population of students. Two reasons for this trend are: (1) 1,600 corporate universities and 3,700 traditional colleges predict the gap will soon close; (2) more than 40% of postsecondary students today are studying in non-traditional schools. Leading corporate scientists recognize the need for distance education in their corporate colleges, viewing it, per Burdman, as "an investment a down payment on a career, social status, or, more immediately, just a job."
Burger, K. (1996). "Fare to nowhere?" Insurance & Technology 21: 4
Burgess, E. O., D. Donnelly, et al. (2001). "Surfing for Sex: Studying Involuntary Celibacy Using the Internet." Sexuality & Culture 5(3)
Burk, D. L. (1993). "Patents in Cyberspace: Territoriality and Infringement on Global Computer Networks." Tulane Law Review 68(1): 1-69
Burk, D. L. (2000). Intellectual Property Issues in Electronic Collaborations. Electronic Collaboration in Science. S. H. Koslow and M. F. Huerta, Lawrence Erlbaum Associaties, Inc.,: 15-44
Burke, A., S. Sowerbutts, et al. (2002). "Child pornography and the Internet: Policing and treatment issues." Psychiatry, Psychology and Law 9: 79-84
Burke, S. K. (2000). "In search of lesbian community in an electronic world." CyberPsychology & Behavior 3: 591-604
Burkhalter, B. (1999). Reading Race Online: Discovering Racial Identity in Usenet Discussions. Communities in Cyberspace. M. A. Smith and P. K. eds. New York, NY, Routledge: 60-75
Burkhardt, H. and International Society for the Systems Sciences. Canadian Division. (1996). Proceedings : interdisciplinary conference : knowledge tools for a sustainable civilization : Fourth Canadian Conference on Foundations and Applications of General Science Theory : Ryerson Polytechnic University, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, June 8,9,10, 1995. Piscataway, NJ, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Inc.
Burkhardt, J. M., M. C. MacDonald, et al. (2003). Teaching information literacy : 35 practical, standards-based exercises for college students. Chicago, American Library Association.http://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip042/2003007074.html
Burn, J. and M. G. Martinsons (1997). Information technology and the challenge for Hong Kong. Hong Kong :, Hong Kong University Press,
Burnett, D. (1999). Pedagogical Alternatives for Web-Based Instruction.http://ausweb.scu.edu.au/aw99/papers/burnett/
This paper briefly describes the emerging field of on-line course development, contrasts large-scale and small scale approaches, identifies some important characteristics of successful on-line courses and supplements this with examples taken from courses developed by the author.
Burnett, M. T. (2003). ""To Hear and See the Matter": Communicating Technology in Michael Almereyda's Hamlet (2000)." Cinema Journal 42(3): 48-69.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/cinema_journal/v042/42.3burnett.html
Burnett, R. (1996). The global jukebox : the international music industry. London ; New York, Routledge
Burnham, B. (1999). How to invest in E-commerce stocks. New York :, McGraw-Hill,
Burniske, R. W. and L. Monke (2001). Breaking down the digital walls : learning to teach in a post-modem world. Albany, State University of New York Press
Burns, C. and M.-. Burtner (2003). "Recursive Audio Systems: Acoustic Feedback in Composition." Leonardo Music Journal 13: 73.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/leonardo_music_journal/v013/13.1burns.pdf
Burns, C. L. (2000). "Erasure: Alienation, Paranoia, and the Loss of Memory in The X-Files." Camera Obscura 15(3): 195-224.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/camera_obscura/v015/15.3burns.html
Burns, M. and R. Collins (1998). The New Contract between IS Employees and Organizations: Workplace and Individual Factors, ACM
Burrill, D. A. (2001). 21st century digital boy : masculinities, performance, interactive games and the digital imaginary: 340 leaves
Burris, B. H. (1998). "Computerization of the workplace." Annual Review of Sociology V24: 141-157
Burry, M. (2001). Cyberspace : the world of digital architecture. Mulgrave, Vic., Images
Bury, R. (2003). "Stories for -Boys- Girls: Female Fans Read The X-Files." Popular Communication 1(4): 217
Bush, M. D. and R. M. Terry (1997). Technology-enhanced language learning. Lincolnwood, Ill., National Textbook Co.
Bussiere, M. (2003). "Performance Space Meets Cyberspace: Seeking the Creative Idiom and Technical Model for Live Music on Broadband." Leonardo Music Journal 13: 73-74.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/leonardo_music_journal/v013/13.1bussiere.pdf
Butcher, C. (1996). New Communication Issues for Technical Documentation.http://www.csu.edu.au/special/auugwww96/proceedings/butcher/butcher.html
Since the late 1960s, studies in Human Factors and Accelerated Learning have identified the importance of involving as many senses as possible. Traditionally, technical documentation has consisted of the written word, possibly accompanied by diagrams. Production cost or complexity has often ruled out the use of colour. Multimedia has been adopted quickly in the educational and marketing environments. Its benefits can also be exploited in the technical arena. Not only does the effectiveness of the information improve, but new business efficiencies and cost savings are also realised.
Butter, K. A. (1994). "Red Sage: the Next Step in Delivery of Electronic Journals." Medical Reference Services Quarterly 13(3): 75-81
Butterworth, D. (1993). "Wanking in cyberspace." Trouble & Strife 27: 33-37
Butzke, I. and K. L. Kramer (2000). "[Orthopedics in the world wide web: university homepages of the G-7 states]." Z Orthop Ihre Grenzgeb 138(5): 413-8.http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&dopt=Citation&list_uids=11084741
QUESTIONS: By which criteria can a homepage be evaluated? How is the quality of homepages provided by universities in the field of orthopaedics/traumatology? METHODS: Based on 37 ranking instruments, an optimized list of criteria has been developed. Homepages of orthopaedic and traumatology departments of medical schools in the G7 Nations have been found with help of university homepages and search engines and afterwards were analysed according to previously defined criteria. RESULTS: A list of criteria containing 18 subject areas with 49 questions was developed. 136 homepages were evaluated from October 1998 to April 1999. 15 outstanding homepages were found. The best homepages are from medical schools in the USA and Germany. The most frequent subjects were structure of the department (contained in 85% of the homepages) and education/training (68%). 42 homepages provided medical information, 67% of those homepages provided references (attribution), and 26% provided information about authority and authorship. 46% of all hompages were not updated sufficiently. Out of 125 homepages with an e-mail address 36% responded to an inquiry. Multimedia features such as video, sound or animation were used by 6% of the homepages. CONCLUSION: Apart from few exceptions, homepages of orthopaedic-traumatologic departments of medical schools are still insufficient with regard to quality and quantity, especially regarding medical information for patients and professionals. The developed last of criteria should be helpful in installing a basic standard for homepage quality. The time and effort involved in setting up and servicing a homepage should not be underestimated.
Buxton, W. and C. R. Acland (1999). Harold Innis in the new century : reflections and refractions. Montreal ; Ithaca [N.Y.], McGill-Queen's University Press
Buzzeo, T. and J. Kurtz (1999). Terrific connections : with authors, illustrators, and storytellers : real space and virtual links. Englewood, Colo., Libraries Unlimited
"Now you can plan the best possible encounters between students, authors, illustrators, and storytellers - in the classroom, library or even cyberspace. Created by a nationally known children's author and a library media specialist, this book shows you how to choose the right guest, successfully contact bookpeople to make arrangements for your event, and make the most of the visit with curriculum connections and learning extensions. You'll also find out how to take advantage of technology to maximize your budget and add even more excitement to your program."--BOOK JACKET.
Byrd, T. a. and T. e. Marshall (1997). "Relating information technology investment to organizational performance: a causal model analysis." Omega vol.25,(no.1): 43-56
C.Kitching. (1991). Impact of Computerization on Archival Finding Aids: A RAMP Study., NTIS. PGI-91/WS/16: 76p
This report is based on a questionnaire sent to 32 selected National Archives and on interviews with archivists from eight countries. Geared to the needs of developing countries, the report covers: (1) the impact of computerization on finding aids; (2) advantages and problems of computerization, including enhanced archival control, integration of paper and nonpaper materials, new opportunities for information management, identification of appropriate hardware and software, staff training needs, and funding needs; and (3) current research and development in the areas of standards for archival description, control of terminology and concepts, data exchange formats, networks, and new technology. Several concrete examples illustrate the discussion. A list of countries participating in the study is included. (Contains 95 references.) (KRN).
C.Koza, R., L. L.Hurst, et al. (1974). Health Information Systems Evaluation., NTIS: 351p
Proceedings of a symposium on Health Information Systems Evaluation held August 15-17, 1973 are reported. Papers presented by 22 health and medical professionals and researchers concerning problems of health information systems evaluation are included with an emphasis on the state of the art. Selected articles are reviewed, technological innovations in health are noted, and the relationship between the reason for evaluation and the methodology selected to perform that evaluation is discussed. The evaluation of transferable, automated information systems is examined, and experiences are presented concerning computerized patient management systems, health care information systems, and a computer-assisted electrocardiographic interpretative system. The effect of a health data system on Rhode Island is analyzed, and the immediate financial impact of the hospital information system at Deaconness Hospital in St. Louis, Missouri is assessed. Other presentations include a discussion of the Kaiser - Permanente information system and a cost-benefit analysis of total hospital information systems. The range of topics covered in the symposium are summarized and categorized according to objectives, criteria, and techniques. Appendices contain a graphic presentation analyzing a hospital information system and a bibliography.
C.Stasz, J. R. C. W. S. (1998). Education and the New Economy: A Policy Planning Exercise.http://www.rand.org/cgi-bin/Abstracts/e-getabbydoc.pl?MR-946
While policymakers and scholars may argue over the extent to which our education and training system fails to prepare individuals to participate fully in the new economy, few disagree that improvements are needed. The National Center for Research in Vocational Education (NCRVE) sponsored The Policy Planning Exercise on Education and the New Economy in 1997 so that vocational-education researchers, federal and state vocational-education officials, leaders of nonprofit organizations with an interest in this area, and representatives of the business community could discuss options relevant for education and training. This report highlights participant discussions.
Cable, V. (1996). "Globalisation: can the state strike back?" World Today 52(5): 133 (5 pages)
Cabral, R. (1998). "From university-industry interfaces to the making of a science park: florianopolis, southern brazil." International Journal of Technology Management 16: 778-799
Caemmer, C., W. Delabar, et al. (1997). Die totale Erinnerung : Sicherung und Zerst*rung Kulturhistorischer Vergangenheit und Gegenwart in den modernen Industriegesellschaften. Bern ; New York, Peter Lang
Caginalp, E. (1998). "The Internet Economy." Computer Reseller News
Cairncross, F. (1997). The death of distance : how the communications revolution will change our lives. Boston, Mass., Harvard Business School Press
"Cairncross writes eloquently and convincingly about the cataclysmic changes sweeping across communications, and about the ways those consequences will tilt the balance between large and small, rich and poor, as they influence where companies locate, what kind of work people do, how governments raise revenue, which businesses succeed, how cities develop, and more." "Among the most striking trends: A flourishing market for citizens. Greater freedom to locate anywhere and earn a living will hinder taxation, forcing countries to bid down tax rates to attract high-income earners and profitable companies. The strengthening of communities of culture. Electronic communications will reinforce less widespread languages and cultures, not replace them. The continuing rise of the English language. The global role of English as a second language will strengthen as it becomes the standard for communicating in business and commerce. The emergence of a three-shift world. Time zones will matter more than distance in determining where companies locate. The growing inversion of home and office. As more people work from home or from purpose-built small offices, the line between work and home life will blur. The new irrelevance of size. Small companies will be able to offer services that once only giants could provide."--BOOK JACKET.
Cairncross, F. (2001). The death of distance : how the communications revolution is changing our lives. Boston, Harvard Business School Press
Cairncross, F. (2002). The company of the future : how the communications revolution is changing management. Boston, Harvard Business School Press
"In The Death of Distance, journalist Frances Cairncross presented a disturbingly accurate vision of how new communications technologies would change our lives. Now, she turns her eye on how the Internet will forever alter the role of management and the structure of the organization." "This book argues that we've grossly underestimated the power of the Internet to change the way companies behave. We're entering a volatile period of fundamental organizational change from which will emerge a new type of company - one that will require a new set of leadership and management skills to run it."--BOOK JACKET.
Calabrese, A. and C. Sparks (2004). Toward a political economy of culture : capitalism and communication in the twenty-first century. Lanham, Md., Rowman & Littlefield
Calcutt, A. (1999). White noise : an A-Z of the contradictions in cyberculture. New York, St. Martin's Press
"Born out of frustration with recent attempts to pigeon-hole 'the information revolution' as either the i-way to utopia or the devil's own dystopia, White Noise: an A-Z of the contradictions in cyberculture cuts through the vapourware surrounding the Internet and shows how the paradoxical aspects of new media (Is it masculine or feminine? Will it mean peace or war? Does it enhance community or confirm alienation?) are the expression of the inherent contradictions underlying our whole society." "Andrew Calcutt is an enthusiastic champion of the potential for new communications technology, and a trenchant critic of the culture of fear and self-limitation which prevents its realization. Above all, at a time when events and social processes are often assumed to be beyond our control, he seeks to accentuate the positive capabilities of human beings and the technologies which we have created."--BOOK JACKET.
Calder, R. (1998). Cythera. New York, St. Martin's Press
Caldwell, B. (1996). "Wal-mart ups the pace." Informationweek: 37-51
Caldwell, J. and A. Everett (2003). New media : theories and practices of digitextuality. New York London, Routledge
Caldwell, J. T. (2000). Electronic media and technoculture. New Brunswick, N.J., Rutgers University Press
Calhoun, C. (1998). "Community Without Propinquity Revisited: Communications Technology and the Transformation of the Urban Public Sphere." Sociological Inquiry 68(3; Summer): 373-97
Callaghan, D. (1998). "The it economy." Midrange Systems 11: 4
Callaghan, D. (2004). "Recent Studies in Tudor and Stuart Drama." SEL Studies in English Literature 1500-1900 44(2): 405-444.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/studies_in_english_literature/v044/44.2callaghan.html
Callahan, C. A. (1999). Nontraditional students in first-year composition classes: Group activities as tools of integration., (Doctoral dissertation, Miami University, 1999). Dissertation Abstracts International-A, 60/04
(Annotated by SRI International) This dissertation examines the influence of community building activities such as peer review and writing groups on the integration of nontraditional and traditional age students in required composition classes. The results of this study are based on interviews, emails, and personal conversations with a total of 13 nontraditional students at 2 university campuses, where all were enrolled in composition classes that included both younger students and nontraditional students. These interviews suggest that classroom activities requiring peer interaction have a significant impact on both student writing and individual attitudes toward writing. Adult students learn in a different manner than college students of a more traditional age; theories of adult learning should be considered when dealing with these students in composition classrooms. Because the majority of more mature students often balance lives complicated by work and family, distant learning can make study possible.
Callahan, D. (2002). Contemporary issues in Australian literature. London ; Portland, OR, Frank Cass
Callan, B., S. S. Costigan, et al. (1997). Exporting U.S. high tech : facts and fiction about the globalization of industrial R&D. C. o. F. Relations. New York, NY :, Council on Foreign Relations,
Callas, E. (1998). "Getting at the heart of the it turnover puzzle." Health Management Technology 19: 42,41
Calleja, R. N. (1998). "The Imaginary as an Articulator of Work and Urban Orders." Alteridades 8(15): 121
Callister, L. C. (2001). "Culturally competent care of women and newborns: knowledge, attitude, and skills." J Obstet Gynecol Neonatal Nurs 30(2): 209-15.http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&dopt=Citation&list_uids=11308111
In a variety of health care settings throughout the United States and Canada, nurses are caring for women and newborns from culturally diverse backgrounds. In the technologically complex and bureaucratic world of health care delivery, cultural considerations in provision of care often are overlooked and neglected. The purpose of this article is to define ways in which culturally competent nursing care can be implemented. Nursing education and clinical practice guidelines are clear on the importance of gaining cultural competence. Providing culturally competent care includes understanding the dimensions of culture; moving beyond the biophysical to a more holistic approach; and seeking to increase knowledge, change attitudes, and hone clinical skills. Building on the strengths of women rather than utilizing a deficit model of health care is an essential part of providing culturally competent care. The achievement of both measurable and "soft" outcomes related to the delivery of culturally competent care can make a critical difference in the heath and well-being of women and newborns.
Callon, J. D. (1996). Competitive advantage through information technology. New York :, McGraw-Hill,
Calvi, L. and W. Geerts (1998). CALL, culture, and the language curriculum. New York, Springer
Cameron, G. (1998). "Economic growth in the information age: from physical capital to weightless economy." Journal of International Affairs 51(2): 447 (1 pages)
Campa, R. d. l. (2003). "On New American Subjects and Intellectual Models." Nepantla: Views from the South 4(2): 235
Campbell, A. (1997). Lessons from Oz: Quantitative Guidelines for Children's Educational Television.http://www.si.umich.edu/~prie/tprc/abstracts97/campbell2.txt
In the summer of 1996, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) adopted a guideline under which television stations that aired three hours per week of children's educational programming would be renewed. In addition to establishing the guideline of three hours, the FCC defined what programming would qualify and established a number of procedures to increase public monitoring. This paper tries to anticipate the likelihood of success and possible pitfalls of the FCC's newly adopted quantitative approach, by examining the experience of Australia, a country that has long required commercial television stations to air a specific amount of children's programming. The paper argues that Australia's experience with quantitative children*s program requirements or quota suggests that the FCC's recently adopted guideline can work to increase the quantity and diversity of children's educational and informational programming. At the same time, broadcasters may try to count as core programming a program that is not specifically designed for children, is of low quality or is not sufficiently educational or entertaining. An Australian-like procedure in which the FCC would determine in advance what programming counts toward the guideline has not been adopted and probably would be found to violate the First Amendment*s guarantee of free speech. Instead, the FCC has left the determination of what counts toward the minimum up to licensees to decide in the first instance, while permitting members of the public to challenge the reasonableness of a licensee's claims at the end of the license term. The timing of this method presents practical problems because it can be a very long time before problems are addressed. The Australian experience also raises the question whether in the absence of preclassification, a quantitative minimum will lead to the airing of quality, age-specific and entertaining children's educational programming. To maximize the likelihood that the FCC's new guideline will succeed in achieving these goals, I recommend that the public and the FCC carefully monitor the claims of broadcasters during the next few years to be sure that programming claimed by broadcasters as educational children's program is in fact specifically designed for children and is truly both educational and entertaining. I also suggest that the FCC consider providing a more helpful definition of *educational* and to include in the definition of 'core' programming some objective measurements of program quality. Finally, I think it is important that the efforts of licensees be reviewed more frequently than once every eight years.
Campbell, A. (2003). "Practice-Based Research Networks: Opportunities in Family Therapy?" The Australian and New Zealand Journal of Family Therapy 24(4): 220
Campbell, A. and A. King (1998). The Social Impact Of The Information Revolution.http://www.sosig.ac.uk/iriss/papers/proceed.html
Anne Campbell MP is Parliamentary Private Secretary to the Hon. John Battle MP, Minister for Science, Energy and Industry, who has responsibility for the Internet. However, this article is written in a purely personal capacity. Any views expressed are hers alone and should not be read in any way as reflecting the views of HM Government.
Campbell, C. (2003). "On Intellectual Life, Politics and Psychoanalysis: a conversation with Gad Horowitz." Ctheory.http://www.ctheory.net/text_file.asp?pick=397
Campbell, D. and C. T. Campbell (1998). Law of international on-line business : a global perspective. C. f. I. L. Studies. London :, Sweet & Maxwell,
Campbell, D. and S. Cotter (1996). Commercial alliances in the information age. C. f. I. L. Studies. Chichester ; New York :, Wiley,
Campbell, H. (1996). "A social interactionist perspective on computer implementation." Journal of the American Planning Association 62(1): 99-107
Campbell, H. A. (2001). An investigation of the nature of the church through an analysis of selected email-based Christian online communities
Campbell, K.-. (2004). "The Promise of Feminist Reflexivities: Developing Donna Haraway's Project for Feminist Science Studies." Hypatia 19(1): 162-182.http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/hypatia/v019/19.1campbell.html
Campbell MP, A. and A. King (1998). IRISS '98: The Social Impact Of The Information Revolution.http://www.sosig.ac.uk/iriss/papers/key1.htm
Anne Campbell MP is Parliamentary Private Secretary to the Hon. John Battle MP, Minister for Science, Energy and Industry, who has responsibility for the Internet. However, this article is written in a purely personal capacity. Any views expressed are hers alone and should not be read in any way as reflecting the views of HM Government. This article addresses three key themes: firstly, the present and future social impact of new communications technologies. Secondly, the ways in which local communities can take advantage of these new technologies. Thirdly, the ways in which central government can use new technologies to support those communities. The article illuminates these themes by looking at how they have been addressed in Cambridge.
Campinha-Bacote, J. and C. Munoz (2001). "A guiding framework for delivering culturally competent services in case management." Case Manager 12(2): 48-52.http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=PubMed&dopt=Citation&list_uids=11244402
Campion-Vincent, V. (2000). "Les craintes autour de l'an 2000 et leur diffusion par les medias." Cahiers de litterarure orale 47: 149-76
Canada, G. o. (1998). OECD Ministerial Conference on Online Commerce (Ottawa 1998).http://www.ottawaoecdconference.org/english/
Canada. Cultural Industries Sectoral Advisory Group on International Trade., Canada. Dept. of Foreign Affairs and International Trade., et al. (1999). New strategies for culture and trade. Ottawa, The Cultural Industries Sectoral Advisory Group on International Trade.http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/tna-nac/canculture-e.asp
Canada. Dept. of Foreign Affairs and International Trade. and Canadian Embassy (Havana Cuba) Trade and Economic Section. (2001). Cuba a guide for Canadian business. Ottawa, Ont., Trade and Economic Section Canadian Embassy Havana.http://dsp-psd.communication.gc.ca/Collection/E74-84-2001E.pdf
Includes information on Cuban history and culture, the Cuban economy, sectoral overviews, Cuban infrastructures, and regulatory guidelines for investment and trading with Cuba.
Canada. Indian and Northern Affairs Canada. (2002). Together to make a difference. Ottawa, Indian and Northern Affairs Canada.http://dsp-psd.communication.gc.ca/Collection/R2-251-2003E-3.pdf
http://dsp-psd.communication.gc.ca/Collection/R2-251-2003E-4.pdf
http://dsp-psd.communication.gc.ca/Collection/R2-251-2003E-5.pdf
http://dsp-psd.communication.gc.ca/Collection/R2-251-2003E-1.pdf
http://dsp-psd.communication.gc.ca/Collection/R2-251-2003E-2.pdf
Canada. Industry Canada. (2002). Supporting culture and innovation report on the provisions and operation of the Copyright Act. Ottawa, Govt. of Canada.http://dsp-psd.communication.gc.ca/Collection/Iu4-19-2002E-cover.pdf Click here for access.
http://dsp-psd.communication.gc.ca/Collection/Iu4-19-2002E.pdf Click here for access.
Canada. Office of the Commissioner of Official Languages., S. Mattar, et al. (2001). National report on service to the public in English and French : time for a change in culture. Ottawa, Office of the Commissioner of Official Languages.http://www.ocol-clo.gc.ca/report_service.htm
Canada. Parliament. House of Commons. Standing Committee on Fisheries and Oceans. and T. Wappel (2003). The federal role in aquaculture in Canada : report of the Standing Committee on Fisheries and Oceans. Ottawa, Standing Committee on Fisheries and Oceans.http://www.parl.gc.ca/InfoCom/CommitteeReport.asp?Language=E&Parliament=9&Joint=0&CommitteeID=304
Canada. Parliament. House of Commons. Standing Committee on Transport and Government Operations. and O. Jackson (2001). Building a transportation security culture : aviation as the starting point. Ottawa, Standing Committee on Transport and Government Operations.http://www.parl.gc.ca/InfoComDoc/37/1/TRGO/Studies/Reports/tran03rp-e.htm
Canadian Culture Online National Advisory Board. and Canada. Canadian Heritage. (2003). Discover Canada : Canadian culture online : a report of the National Advisory Board. Ottawa, Canadian Heritage.http://www.pch.gc.ca/progs/pcce-ccop/pubs/discanada/dcanada_e.pdf
Canadian Information Highway Advisory, C. (1997). Preparing Canada for a Digital World, Ihac.http://strategis.ic.gc.ca/SSG/ih01650e.html
Cane, A. (1996). "Stopping and starting on the superhighway. (developments in telecommunications and information technology in the UK)(survey on Britain)." The Financial Times.: FT4(1)
Canessa, E. (1997). "Scientific Preprints Online." Electronic Library 15(5): 398-400.International Centre for Theoretical Physics Scientific Preprint Repository
Cannavo, L. (1997). "Sociological Models of Scientific Knowledge." International Sociology 12(4): 475-96
Cantwell, J. (1995). "The globalisation of technology: what remains of the product cycle model?" Cambridge Journal of Economics 19: 155-174
Capone, S. (1999). Les Dieux sur le Net, L’essor des religions. L’Homme, No 151.: 47-74
Translation by cyberanthropology.org·
Cappelli, P. (2000). Market-Mediated Employment: The Historical Context. The New Relationship: Human Capital in the American Corporation. M. Blair and T. Kochan. Washington, DC, Brookings Institution: 66-101
Capussotti, E. (2001). "Italian Cyberpunk: A Networked Community [1997]." Quaderni di Sociologia 45(26-27): 91
Cara (1997). "Cyber-Charade." Cybersociology 1.http://www.socio.demon.co.uk/magazine/1/is1cara.html
Abstract: Poetry is often a powerful way for an author to convey their feelings about a subject. Freelance writer Cara has accurately captured the feelings and emotions of cybersex participants in Cyber-Charade , a collection of brilliant poetry about Cybersex.
Carchidi, D. M. (1999). The virtual delivery and virtual organization of postsecondary education., (Doctoral Dissertation, The University of Michigan, 1999). Dissertation Abstracts International-A, 59/02
(Annotated by SRI International) This dissertation researcher applied a comparative case study involving document analysis, observation, and interviews with administrators, faculty members, and students from five virtual postsecondary educational organizations. Findings show that virtual postsecondary education organizations use seven strategic levers: (1) their organizing strategy uses small periodic shifts in structure and processes to align external opportunities with internal capacity; (2) their products and services strategy emphasizes distributed and interactive learning tools and an ability to scale up development quickly to meet increasing demand or demand for more diversified learning products; (3) their market strategy seeks a keen understanding of the student as customer through a well-developed marketing function; (4) their financial strategy seeks self-sufficiency and adequate slack resources to test new innovations or withstand product failures or other organizational shocks; (5) their organizational image strategy projects a high quality brand name in their respective product area, as evidenced by steady enrollments and repeat enrollments; (6) they have an alliance strategy intended to create deep and diverse internal and/or external partnerships; (7) their technology strategy emphasizes constant refinement of technology tools and instructional delivery approaches incorporating learner and instructor feedback.
Cardoso, S. H. (1998). "Editorial: The Impact of Internet on the Neurociences." Brain & Mind(5).http://www.epub.org.br/cm/n05/editori5_i.htm
Nowadays we live and move within a full-blown era of information. Human survival requires now that we maintain ourselves maximally updated. The speed of accumulation of knowlegde is increasing at a vertiginous rate in almost all areas of human activity. With the advent of Internet, this gigantic planet-wide computer network, the acceleration of the knowledge's upwarding curve has increased even further.
Carey, K. L. (2000). Refiguring language, space, and identity: Modes of being and transformation online., (Doctoral dissertation, University of San Francisco, 2000). Dissertation Abstracts International-A, 61/06
(Annotated by SRI International) This participatory inquiry (applying observations, computer-mediated communicated conversations, transcriptions, and document reviews) dissertation study in a critical hermeneutic tradition explores the relationship of the interactions made possible on the Internet and the potential individual and community cultural change that may result. Findings indicate that Internet experiences provide us an opportunity to refigure our selves through reflection and in relationship to the other. Our world behind the text is understood differently than through traditional means of communication and, in turn, this understanding creates a completely different world in front of the text. We change in a national sense, when we participate in a borderless world where ideas and information can be accessed and interpreted by all. Our being, our understanding of ourselves, is transformed by an open availability to others, in our understanding of the present and the possibilities in our expectation of the future. A possible model for transnational adult distance learning is provided.
Cargile, C. K. (2000). Online technical communication: Pedagogy, instructional design, and student satisfaction in internet-based distance education., (Doctoral dissertation, Texas Tech University, 2000), Dissertation Abstracts International-A, 61/06
(Annotated by SRI International) This dissertation is the first study to offer a comprehensive examination of pedagogical designs for Internet-based instruction in technical and professional communication. The researcher compares two different pedagogical designs, one presentational and the other interactive. Findings indicate that one design was not definitively superior to the other, although the interactive design did appear to promote increased literacy achievement. Both designs seem to have their advantages, depending on the course's literacy goals, students' needs, and institutional constraints, such as class size and instructional load. Because neither pedagogical design in this study was clearly better than the other, the study suggests that a variety of effective designs are not only possible but desirable. Based on these findings, the study recommends an online instructional continuum ranging from presentational to interactive designs. Using this continuum as a starting point for planning a distance course, instructors can locate their own pedagogical and student needs and create an individualized design that best delivers instruction to satisfy these needs.
Caristi, D. (1997). 'The Iowa Communications Network: The Policy Implications of Publicly Funded Infrastructure.'http://www.si.umich.edu/~prie/tprc/abstracts97/caristi.txt
The Iowa Communications Network is a statewide fiber backbone, designed primarily for distance education, but which more than 80 percent of the traffic is something other than distance ed. The network also handles long distance telephone traffic for state government, and administrative meetings are conducted using the network's two-way full-motion video capabilities. State law prohibits use by private parties, but some private users have been able to have access by partnering with educational institutions. Those institutions can reserve use of the network without justifying the purpose or explaining the nature of the use. As one might expect, Iowa private telephone companies are extremely frustrated with the situation. Some estimates are that the state has invested a half-billion dollars in the system. Telcos contend that not only does the system rob them of revenues, but they contend that it takes potential customers away by allowing Internet access to people who are not directly connected to the ICN. Students and faculty at state universities and community colleges have had dial-up access for quite some time, and it has begun spreading to elementary and secondary schools. Earlier this year the governor vetoed a bill which would have prevented dial-up Internet access over the ICN.
Carley, K. and K. Wendt (1988). Electronic Mail and the Diffusion of Scientific Information: the Study of Soar and Its Dominant Users.
Carley, K. and K. Wendt (1991). "Electronic Mail and Scientific Communication: a Study of the Soar Extended Research Group." Knowledge: Creation, Diffusion, Utilization 12(4): 406-40
Carlson, R. L. (1996). The information superhighway : strategic alliances in telecommunications and multimedia. New York :, St. Martin's Press,
Carlson, S. (2000). Campus survey finds that adding technology to teaching is a top issue. The Chronicle of Higher Education: A46
(Annotated by SRI International) Reports on study by Kenneth C. Green of the Campus Computing Project that shows that 60% of courses use electronic mail as a tool for instruction and 30% have Web sites. But only 14% of administrators agree that "technology has improved instruction on my campus." Green believes that increase in technology use may begin to slow. "Some technology trends in society at large have yet to catch on in academe," for example, PDAs. "Academe is far behind the private sector when it comes to e-commerce." Only 19% of colleges have e-commerce services such as tuition payment. Only 20% believe that ads should be allowed on campus Web sites.
Carlson, S. (2000). Web company founded by columbia university opens a beta version of its site. The Chronicle of Higher Education: A42
(Annotated by SRI International) The University has activated a working beta version of Fathom, the Web site it is creating with partners, American Film Institute, the British Library, Cambridge University Press, London School of Economics, Natural History Museum in London, New York Public Library, RAND, Science Museum in London, University of Chicago, Victoria and Albert Museum, and Woods Hold Oceanographic Institution. The site, www.preview.fathom.com, started with a collection of 450 original features and 80,000 reference articles. Fathom expects to make a profit by selling books and marketing online courses. Users can use a search engine on Fathom to find distance-learning courses.)
Carlstrom, E.-L. (1992). Better Living Through Language: The Communicative Implications of a Text-Only Virtual Environment.ftp://parcftp.xerox.com/pub/MOO/papers/communicative.txt
Carmichael, D. R. (1996). "Semci is here and now with apt." Rough Notes 139: A10
Carnavale, D. (1999). U. of maryland university college creates for-profit arm to market its on-line courses.: A49
(Annotated by SRI International) University of Maryland University College (UMUC) OnLine.com will market UMUC courses globally to extend the reach of the college's online courses. It will seek corporate partners to develop innovative delivery approaches. UMUC OnLine.com will not create courses. UMUC already offers 430 online courses, serving more than 20,000 students. The company is wholly owned by the University.
Carnavale, D. (2000). 2 models for collaboration in distance education. The Chronicle of Higher Education: A53
(Annotated by SRI International) Carnavale contrasts the models of distance education developed by Western Governors University and the Southern Regional Education Board's Electronic Campus. Both span huge geographic regions, but their approaches and records differ. Western Governors has promised to offer degrees based on a new competency-based testing system that would compete with programs offered by existing colleges. Southern Board aims to give students easy access to online courses offered by participating colleges. So far, Western Governors is falling short of its targets and is running a deficit, having enrolled only 200 degree-seeking students. In contrast, more than 20,000 students are taking online courses through SREB member institutions.
Carnavale, D. (2000). World bank becomes a player in distance education.: A35
(Annotated by SRI International) The World Bank has spent $20 million since 1997 to set up 16 Distance Learning Centers in countries that lack good telecommunications systems. It will spend an additional $10 million in the next two years to set up an additional 20 centers. The Bank has partnerships with 200 universities to provide content for courses. Through its Global Distance Learning Network, the Bank uses video and computer technologies delivered by satellite to increase the reach of its courses on community and governmental improvements.
Carnavale, D. (2000). Accrediting bodies consider new standards for distance-education programs. Chronicle of Higher Education
(Annotated by SRI International) This descriptive paper examines the accreditation processes and guidelines for distance education. The paper documents the six bodies that grant accreditation to colleges and universities in the United States and their process of agreement on guidelines for evaluating distance education that differ from traditional accrediting standards by focusing specifically on learner performance.
Carnavale, D. (2000). Swarthmore college sells its popular mathematics site to webct. The Chronicle of Higher Education: A51
(Annotated by SRI International) In 1996, with $3 million funding from the National Science Foundation, Swarthmore math professor Gene Klotz developed MathForum.com, one of the most popular math sites on the Web. About 300 volunteers work to answer questions submitted by visitors. Using "Ask Dr. Math," they can learn how to multiply fractions, solve differential equations, and other math functions. The College has agreed to sell MathForum to WebCT, which will use the MathForum model to develop other forums in subjects such as biology, history, and English.
Carnavale, D. (2000). New virtual university, named for norman borlaug, will offer agricultural courses. The Chronicle of Higher Education: A49
(Annotated by SRI International) New for-profit VU, named after Nobel laureate who helped create it, will offer distance education programs in agriculture and food-science technology. Will neither create its own courses nor have its own faculty but will work to convert other institutions' courses to online formats and deliver them to NBU students. Will not seek accreditation and will not offer degrees, only certificate programs. Aimed at American farmers, mostly in remote areas, 60% connected to Internet. Partly funded by E. I. DuPont de Nemours, Borlaug's former employer. Borlaug believes that just as technology can improve the production of agriculture, so can it improve the dissemination of education.
Carnavale, D. and J. R. Young (1999). Who owns on-line courses? Colleges and professors start to sort it out. The Chronicle of Higher Education: A45
(Annotated by SRI International) Policies on control and royalties are increasingly the subject of contract talks. Some universities claim ownership but share income with faculty who create online courses as an incentive for them to create the courses; others allow the faculty to own all rights to the courses they create. Some professors are starting to think more like performers, demanding royalties and other rights in courses they create. Arthur Levine, of Teachers College, thinks the "Hollywoodization of academia" might enrich some professors, along the lines established by Carl Sagan. Some top professors might be able to sell their course materials to a variety of colleges and even hire personal "academic agents" to promote their courses. Other professors fear that they might be replaced by the very materials they help create. At Mott Community College, ownership of online courses was "the thorniest issue" in faculty contract negotiations.
Carnes, P., D. Delmonico, et al. (2001). In the Shadows of the Net: Breaking Free of Compulsive Online Sexual Behavior, Hazelden Information Education
Alittle too Broad, May 24, 2003
Carnes, P. J. (2001). "Cybersex, courtship, and escalating arousal: Factors in addictive sexual desire." Sexual Addiction & Compulsivity 8: 45-78
Carnes, P. J. (2003). "The anatomy of arousal: Three internet portals." Sexual and Relationship Therapy 18: 309-328
Carnevale, P. J. and T. M.Probst (1997). Conflict on the Internet. Culture of the Internet. S. e. Kiesler. Mahwah, NJ, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.: 233-255
Carney, G. O. (2003). The sounds of people and places : a geography of American music from country